This content was uploaded by our users and we assume good faith they have the permission to share this book. If you own the copyright to this book and it is wrongfully on our website, we offer a simple DMCA procedure to remove your content from our site. Start by pressing the button below!
1as t = 1 is Problem 4.21 and 0 < t < 1 uses similar ideas. As before, bound the integral defining Z a S ( f ) by J + K; J s c ~ " ~ M ( f ' ) (To x ) estimate . K choose s < p so that t < 6 + ( 1 - 6 ) s and use Holder's inequality to show that K < C Q - ~ ~ / ( ~ - ' ) M ( ~ ) now ( X ) ;minimize.) 4.23 Suppose that f E Lp and let p = l / a > 1. Then there is a constant c (which may be computed explicitly; this is left for the reader) so that for each interval I E T and E > 0 4.22
J, exp(
c
-1
-E
1")
dt < ce1zl.
(Hint: Assume Ilfll, = 1 , estimate II,f(x)l s J + c(In(~I~/2q)'-'~", and minimize.) 4.24 The condition qo f q1 is essential in the interpolation theorem 2.3. (Hint: For f:[ 0 , 1 ] + C consider the mapping
f
=
T f ( x )- F(x) = x-l"
J
f ( t ) dt. [O,Xl
Then T is of weak-type (p, 2) when 1 s p s 2, but is not of strong-type ( p , 2) for any p in that range.) 4.25 For f ' s as above consider the continuity properties of the mappings f ( x ) + T f ( x ) = x" jlo,x) z"f(t) dt, where a, q are real numbers and not necessarily positive. Construct examples of operators of weak-type ( p, q ) but not of type (p, q) for any 1 s p s q < co, and consider whether the interpolation theorem holds for q < p. 4.26 Suppose T is an operator with the following property: for each A > 0, T may be written as TI + T,, where TI maps L p ( x )into L"( Y ) with norm s A / 2 and T2 is of weak-type (p, p) with norm
I,
u
165
4. Notes; Further Results and Problems
of pairwise disjoint intervals such that
and Let now A x ) = Cjfi,xI:(x)+ f ( x ) x T \ u I f ( x ) ,b ( x ) = f ( x ) - A x ) . The estimate for the term involving b is easy; also I{[ Tgl > A}I S c(llgll,/A)qo,which together with g ( x ) =S 2A4'P a.e., llgllp =S 1, and the relations between p and q, gives the desired conclusion. This result is from Baishanski and Coifman's paper [1978].) 4.28 Suppose T is a sublinear operator simultaneously of weak-type (1, q ) and (p, q l ) , with 1 < q, p < q l , q < q l . Then there are constants A, B independent o f f such that 9 T
I Tf(x)I4dx
A + B(
If(x)l(ln'lf(x)()'/'
dx) .
(4.5)
T
(Hint: By (4.16) in Chapter IV, it readily follows that there are constants c, , c,, cj so that for A > 0,
Once we show that
is dominated by the right-hand side of (4.5) we are done, and this is not hard to do. The result is O'Neil's [1966]; however, in the particular case of the fractional integral, it had already been noted by Zygmund.) 4.29 Let 0 s l / q i = pi =S l/pi = ai < 00, i = 0, 1, a. f a l , Po # P I , and let y = E X + y be the equation of the line passing through the points (ai, pi). Assume that the generalized Young's functions A, B are given by A ( u ) = b ( s ) ds, with a and b monotone and further a(s) ds, B ( u ) = assume that, if M = max(qo, 4 , ) and rn = min(qo, q l ) , then B ( u ) / u M decreases and B ( u ) / u " increases and
I
CO?)
( B ( s ) / s " + ' )ds = O ( B ( u ) / u " )
VI. Paley's Theorem and Fractional Integration
166
and
( B ( s ) / s M + 'ds ) = 0(B(u)/uM). Then if B-'( u) = A-'( u E ) u Ythere , is a constant c, independent off, so that J, B(ITf(y)l/c)d v ( y ) s 1 whenever 1 , A ( f[ ( x ) l )d p ( x ) s 1. (Hint: Set the monotone function z - l ( s ) = B-'(A(s)'/').) 4.30 (Young's Convolution Theorem. Lp * L' E Lq, l/q + 1 = l/p + l/r. (Hint: Fix f E Lp(T ) , 1 < p < 00, then convolution with f gives a bounded mapping from L into Lp and from Lp' into L"; now interpolate. Other proofs give a better constant.) 4.31 More generally, wk-LP * L' E Lq, same range of p, q, r's as in 4.30. 4.32 Assume that l/p + l/q > 1, 1 < p, q S 2; then Lp * Lq is not included in U,,,L", l / r + 1 = l / p + l / q . (Hint: For k > 0 put a,, = l/(k + 1)2/p2(k+')/p' for 2k 6 n < 2k+', and extend a, as an even sequence for all n's and similarly for {b,,} with q in place of p. Since 1uPnlnlp-2, 1bzln1q-2 < a there are functions f C u,eim E Lp and g 1b,,eimE L4. However, since ~ ( a n b , , ) S l n ~=S00- Zfor each s > r, f * g cannot be in L". This example is from Quek and Yap's paper [1983].) 4.33 If a > O , O < E < 1, 1 < p < &/a,1 s q < wand f E L" and M E I p E f Lq,then IJ E L' and 11 I, f 11 g cII M E I p11f"I" Ilfll;-"/". (This result is from Adams' work [ 19751.) 4.34 Show that M i = 9Lp, 1 < p G a, i.e. { A j } E Mi if and only if there is a function C#J E Lp(7') so that cj(C#J)= Aj?.allj . (Hint: The sufficiencyis obvious; as for the necessity, if A C Ajevx,then IIA * K,,l[ps C ~ ~ for K , , ~ ~ ~ all n. What does the statement imply concerning A:?) 4.35 The space of multiplier sequences from LP(T) into C(T) is g ~ " , l / p l/p' = 1, 1 s p < 00, and so is M%.What does the statement say about A%?
-
-
+
-
CHAPTER
VII Harmonic and Subharmonic Functions
1. ABEL SUMMABILITY, NONTANGENTIAL CONVERGENCE We refer here to yet another classic, and very important, summability method. This method requires the identification of T with eD, the boundary of the unit disk D = { z E C :Iz( < 1) in the complex plane. Given 0 s a < 7 ~ / 2we define the set Cn,(O) with vertex at 1, that is, e”, and opening a as the convex hull of the disk of radius sin a and { 1}\{ l},
u W O )
This set corresponds to the notion of “nontangential” approach to 1. It is readily seen that points z in Cn,(O) satisfy the condition 1 (1- zJ/(1- 121) S 2 max(l/(l - sin a),l/cos a).Thus it is equivalent, and often simpler, to consider instead the “cone”
r,(o) = { z E D : 11
- zl/(i
-
l z l ) c a},
a a 1.
(1.1)
We are now ready for
Definition 1.1. Given a
2
1 and a function f(z) defined in D, we say that 167
VII. Harmonic and Subharmonic Functions
168 \
f converges (Abel) nontangentially of order lim
Z+
i,zer,(o)
(Y
to L as z + 1 provided that
f(z) = L,
and we denote this by lim,,,f(z) = L ( A , ) . When a = 1 we call the approach “radial,” for then z takes values on the radius joning 0 to 1. Similarly, in the case of series we have Definition 1.2. Let { c i } be a sequence of complex numbers. We say that the m series cj is (Abel) nontangentially convergent of order a ( 2 1) to s, and denote this by CJys0cj = s(A,), provided that for f(z) = cjzJ, limze1f(z) = s(A,). The usual algebraic properties hold in this case as well. For instance, if so and s1 are finite numbers a n d x cj = so(A,),C dj = sl(A,), then also C(cj + d j ) = so + sl(A,).
CJzo
It would be reassuring to know that convergent series also converge nontangentially to the same limit; in fact more is true. Proposition 1.3. Suppose
CJco cj = s(C, 1).
Then also
,:C,
cj = s(A,),
lS(Y
Proof. Let s, and a, denote the partial sums and Ceslro means of order n of { c j } ;our assumption implies that s, = o ( n ) . In the first place, observe that n-I
n
1cjr‘ = ( 1 - 1sir‘ + s,zn. 2)
j=O
j=O
Therefore, if the limit of either side in (1.2) exists as n + CO, then the limit of the other side also exists and they are equal. Moreover, since snzn = o( l), then also m
m
j=O
j=O
1c j 2 = ( 1 - z) 1s j 2
(1.3)
provided either series converges. Summing by parts once again, and since ncr,,_lzn-l = o(1) for z E D as n + co, a similar argument gives m
W
j=O
j=O
1cjzJ = (1 - Z ) ’ C ( j + 1)a;zJ =f(z),
(1.4)
say, again provided either sum converges. Now, it is readily seen that the right-hand side of (1.4) converges absolutely for IzI < 1 with sum s c / ( l - IzI)’, and so the left-hand side is also finite. Next we show that f(z) tends to s nontangentially. In the process we make use of the identity m
1 = (1 - z ) ’ C < j j=O
+ l)zj,
l z ~
(1.5)
169
1. Abel Summability, Nontangential Convergence
More precisely, given E > 0 we show there exists S > 0 so that If(z) - SI S E provided z E r,(O) and 11 - zI s 8. Indeed, combining (1.4) and (1.5), it readily follows that
c m
f(z) - s
+
= (1 - z)' (jro
(j
+ l ) ( q - S ) z i = I + J,
j=N+l)
say. Now, since m
m
j=N+1
j=O
1( j + I)+ s C ( j +I)$ =-( I -1 r)"
if we choose N so that laj - SI s & / 2 a 2for j that for z in ra(0),
3
N
+ 1, then it readily follows
Now that N has been fixed, we note that
j=O
provided S is small enough. We are interested in applying Proposition 1.3 to Fourier series, more specifically to Lebesgue's theorems 4.2 in Chapter I1 and 6.3 in Chapter 111. Since the expression appearing in the Definition 1.2 is one sided, given f E L, f C cjeij*,we introduce the notations
-
C o ( t )= co,
G(t)= c-je-l* + cje'",
j s l
(1.6)
j 2 1.
(1.7)
and eo(t) = 0,
c(t) =
(-i)(-cjeKij'
+ cjeij*),
Proposition 1.3 asserts that actually
j=O
and m
ej(t) = Hf(t)(A,)
almost every t in
T.
( 1 -9)
j=O
We may, and do, assume that (1.8) and (1.9) hold simultaneously. More precisely, if z = rek E ra(0),then for almost every t in T (1.10)
170
VII. Harmonic and Subharmonic Functions
and (1.11)
We would like to unravel (1.10) and (1.11) and express them in terms of the original cj's. First, since r,(O) is symmeric, that is, z E r,(O) if and only if Z E ro(O), and as is readily seen
then for almost every t in T the following is true: (1.12)
Similarly, by (1.11) now, and for the same t's,
"+" statement
Whence, by subtracting the "-"statement in (1.13) from the in (1.12) and rearranging the expressions involved, we obtain
= f(t )
- iHf( t ) ,
a.e. in
T.
(1.14)
Similarly, by adding the "-"statement in (1.12) and the "+" statement in (1.13) and rearranging the expressions involved, we obtain
=f(t)
+ iHf(t),
a.e. in
T.
(1.15)
We have thus arrived at one of the most interesting and important results in this chapter, namely, Theorem 1.4. Suppose f E L( T ) , f
- C cjeGr.Then for almost every t in T (1.16)
and (1.17)
2. The Poisson and Conjugate Poisson Kernels
171
Prmf. (1.16) follows by adding (1.14), (1.15), and (1.17), by subtracting (1.14) from (1.15), and invoking the symmetry of r,(O) to change -x intox. H
2. THE POISSON AND CONJUGATE POISSON KERNELS Expressions (1.16) and (1.17) in Theorem 1.4 correspond to the convolution off with the functions P ( z) and Q( z) with (absolutely convergent) Fourier series given by m
z = re",
O < r < 1 (2.1)
and W
(-i)(sgn j)cjrlj'evL,
P(z) = Q(Z) =
z
=
reiL,
o
(2.2)
j=-00
respectively; these functions are called the Poisson and conjugate Poisson kernel. When convenient, we view these functions as defined in T and denote them by P r ( t ) and Q r ( t ) ,'i.e., as a family of kernels indexed by r, 0 r < 1. The first task at hand is to obtain an explicit expression for these kernels. By summing the geometric series in (2.1) we get
which easily reduces to
Similarly, by summing (2.2) we see that
which also readily reduces to
172
VII. Harmonic and Subharmonic Functions
The interaction between P and Q is given by the expression P which on account of (2.3) and (2.5) equals
+ iQ,
This is an analytic function of z in D ; we will have more to say about this later on. By (2.4) we note that Pr(t) is a periodic, positive, even function of t E T, monotone in [0, T),which is dominated either by
1-2 l+r 2 <(l-r)*-l-r 1-r or, on account of estimate (1.16) in Chapter I, by
Also, by (2.1), (2.10) The reader may have noted the similarity of FejCr's kernel K , ( t ) with the Poisson kernel P,( t) for r = 1 - 1/( n + 1); this hints at a similarity of results as well. For instance by (the continuous version of) Proposition 2.3 in Chapter IV there is a constant c, independent off, so that
(2.1 1) But on account of statement (1.16) of Theorem 1.4 we expect a stronger result, of a nontangential nature, to hold. Before considering this point we list some properties of the conjugate Poisson kernel. By (2.6), Q r ( t ) is an odd function and I Qr(t)l is dominated by either
crltl/(l - r)'
or
c/ltl.
(2.12)
Also by (2.5) (2.13) As for 11 Qrlll, it does not remain bounded as r + 1- (cf. 6.4); this is all we need to know about the kernels. 1 6 a < 00. In Now some definitions. Let I',(x) = { z E D : eVkz E ra(0)}, other words T,(xi is the cone r,(O) rotated so that its vertex lies at ek rather than at 1; a similar definition is given for n,(x).
173
2. The Poisson and Conjugate Poisson Kernels
Definition 2.1. Assume f E L and 1 s a < 00. We introduce the nontangential maximal function off * Pr of order a at x by Na(f*p r , x ) = :UP I f * Pr(t)l* (2.14) z = r e .zeT,(x) N , is called the radial maximal function.
We then have Theorem 2.2. Assume that f E L and 1 s a < m. Then there is a constant c,, independent off, such that (2.15)
N ( f *pr, x) s c,Mf(x).
Proof. The radial maximal function was already considered in (2.11), and the nontangential case is a straightforward computation. Indeed, since each z = reir in T , ( x ) is of the form reicx+'),reis E r,(O), it readily follows that
'I
f* P r ( t ) = I = -
2T
T
'I
f(u)P,(x+s-~)du=2T
~(x+u)~~(s-u)~u,
T
and consequently )I1 d
$-(I I +
C-TGO)
.(fI)
+ u)lP,(s - u ) du = J + K ,
(2.16)
[O,.rr)
say. As the estimate for both summands in (2.16) is obtained in a similar way, we only do K . Let F,(u) = F ( u ) = j,o,,,lf(x u)l du; then F is absolutely continuous and F ' ( u ) = If(x u)l a.e. Thus, by integrating by
+
+
parts the integral in K, we note that it equals
F ( u ) P r ( s- u ) ] : -
I
f ( u ) P : ( s - u ) du
=
K1 + K 2 ,
[O,r)
say. K1 offers no difficulty: since F ( 0 ) = 0, F ( T ) s c M f ( x ) and P,(s - T )s c,, we see at once that K1 s c,Mf(x), which is of the right order. Moreover, since for 0 < u < T F( u)/sin( u/2) s c M f ( x ) ,
also K 2 s c(
I[,.,
)
sin( ;)P:(s - u ) du M f ( x ) .
(2.17)
To bound the integral in (2.17) we distinguish two cases, namely, 0 < r =S f, and 4 < r < 1. The latter is pretty easy since then the integral does not exceed
174
VII. Harmonic and Subharmonic Functions
As for the former we observe that the integral there is dominated by
say. To estimate K4 we note that the integrand uP:(u) is even and, consequently, K4 = -2
J
uP:(u)du
= -~uP,(u)],"
+
[%a)
= -272Pr(
72)
+ 272 s 272.
Finally, to bound K 3 , observe c ( r - 11 cll - re"[; and consequently
+
that
Jro,
a) ~
r ( u du )
flsl s rlsl
(2.18)
clr - reis[s
1 11 - reisl d c + c,. K3
Corollary 2.3. Assume that f E Lp(T ) , 1 C p s 00. Then there is a constant c = c,,~ independent off so that I I N a ( f * Pr)IIp ~ l l f l l p , 1 < P s 00 (2.20)
and
A({Na(f* pr)'
AII s cIIfII1.
Corollary 2.4. Suppose f E Lp(T ) , 1 < p s c = c, independent off so that
X ( f *Qr, and consequently for 1 < p < 00,
(2.21) 00.
Then there is a constant
x) s c W J ) ( x )
(2.22)
I I X ( f * Q J l l P s CllfIlP. (2.23) Proof. Since am(f) * Q r ( x )= &"(f)* P , ( x ) and 1 < p , it follows that also f * Q,(x) = f * P,(x) and the conclusion follows from Theorem 2.2 and Corollary 2.3. As for convergence in Lp we have Proposition 2.5. Assume f E Lp(T ) , 1 s p < a.Then
(i) llf * Prllp s Ilfllp r < 1, (ii) lim,,,Ilf* Pr - f l i p = 0, and (iii) liml=,ix,,,,,r,(0)llf* Pr(x + * ) -flip = 0.
175
2. The Poisson and Conjugate Poisson Kernels
A similar result holds for p
provided that f E C( T).
= 00
Proof. (i) and (ii) have a counterpart, with identical proof, in the case of FejCr's kernel. As for (iii), in case p < 00, the proof is a simple application of Fatou's lemma since, by Theorem 2.2, Pr(x + t ) -f(t>l S c M f ( t ) and, by Theorem 1.4, limz=re~x-tl,zc~,(0)f* Pr(x + t) =f(t) a.e. The case p = 00 also follows easily.
If*
As for the conjugate Poisson Kernel, we have Theorem 2.6. Assume f E L( T), then
(f*Q,(x + I)- H , . J ( t ) )
lim
== re'x-.i,zd-,(o)
=0
a.e.
(2.24)
and there is a constant c = c, independent o f f such that
If*
sup z = relx,zc
Consquently, iff
r, ( 0 ) E
Qr(x + t ) - H , - f ( t ) l s cMf(t) a.e.
(2.25)
Lp(T), 1 < p < 00, then also Qr(x + .) - H l - r f ~ = ~ p0.
/If*
lim
(2.26)
z = retx+ i , z d - , ( 0 )
Proof. (2.24) and (2.25) obtain by arguments similar to those invoked in the case of FejCr's kernel, combined now with the ideas in Theorem 2.2 to incorporate the non-tangential convergence; we sketch the proof of the radial case. First, observe that, since Q1(x) = (2 sin x)/[2(1 - cos x)] = l/tan(x/2), x # 0, we have
f* Qr(t)
- H,-rf(t) =-
2~
1
f(t-x)Qr(x)dx
1xlsl-r
I
+1 2~
= Zl(t)
say. By (2.12) we see that
IIl(t)l s
-1
I-r
f(t - x)(Qr(x) - ~ l ( x )dx )
+ Z*(t),
(2.27)
C
1- r
If(t Ixlrl-r
- x)l dx
and consequently I Z , ( t ) l s cMf(t)and IZl(t)l = o(l), as r + 1-, at each Lebesgue point t of f: Moreover, since Qr(x) - Ql(x) = ((1 - r)/(l + r))Q,(x)P,(x) is an odd and monotone decreasing function in (0, T),and by (2.12), 1-r 1-r 1 ---Q,(X) s --< T, for 0 < x < T, l+r 1 r sin(x/2)
+
VZZ. Harmonic and Subharmonic Functions
176 then we may estimate IZ2(t)l
c j y t - x)lP,(x) dx
cW(t).
Also an argument similar to Theorem 6.3 in Chapter I11 obtains that 12(t)= o(l), as r + 1-. Corollary 2.7. Suppose f dent off so that
E
L( T ) . Then there is a constant c = c, indepen-
Na(f*Or, t )
c ( J f * f ( t )+ M f ( t ) ) .
(2.28)
3. HARMONIC FUNCTIONS The Laplacian A is the second order partial differential operator given by
A=-1 - + a'- + - -a2 r2 at2 ar2
1 a r ar'
(3.1)
It is readily seen that A( r'j'evt)= 0, all j , and consequently by superposition A ( P r ( t ) )= A ( f * P r ( t ) )= 0, f~ L, re" E D. This operator is also familiar in Cartesian coordinates, i.e., in terms of x = r cos t, y = r sin t, and it is given by A = - a2 + - a' ax2 ay2' In what follows we use (3.1) and (3.2) interchangeably. Functions u which verify Au = 0 (in D) are called harmonic (in D). We begin by showing that in some sense the only harmonic functions are those which arise as Poisson integrals. More precisely, we have
Proposition 3.1. Assume u E C 2 ( D )is harmonic. Then there is a sequence of complex numbers { c j } such that u(re") =
1 cjrljleu*,
reit
E
(3.3)
D.
j=-m
Proof. By assumption the partial derivatives au/dx, au/ay exist and are continuous in D. We construct a function u(x,y ) such that for ( x ,y ) E D (or more precisely x + iy E D ) ,
a
a
-u(x, y ) = --u(x, aY ax
y).
(3.4)
177
3. Harmonic Functions
A pair of functions (u, u ) verifyinng (3.4) is called a Cauchy-Riemann pair and the function o is called a harmonic conjugate, or conjugate, to u ; our claim is that to each harmonic function u in D we may assign a conjugate o. The construction in 0, or any simply connected domain for that matter, is quite easy. Indeed, fix (xo,y o ) in D and note that u is well defined by means of the path integral 4 x 9
Y ) - 4 x 0 , Yo) =
j
(X,Y)
du,
(3.5)
(X0,YO)
where the path in (3.5) is totally contained in 0,provided that du is an exact differential for then the integral in (3.5) is path independent. But if we put
then this occurs since
a "(aY -Gu) a
= - ( - u )a, ax ax
as u is harmonic. Thus (3.5) determines a conjugate u to u and by (3.4) the function f ( z ) = u(z) + iu(z) is analytic in D. Therefore, there is a sequence of complex constants { d j } such that m
f(z)=
Iz( < 1.
djz', j=O
Moreover, since u ( z ) = Ref(z)
=
;(c 1 "
djz'
m
+ @),
it readily follows that with
,
c. = ' J - j ,
j < 0,
co = $ ( d o + do),
and
cj = f d j , j
> 0.
By the way, the proof also shows that u(re") = 1 cirlJ'egr,with c; (-i)(sgnj)cj, j # 0, 4, = ( - i / 2 ) ( d 0 - do).
=
Remark 3.2. If f ( z ) = u ( z ) + i u ( z ) is analytic in a region containing 0, by the results discussed in this chapter it follows that
178
VII. Harmonic and Subharmonic Functions
where z = reir,0 d r < 1. This formula exhibits the close connection between an analytic function f and its real part u. Next we discuss the analog to Fejir's theorem
Theorem 3.3. Suppose u is harmonic in D and that, in addition, for some 1
Then there is a function f E Lp(T ) , Ilfll, lim
C
A, such that u(re") = f
* Pr(t),
a.e.
u(rei(x+r) ) =f(t)
re"+l,re'xEr,(0)
and lim re'x+l,re'xEr,(o)
11 u(
) - f l p = 0,
1 < p < 00.
(3.6)
Proof. By Theorem 1.4 and Proposition 2.5 it suffices to show that u(reif) = f * P r ( t ) ,f~ L P ( T ) ,Ilfll, S A. By Proposition 3.1 it follows that u(re") = 1 cjrl.ileVr, and we are reduced to showing that the cj's are the Fourier coefficients of an Lp function$ Let a,,(t)denote the Ceskro means of order n of the cj's. By Fejir's theorem 3.3 in Chapter I1 it is enough to prove that ~ ~ as, A, , ~all ~ n. p We write a,,(?) = (a,,(t) - an* P r ( t ) )+ an* P r ( t ) = Z ( t ) + J ( t ) ,
say, and take a closer look at each summand. Observe that
say. Since I , ( t ) is a trigonometric polynomial of degree n, we have that lllllps (1 - r)IIIlllp = o(l),
as r + 1 - .
As for J ( t ) , note that it actually equals u(r-) * 2K,(
IlJllP
S
H~(r*)llpll2K"IIl s A,
I)
(3.7)
and, consequently,
all r, n.
(3.8)
3. Harmonic Functions
179
Thus, by combining (3.7) and (3.8), we get that ~ ~ c T6, A, ~and ~ ~ we have finished. As is usually the case, (3.6) holds forp = 00 providedf E C ( T). As for p = 1 we have Theorem 3.4. Suppose u is harmonic in D and that, in addition,
Then there is a finite Bore1 measure p with total variation 11pl1 6 A, such that u(re") = p * Pr(t).Furthermore, if +(t) =
[
ddx),
t E
T,
then also lim
u(rei(x+r) ) = +'(t)
a.e.
reix+l,re'xEr,(0)
If u( re") 2 0, then there is a positive measure p such that u( reir)= p * Pr(t). Finally if { u ( r e k ) } r < is l Cauchy in L(T) as r -* 1, then there is an integrable function f such that u(re") = f * Pr(t);f satisfies (3.6) with p = 1. P m f . The existence of p and the statement concerning the nontangential convergence follow as in Theorem 3.3. Note that we cannot assert in general that u(re") = +'* Pr(t);the simplest example of this is the Poisson kernel Pr(t)itself which has nontangential limits 0 at every point save 0 and yet corresponds to p = Dirac delta at the origin. Now, if u is a nonnegative harmonic function, u(re") = C cjr'j'egr,then
[;u(reiI)l dt and u(re") = p
=
I,
u(rei1) dt
= 2m,,
< co
* Pr(t). Therefore
u ( r - )* 2K,,(t) = u,,(p)* P r ( t )3 0,
all n, r
and a,,(p, t) =
lim u,,(p)* P J t ) 2 0
r-I
a.e.
(3.9)
By Theorem 3.5 in Chapter 11, (3.9) implies that p is a nonnegative measure. Finally, in case { u( re")} is Cauchy in L(T) as r + 1-, we infer two facts, (r~) = to wit: since L(T) is complete there i s f e Lsuch that l i m r + l - ~ ~ u -fill 0 and by the first part of the theorem there is a measure p so that u( rei') = p * Pr(t). Since for each fixed s, 0 < s < 1, Ps(x - t ) E L"( T), it follows at
VII. Harmonic and Subharmonic Functions
180
once that limr+l u(r.) * P,(x) = f * Ps(x). On the other hand, since (as is readily seen by direct examination of the Fourier series) Pr * P, = Prs,0 < r, s < 1, we also have that u ( r * )* Ps(x) = p * Prs(x), which tends to p * Ps(x) = u(se") as r + 1-. Thus u(se*) = f * P,(x) and we are done. It is a natural question to consider what integrability properties, if any, are satisfied by the conjugates to harmonic functions verifying the assumptions of Theorem 3.3 or 3.4. The answer is straightforward. Theorem 3.5. Suppose that u is harmonic in D and that, in addition, for somelSp
&
lu( reir)lpdt)
I"
=A
< 00.
T
Let u denote the conjugate to u so that u ( 0 ) = 0. Then there is a constant c= independent of u such that
IT
N,(u, x)" dx s CAP,
1 < p < 00,
(3.10)
and, for all A > 0, Al{N,(u) > A}l
C
cA,
p
=
1.
(3.11)
Proof. Suppose first p > 1; then u(re") = f * Pr(t ) , f E Lp(T), and by inspection of the Fourier series, u(re") = f * Q , ( t ) = Hf* Pr(t). Whence N,(u, x) s N,(Hf*Pryx) 6 cM(Hf)(x) and 1 < P < 00. CIIM(Hf)llp S cllfllp, In case p = 1, we note that f* Qr(t) = (f*Qr(t) - H,-J(t)) + H,-J(t), and consequently by Theorem 2.6 N,(u, x) S c(Mf(x) + H*f(x)). Thus (3.11) also holds and the proof is complete.
I I N Y ( ~ ) l l pS
Two remarks about the above result: the estimate (3.10) points to a satisfactory state of affairs when 1 < p < 00 (a proof of a similar statement which does not rely on the Hilbert transform is sketched in below) and the estimate (3.11) does not. More precisely, if we denote by H P ( D )the Hardy HP space consisting of those harmonic functions u in D such that
I$(:;
IlP
lu(re")Ipdt)
c A < 00,
0
00,
(3.12)
T
and call the infimum over the constants A in (3.12) the HP-norm of u, then for 1 < p < 00 the conjugate u, u ( 0 ) = 0, of a harmonic function u in HP(D ) is also in HP(D) and its norm does not exceed a multiple of the norm of u ; for p = 1 we only have a weak-type result. In particular, if we now denote
4. Further Properties of Harmonic and Subharmonic Functions
181
by HP,(D) the analytic Hardy H P space cnsisting of those analytic functions
f such that ~ ~ ( & [ ~ f ( r e i r ) l P d t ) l i p 4 A < mO, < p < a
(3.13)
and call the infimum over the constants A in (3.13) the HP, norm of J; then for 1 < p < 00 each u E H P ( D ) is the real part of an analytic function f~ HP,(D)and the HP, norm off does not exceed c ( H P norm of u ) ; we cannot make a similar assertion for p = 1. Since it is quite an interesting problem to determine under what circumstances a harmonic function is the real part of an analytic function f in H i ( D ) ,or H : ( D ) , 0 < p < 1, for that matter, we develop now some further properties of harmonic functions to address this question. Clearly, this is connected to the question of when Hf E Lp(T ) , 0 < p C 1, the case p = 1 being particularly interesting.
4. FURTHER PROPERTIES OF HARMONIC FUNCTIONS AND SUBHARMONIC FUNCTIONS
We seek now to use to advantage the fact that harmonic functions satisfy Laplace's equation; we begin by showing the mean value property they verify. Proposition 4.1. (Mean Value Property). Let u be harmonic in D and suppose that D ( z o ,r ) = {z E D : Izo- zI < r } is totally contained in D. Then
'I
u(zo)= 2r
u(zo
+ reir)dt.
T
Proof. Assume first zo = 0; then by Proposition 3.1 u(reir)= ~ c j r ' " e V ' and
2r
I
u(re") dt
= c0 =
~(0).
T
If zo # 0, let U ( z )= u ( z + zo); then U is also harmonic in D(0, r), now, and u(zo) = U ( 0 )= ( 1 / 2 ~ ) U(re")dt = (1/2r) u(zo+ reir)dt.
IT
I,
Corollary 4.2. Assume u and D(zo,r ) are as above, then
'I
u(zo) = ITr2
D(zo,r)
u( z) dx dy.
(4.2)
VII. Harmonic and Subharmonic Functions
182
Prmf. By Proposition 4.1 we get
='I I 2~
T
+ se")s ds dt
u(zo
f0.r)
whence the conclusion follows passing from polar to Cartesian coordinates. rn It is interesting to note that the converse to Proposition 4.1 is also true (cf. 6.19). An important consequence of the mean value property is the distribution of the maximum and minimum values of a harmonic function in a connected domain. Proposition 4.3. Assume that a continuous, real-valued function u verifies the mean value property for each diskD(zo, r ) c 0, and that A = S U P , , ~ U ( Z<) 00. Then either u is identically equal to A in D or else u ( z ) < A for every z in D.
Prmf. Let % = { z E D : u ( z ) = A}; by the continuity of u, % is closed in D; we show now it is also open. By (4.2) it follows that for each zo interior and sufficiently small r, to 0, u ( z ) dxdy
s A.
(4.3)
Therefore, if for some such zo we have that u(zo) = A, then, by (4.3) and the continuity of u, u ( z ) is identically equal to A for z in D(zo, r ) and % is open relative to D. Since D is connected, either % is D or empty. In the former case u is constant and the latter u ( z ) < A for each z in D. A closer look at the above proof shows that the full strength of the mean value property was not invoked to obtain the maximum principle, but rather the fact that the value of a function at a point is dominated by the average of its values near that point. This is an important property which is satisfied, for instance, by u = max( u l , u2),where u1, u2 are harmonic in D (note that u is not necessarily harmonic); it is therefore natural to investigate such functions further.
Definition 4.4. A real valued function s is said to be subharmonic in D if
(i) -00 s s(z) < 00, z E 0, (ii) s is upper semicontinuous, i.e., s(zo) z lim sup s(z), ' 2
zo
zo E 0,
4. Further Properties of Harmonic and Subharmonic Functions
183
and (iii) if zo E D and D(zo,r ) = 0,then
‘I
s(z0) s ITr2
s ( z ) dx dy.
(4.4)
D(zo,r)
First, we try to establish sufficient conditions which will assure that a function is subharmonic; an important tool in this endeavour is Green’s theorem. There are some restrictions concerning the domain D in the statement of this theorem, but we shall not be concerned with them since in our applications D is either a disk or a difference of disks. The statement of Green’s theorem is the following: Assume D is a sufficiently smooth domain and u, u are C 2 ( D )functions; then [ i u Au
- u A u ) dxdy
=-
an
(4.5)
where ds denotes the element of arc length along the boundary aD of D and a/an denotes the directional derivative along the inward normal into D. We are then in a condition to prove Proposition 4.5. Assume u only if A u ( z ) 3 0, z E D.
Proof. By setting u W Z O , r) = D
I
=
E
C z ( D ) .Then u is subharmonic in D if and
1 in Green’s theorem ( 4 . 9 , we note that for
(4.6)
D(zo,r)
Let now I ( r ) = ( 1 / 2 ~ r ) u ( z o+ reir)d t ; a simple computation shows that ( r I (r))’ = (1/27r) u’(zo+ reir)eirdt, and, since the inward normal to T at t is ( - e i r ) by (4.6),we see that
I,
I,
I
D(zo,r)
Au(z)dxdy
=
(rI(r))’.
(4.7)
If the Laplacian of u is S O , then by (4.7),r I ( r ) is nondecreasing, and, since its value at 0 is u ( z o ) ,we obtain that
‘I
u(z0) =z2-r
+
u ( z o reir)dt T
and (4.4) follows by integration as in Corollary 4.2. Conversely, suppose there is a point zo in D where Au(zo) < 0. Then by continuity the same
VII. Harmonic and Subharmonic Functions
184
holds in a small neighborhood D(zo,r) of zo, and, by (4.7), r I ( r ) decreases for small enough r; this implies that for those r’s
& 1,
u(zo
+ re”) dt < u(zo)
which, by integration, contradicts (4.4) at z o . As a first application of this result we have Proposition 4.6. Let f(z) be analytic in D. Then lnlf(z)l is subharmonic there.
Proof. It is a tedious but straightforward computation. Let f ( z ) = u ( z ) + iu(z) and put H ( z ) = ln(u(z)’
+ u(z)’+
T)’/~,
7 > 0.
We show that A H ( z ) 3 0 for z in D. Since u, u are harmonic and (u, u ) is a Cauchy-Riemann pair, a direct computation shows that
Whence for each 77 > 0 and D(zo,r) c D
and the desired conclusion follows by Fatou’s lemma. W Corollary 4.7. Let f(z) be analytic in D. Then If(z)I“is subharmonic there for each E > 0. Proof. Note that Jensen’s inequality, 5.1 in Chapter I, gives at once that if s is subharmonic and 4 convex and increasing and continuous at t = -00, then, also, +(s) is subharmonic; the desired conclusion follows from Proposition 4.6 with 4 ( h ) = eEh,E > 0.
Before we go on we need one more property of subharmonic functions, namely, Proposition 4.8. Suppose s is continuous and suharmonic in D and 0 < r, 7 < 1. Then
s(qrei‘)s ~ ( 7 .* ) pr(t),
rei‘ E D.
(4.8)
Proof. For a fixed 7 < 1 and z = reir, let u ( z ) = s ( 7 * P , ( t ) ; then, by Proposition 2.5, u is harmonic in D and continuous up to the boundary. a )
4. Further Properties of Harmonic and Subharmonic Functions
185
In addition s(7.z) - u ( z ) is subharmonic in 0, SO at the boundary, and consequently by the maximum principle also SO throughout D; this gives (4.8) and we have finished. The first application we give of these results is to the identification, among all harmonic functions in 0, of those which are the real part of analytic functions in HP,(D), 0 < p < 00. This result is due to Hardy and Littlewood. We also identify it as half of the Burkholder-Gundy-Silverstein theorem, and it provides the key to the development of a purely real variable theory of Hardy spaces.
Theorem 4.9. Assume f = u + iu E H z ( D ) , 0 < p < 00, HP, norm off < A. Then there is a constant c, independent off such that IINa(u)llp,IINu(u)llp
(4.9)
GA.
Proof. Let s(re") = If(reir)I"p, 0 < 7 < 1; by Corollary 4.7, s is continuous and subharmonic in D. Moreover, sup r
2~
I
s( reir)'/"dt
s AP < 00
(4.10)
T
and {s(rei')}is bounded in L'/"(T); therefore by Proposition 3.2 in Chapter I1 there are a sequence rk + 1- and a function h E L'/"( T ) , Ilhlll/, s Avp, such that
'I
lim k-tm2T
s ( r k e i r ) 4 ( tdt)
'I
=-
T
2T
for 4 E L('/")'(T). Since for each r < 1, P,(x it for 4 in (4.11) and thus obtain lim s ( r k * *) P r ( x ) = h * P r ( x ) ,
h ( t ) + ( t )dt
(4.11)
T
a )
E
L('/")',we may substitute
0 < r < 1,
x E T.
(4.12)
k-ca
Moreover, since, by Proposition 4.8, s( rrkei') S s( rk * ) * P r ( x ) and, by continuity, limk,, s(rrkei') = s(re*), from (4.12) it follows that s(re") s h * P r ( x ) , or If(re")lp s ( h * P,(x))'/",
0 < r < 1, x E T.
(4.13)
Thus, taking sup in (4.13) over reix E r , ( t ) and by Theorem 2.2, we get that Na(lfl,t)" s N , ( ( h * Pr)"", t ) S c,(Mh(t))'/'. Whence ~ ~ N , ( U ) ~ ~ ~ IIN,(u)llp d IIN,(lfl)llps caIIMhll://?ps cA, (4.9) holds and we are done. H This extremely interesting result has many important consequences. We identify a couple of them as they relate to what we can say about those f's for which H ~LE (T).
VII. Harmonic and Subharmonic Functions
186
Proposition 4.10. Assume f E L( T ) , Hf E L( T). Then N,(f* P,) and Nu(Hf * P,) are integrable and there is a constant c = c, independent off such that
IIX(f*Pr)III, IINa(Hf*Pr)II1s C ( l l f l l l + IIJlflll).
(4.14)
Proof. Let F ( z ) = f * P , ( t ) + iHf* P,(t), z = reir. Then F E H:(D) with norm s (Ilflll + IIHflll). Indeed, since, as is readily seen, Hf * Pr(t ) = f * Q r ( t ) , then (f*P , , f * Q,) is a Cauchy-Riemann pair, F ( z ) = f * P,(t) + iHf*P , ( t ) is analytic, and for r < 1
llflll
+ The conclusion follows now by Theorem 4.9. I I H f l l 1 9
Corollary 4.11. Suppose f z 0 is integrable and H ~LE ( T ) . Then f~ L In L( T). Proof. By Proposition (4.1) N,(f*Pr) is also integrable. Moreover, since by (2.4) P , ( t ) 3 c / ( l - r ) for It1 < 1 - r, then
f ( x - t ) dt s cf* P,(x),
0 < r < 1,
Ibz,,1-r
and M f ( x ) < c N , ( f * Pryx) < cN,(f*Pryx). Thus Mf is also integrable and the desired conclusion follows by Theorem 5.4 in Chapter IV. It is natural to consider whether Theorem 4.9 and Proposition 4.10 admit a converse. More precisely, if a harmonic function u verifies N , ( u ) E Lp(T ) , O < p s l , i s u = R e f ; f ~HP,(T)?Orif N , ( f * P , ) ~ L ( T ) , d o e s i t f o l l o w that Hf E L( T)? We prefer to postpone the discussion of these questions until Chapter XIV where we do the real variable theory of the Hardy spaces. In the meantime, and to provide a glimpse of things to come, we show
Theorem 4.12. Assume u 3 0 is harmonic in D and Nu(u ) E Lp(T ) ,0 < p < 1. Then there is an analytic function f E HP,(D)so that u = Ref and H z norm o f f < cu(0) < c ~ ~ N , ( u ) ~ c~ independent ,,, of u. Proof. Let v be the conjugate to u so that v ( 0 ) = 0; we show that the analytic function f = u + iv verifies all the required conditions. For 77 > 0 put F,(z) = (u(z)’ + v(z)’ + 7’)”’ and G,,(z)= - ( u ( z ) + T ) ~ a; simple computation shows that
AF,, = p ( ( $ u ) ~ + ( $ v ) ’ ) ( u 2
+ v2 +
+ v’) + 277’)
5. Hamack’s and Mean Value Inequalities
187
and
AG,,
+
+ ( ”axv ) ’ ) ( u
= (1 - p ) p ( ( ” uax )’
v)P-’.
Thus there is a constant c = cp = O( 1/ 1 - p ) so that 0 s AF,, s c AG,, and
I,
Oe I D A F , , ( z ) d x d y S c
A G , , ( z ) dx dY.
(4.15)
We may now invoke Green’s theorem on both sides of (4.15) and obtain that
j r $ F q ( r e i r ) dt
S c
I,
-G,,(reil) dt. :r
(4.16)
Whence, by integrating (4.16) with respect to r, it now follows that Ir
I,.,
-F,,( re”) dr dt
=
:r
I,
+
(u(Re”)’+ v(Re”)’+ T ’ ) ~ / ’dt - 2 ~ ( u ( 0 ) ’ T ’ ) ~ / ’
. _
e C 2 T ( u ( 0 ) + 7 ) P - J>u(ReiI)
(
+7
) dt~ .
)
(4.17)
Thus letting 71 + 0 in (4.17) we get
~ ~ f ( R e i tdt) lsp ~ ( 0 ) ~ with c independent of R, and we are done.
5. HARNACK’S AND MEAN VALUE INEQUALITIES Nonnegative harmonic functions satisfy an important inequality which restates the maximum principle in strong terms, namely,
’:r
Theorem 5.1 (Harnack’s Inequality). Let u be a nonnegative harmonic function in D and let D(z,, r ) c D. Then
(:
sup u ( z ) e D(.o,r)
inf u ( z ) . D(z0.r)
VII. Harmonic and Subharmonic Functions
188
Proof. By the monotonicity of the Poisson kernel in [0, P ) it follows that for 0s t s P I-r 1-r2 l + r ( 1 r)'
+
f'r(t) s
I-r2 =
l+r 7
(5.1)
Furthermore, since by Theorem 3.4 there is a nonnegative measure p such ), ( 5 . 1 ) yields that u(re") = p * P r ( t ) , u ( 0 ) = ( 1 / 2 ~ ) p ( T integrating 1-r
l+r 1
1
- p ( T ) s u(re") s -- d T ) . l + r 2 ~ 1-r21r Thus
+
sup u(re") s -u(o) 1-r
D(z0.r)
4
(i
':r
-
inf u(re"). D(ro,r)
As for harmonic functions of arbitrary sign, in addition to the mean value property, there is a mean value inequality due to Hardy and Littlewood; we begin by proving a version which follows at once from the maximum principle
Proposition 5.2. Assume u is harmonic in D and let D ( z o ,r ) c D(zo,R ) c D. Then there is a constant c independent of r, R and u such that sup 1u1 s
D(zo,r)
c I
( R - r)2
lu(z)l dx dY.
(5.2)
D(zo,R)\D(ro,r/2)
Proof. By the maximum principle the sup on the left-hand side of (5.2) is attained at a point z , with Izl - zol = r, and by Corollary 4.2
'I
=2
=P
,
u ( z ) dxdy,
p < R - r.
(5.3)
D(zI,P)
We distinguish two cases according to the relative sizes of r and R ; if R s t r we put p = R - r in (5.3), and if R > 4r we put p = r / 2 there and note that in either case D ( z , ,p ) E D ( z o ,R)\D(zo, r / 2 ) . W Observe that by Holder's inequality the right-hand side of (5.2) may be whenever 1 < P < a;the replaced by ( c / ( R- r)p-2)IIUI~LP(D(zo,R)\D(zo,r/2)) remarkable fact is that it may also be replaced by a similar expression for 0 < p < 1 as well.
Theorem 5.3. Suppose u is a measurable function defined in D ( z o ,R , ) which verifies
4. Further Properties of Harmonic and S u b h a r m o n i c F u n c t i o n s
189
for all 0 < r < R < R, and some 0 < po < co with c independent of r and R Then there is a constant c = cp so that (5.4) holds for 0 < p < po as well. More precisely, sup IuI s D(z0,r)
cp
(R-
(I
lu(z)lpdxdy)’ip
(5.5)
D(zo,R)\D(zorr/2)
for all 0 < r < R , , with cp independent of r and R.
Prooj. Note that, if 0 < p < R , , it follows by (5.4) that Moreover, since lulpo = ( ~ u ( l - p ~ p ~ ( u ~we p ~ also p o ) phave o
Iu( z ) l p o dx d y D (z o . R )\D ( z o . r / 2 )
S U P ~ ( ~ , ~ ) ~ U
)
Whence combining (5.4) and (5.6) we get
for all 0 < r < R < R , . Fix now r, < Ro < R , ; we will show that (5.5) holds with r = r,, R = R, there. u(z)lpdx d y ) ’ / ” ;then dividing both sides of (5.7) Let = (~D(zo,Ro)\D(zo,r~/2)~ by I we see that for r, s r < R s R,,
since
I
u(z)” dx d y / I p s 1
D(zo,R)\D(zo,r)-
(as Ro* R and r rewritten as
3
ro). With the notation u ( z ) = lu(z)l/I, (5.8) may be
(5.9)
190
VII. Harmonic and Subharmonic Functions
for ro
r
S
ro=R07,
Ro. Let
T =
ro/ Ro < 1, and consider the sequence
k = 1 , 2 ,....
,
rk=Ro
(5.10)
j=1
Note that { r k } is increasing, rk - rk-] = Ro(l - ~ ) / 2and ~ , lirnk,, rk = Ro. We apply now (5.9) successively with R = rk, r = r k P l ,k 2 1 and obtain sup v = s D(Z0.d
s
C
(Ro(1 - 7)/2>’/””
( sup
v)l-p/po
D(zo,r,)
C
C
(&( 1 - 7)/2)’/’O( (Ro(1 - T)/2’)’/p0
and in general (5.11) where for k = 1,2,. . .
j=O
j=O
This is all we need to complete the proof; indeed, since as is readily seen lim d 4 k ) = Po/P,
lim ICr(k) = (Po/P)’
k-m
k-m
and lim k+m
( sup
(I--P/P0)k
v)
= 1,
D(zo.rk)
by letting k + 00, (5.11) gives at once
-
C
( R-~ro)2/p’
which, on account of the definition of v, is precisely what we wanted to show. Because of its importance, we emphasize Theorem 5.3 in the particular instance of harmonic functions. The reader should also consider the corresponding statement for nonnegative subharmonic functions as well. This is Theorem 5.4 (Hardy-Littlewood). Assume u is harmonic in D and let D ( z o ,r ) c D ( z o ,R ) c D. If 0 < p < 00, then there is a constant c = cp
191
6. Notes; Further Reading and Problems
independent of r, R, and u such that
We will have many an occasion to apply Theorem 5.4. In this section we use it to show that the radial maximal function of a harmonic function controls the nontangential maximal function. Proposition 5.5. Assume u is harmonic in D. Then for each a 0 < 7 ) < 1, we have x E T,
N,(u, X ) s c M ( N , ( u ,*)")(x)"",
where c
=
3
1 and (5.12)
c~,, is independent of u and x. Consequently,
llN*(411ps
Cll~I<~>ll,,
0 < p < m.
(5.13)
Proof. Since (5.13) follows at once from (5.12) (just pickplr] < 1) we only show (5.12). Also by rotation it suffices to do the case x = 0, i.e., eiO= 1. To estimate lu(w)l", w E r,(O),we consider two cases, namely, w far from er near to the boundary; we only discuss the latter here because it is the one which offers some difficulty. Thus assume 11 - wI s 1/2a and note that D(w, (1 - lw1)/2) E D(1, (a++)(1- Iwl)) n D = D , ; to see this let z E D(w, (1 - Iwl)/2)andestimateIl - zI s 11 - wI + Iw + 21 s (a+ f ) ( l - Iwl). Therefore, by Theorem 5.4 with D(w, (1 - lwl)/2), we see that
S [-(l-lwl~,l-lwll
" I
S
(1 - Iwl)
[-~l-lwl~,l-lwll
s
CM"I(U,
*)")(O),
J
N,(u, t)"r dr dt [1-(1-~wl)/2,1)
N l ( u , t)" dt
with c independent of w, and we have finished.
6. NOTES; FURTHER RESULTS AND PROBLEMS
The first sep in solving a steady state heat conduction problem is to find a differential equation which governs the situation; we will do this in the
VII. Harmonic and Subharmonic Functions
192
disk D. The natural coordinates are polar and the temperature at the point rei' is denoted by u(r, t ) . Consider, then, any section of D given by 0 < ro < r < rl < 1 , O S to < t < tl < 2 ~Since . we are considering a steady state, the rate at which heat flows into this section must be zero for otherwise the average temperature would change with time. Now it is a basic postulate of heat conduction that the rate at which heat crosses a curve C is proportional to the integral along C of the normal derivative au/an, or the derivative of u with respect to arc length along any curve perpendicular to C. When C is the side f = tl we take the perpendicular curves to be given by r = const. Then, since the length of a circular arc is the angle times the radius, in this case we have au/an = r-'(au/at)(r, tl) and the rate at which heat flows into the section along the boundary t = t , is
where k is the conductivity. Adding the expressions corresponding to all the boundaries and setting the net flow equal to zero we get
Upon dividing by (tl - to) and letting tl + to and then dividing by (rl - ro) and letting rl + ro we get that
_1 _a2z u ( r o ,to) +ro at
:r(
r-u r:
)(ro,
to) = 0
for any point roei%in D; this is the polar-coordinate form of Laplace's equation, the main subject of this section. Laplace's influence on mathematics, as well as in our daily affairs (as a member of the Bureau de Consultation des A r t s et MCtiers he was quite influential in the design and adoption of the metric system), is a lasting one. F. Riesz made significant contributions to many fields of mathematics, including the theory of Hardy spaces, but the subject he created and developed is that of subharmonic functions. The proof of Theorem 5.3 given here is based on some idea of Chipot [ 19841. Further Results and Problems
The converse to Proposition 1.3 is not true, namely, that there is a series which converges radially but is not (C, 1) summable. (Hint: For t 6.1
6. Notes; Further Reading and Problems
fixed let c,
=j
f(r)
193
sin jt. Then =
zJzljr'sinjt
r(1 - r') sin t / ( l - 2rcos t + r2)
=
and therefore limr+l-f( r ) exists and equals zero for every real t. If the series in question is (C, 1) summable at t, then limJ+mc , / j = 0, and, consequently, limJ+msin j t = 0; this in turn implies that t = k.rr for some integer k For instance by taking t = .rr/2 we get that 1 + 0 - 3 + 0 + 5 * * is Abel summable to zero but is not (C, 1) convergent.) 6.2 Suppose that C c, = s(A,) and 1 < p ; show that limJ+mc,/js = limJ+msJ/jS = 0. 6.3 (Fatou) If, for some t E T ,+ ' ( t ) exists (in the notation of Theorem 3.4) and is 00, then also limr+l p * P r ( t )= co; the result still holds for nontangential convergence provided the measure p is nonnegative. 6.4 Show that IIQrlll l n ( l / l - r), as r + 1. 6.5 Suppose that f E L In L( T), and let u ( z ) = f * Pr(t ) , z = re"; show that N, ( u ) is integrable. Is the same true for N, ( u ) ? Here u is the conjugate to u with u ( 0 ) = 0. 6.6 Let f be as in 6.5. Show that
-
lim
[If*
r, (0)
z = relX+1,ZE
Pr(x +
a )
-fill
= 0.
Is it also true that lim z = relX+ i,zd-,(o)
[If*
Qr(x
+ - ) - Hflll = O?
(FejCr-F. Riesz) Suppose f~ Lp(T), 1 < p < co, and putF(re") = supp<,lf* Pp(x)I, 0 < r < 1. Show that there exists a constant c = cp independent of f and x E T such that jLo,l) F ( re")p dr s c I,lf( t ) l pdt. Moreover, iff E L In L( T), then F E L([O,1)). (Hint: Note that F(re") s (supr~.p
194
VII. Harmonic and Subharmonic Functions
6.12 (The Neumann Problem) Given an Lp function g, 1 s p s 00, g ( t ) dt = 0, find a function u in D so that Au = 0 and - ( 3 u / 3 r ) ( r e i r ) converges nontangentially to g a.e. Is there a corresponding statement for g in C ( T)? (Hint: u(z) = 1 cjrlJ'eur, where the cj's are chosen so that the (formally) differentiated series converges nontangentially to -g; note that in the limit we get ( 3 / 3 n ) u ,the directional derivative of u along the inward normal into D.) 6.13 State and solve the Dirichlet and Neumann problems in arbitrary disks D ( z o ,r ) . 6.14 (M. Riesz) Suppose u is harmonic in D and N , ( u ) E L P ( T ) ,1 < p < 00. Then there is a function f E H : ( D ) so that u = Ref and H : norm of f s cIIN,(u)llp, c independent of u. (Hint: The reader may assume u 2 0; the proof of Theorem 4.2 works here with G,(z) = (u(z) + T ) ~ . ) 6.15 Let f be analytic in D ; if R e f 2 0, then f~ H : ( D ) for 0 < p < 1 and its H ; norm s c l f ( 0 ) l p .(Hint: Since Ref = I(. * P, we may invoke Proposition 2.10 in Chapter IV.) 6.16 For each 0 < p < 1 there is a function u E H P ( D )so that its cqnjugate v, v ( 0 ) = 0, is not in H q ( D ) for any q. (Hint: In fact there is an analytic function f(z) = u(z) i u ( t ) such that u E H P ( D ) for all p < 1, yet v H 4 ( D ) any q ; the function f is Cz=l &,z2"/(1- z2"+'),for some choice E, = + l . This example is from Duren's [1970] book.) 6.17 Assume u E C 2 ( D )and D(zo, r ) c D ; then
IT
+
(Hint: Apply Green's theorem to u and v(z) = In(r/Jz - zol) in D(zo,R)\D(zo, E ) ; then let E + 0.) 6.18 Suppose f~ L, f - C cjeiir is such that Il(d/dr)(f* P,)Il,, = 2, 4 E L([O,1)); then Clcjl < 00. (Hint: For 0 ( ( 1 - r)'Ip4(r)), 1
11
-(f* P,) (1/(1 - r))l'pdr,
I[o,l)ll:r
the last step being due to Hausdod-Young. When p of a well-known result due to Bernstein.)
=2
this is a variant
195
6. Notes; Further Reading and Problems
Suppose u satisfies the mean value property (4.1). Then u is a C", harmonic function in D. (Hint: For each z, in D we show that u is C"(D(zo, R ) ) , D(z,, R) c D ; first let r$ be a C", radial function, i.e., r$ ( reir)= 4 ( r ) ,supported in D( z,, (1 - 1z01)/2) = D with 4(z) dx dy = 1 (cf. 4.12 in Chapter I) and note that for R < (1 - 1z01)/2 and w in D(zo, R), 6.19
I ,,
I -( IT
r$( r ) dr
= u( w )
= u( w ) ;
C0,l)
changing variables z + z - w shows that the differentiation can be done on the r$ and consequently u E C"(D). Moreover, since
I
&u(zo
+ reir)dt = a
Tar
u(zo + reir)d t )
ar
a
= -(27ru(z,))
ar
= 0,
by Green's theorem and the Lebesgue differentiation theorem we see that
1 as
Au(z) d x d y r + 0,
+ Au(zo)
everywherein
D.
The idea in the first part of the proof can be used to estimate the growth of the derivatives of u as well.) 6.20 (Weyl's Lemma) Suppose u is a locally integrable function in D whose distributional Laplacian vanishes there. Show that u is a C"(D) function. (Hint: If r$ is a C"(D) function with small support and r$(z) d x d y = 1, it is readily seen that U ( w ) u ( w + z)r$(z) d x d y is harmonic in a disk D ' c D (D' depends on the support of r$), and by U ( w + reir)dt for w in D' and all r Proposition 4.1 U ( w ) = (1/27rr) sufficiently small; but U converges to u uniformly on compact subsets of D: thus u is continuous in D and satisfies the mean value property.) 6.21 Iff E C"(D) and u is a locally integrable function D whose distributional Laplacian equals f in 0, then u is a C"(D) function. 6.22 Suppose u is harmonic in {z = x + iy E D : y > 0)and u ( x ) = 0; show that u can be extended to be harmonic in D by the formula u ( x - iy) = - u ( x + iy), y > 0. (Hint: It is clear that the extension is continuous in D and harmonic, except, perhaps, at y = 0. For x E D then let D ( x , r ) c D and solve the Dirichlet problem A u = 0 in D ( x , r ) , u(z) = u ( z ) for Iz - X I = r; by the explicit expression of u given by 6.13 it follows at once that u = u in D(x,, r ) . )
ID
=ID
I,
196
VII. Harmonic and Subharmonic Functions
Suppose that u is harmonic in D\{zo} and lu(z)l = O(ln(l/lz - zol)) as z + zo. Show that u can be redefined at so as to be harmonic in D. (Hint: Let D(zo, r ) c D and solve the Dirichlet problem Au = 0 in D(zo, r ) , u(z) = u(z) for Iz - zol = r ; if we can show that u = u in D(zo, r)\{zo} we can remove the singularity by putting u(zo) = u(zo). To dothis,considerthefunction u(z) - u(z) + E lnlz - zol in D(zo, r)\D(z0,6), sufficiently small 6, and invoke the maximum principle.) 6.24 (Harnack) Suppose {u,} is a monotonic increasing sequence of harmonic functions in D ; then either u, (z) diverges to +co everywhere in D or else u,(z) + u(z) uniformly in every compact subset of 0, and u ( z ) is harmonic in D. (Hint: Clearly, u( z) exists everywhere in D as either a finite or infinite limit. Suppose that there is a zo in D so that u(zo) < co. Then for n > rn sufficiently large we have u,(zo) - u,(zo) < E and by (a simple variant of) Harnack’s inequality it follows that 0 < u,(z) - u,(z) < C,E for z in D(zo, r ) c D. Thus u,(z) converges uniformly there to a finite and continuous limit u ( z ) ; similarly, we get that, if u(zo) = co,then u(z) = 00 for z in D( z,, r ) c D. Thus the sets where u ( 2 ) = 00 and u( z) < co are both open in D and one of them must be empty. That u(z) is harmonic follows easily from the Poisson integral representation of each u, which holds in the interior of D). 6.25 (Green’s function) The function G(z, w) is said to be a (classical) Green’s function of z with respect to the domain D and the point w of D if (i) G is harmonic in D\{w}, (ii) G is continuous up to the boundary of D\{w} and assumes the value 0 at the boundary; (iii) G + lnlz - wI is harmonic at z = w and hence everywhere. Show that if a Green’s function exists it is unique. Also show that for disk D the Green’s function is given by G(z, w) = h(lz - w’I lwl/lz - wl), w # 0, G(z,O) = ln(l/lzl), where w’ = w/l WIZ. 6.26 If u is harmonic in 0, then lulk is subharmonic there for k 3 1. If, then (ln’lfl)” is subharmonic in on the other hand f is an analytic in 0, D for k 2 1. 6.27 Assume that u is subharmonic in D and that p is a nonnegative Bore1 measure on a compact subset of K of D ; show that u(z + w) d p ( w ) is subharmonic in D and harmonic in D\K. 6.28 Let u be an upper semicontinuous function in D, then u is subharmonic in D if and only if for every harmonic function u defined in an open subset 6 of D and every w in the boundary of 6, limsup,,,,,o(u(z) u( z)) s 0 implies u( z) - u ( z) s 0 for all z in 0. (Hint: If u is subharmonic, then the condition follows by a maximum principle argument. Conversely let D(zo, r ) c D and note that since u is upper semicontinuous there is a sequence {u,} of continuous functions decreasing to u on aD(zo, I) as n + 00. Let U,(z) denote the harmonic function in D(zo, r ) with boundary
6.23
I,
6. Notes; Further Reading and Problems
197
values u,,(z); V,, is continuous up to the boundary, u(zo)C Un(zo)and u(zo) s lim
'I
-
n - 3 2 - 1 T~
u,(zo + reir)dt =
1
6.29 A subharmonic function s in D is said to have a harmonic majorant if there is a harmonic function u ( z ) such that s ( z ) s u ( z ) throughout D. Show that this occurs in D if and only if sup,,,(l/2~) ITs(reir)dt < co. (Hint: The necessity of the condition follows by Harnack's theorem 6.24; the converse follows by 6.28. What is the least harmonic majorant of s?) 6.30 Suppose u 3 0 is continuous in D, has continuous second order partial derivatives in the subset % = {z E D : u( z ) > 0}, and satisfies Au( z) 3 0 in OU. Show that u is subharmonic in D. (Hint: The proof is a combination of the idea in 6.22 and 6.28; once all is said and done the reader will note that the following more general result has actually been proven: If u 3 0 is continuous in D and subharmonic in %, then u is subharmonic in D.) 6.31 (Littlewood Subordination Theorem) Suppose that s( z ) is subharmonic in D and that f is analytic in D and verifies If(z)l iIzI there. Then r
r
J
s ( f ( r e " ) >dt
=S
J
T
o < r < 1.
s(re") d f , T
+
(Hint: The reader may assume that f(z ) e"z, some real A, for otherwise there is noting to prove; thus If(z)l < r for IzI =S r, and, if u ( z ) denotes the harmonic extension of s to D(0, r ) , it follows that u ( f ( z ) )is harmonic in IzI r and by the mean value property
I I
u ( f ( r e " ) )dt
= 2m(f(O)) = 2m(O) =
T
\
s(re") dt T
by 6.28. Also by 6.28 s ( z ) c u ( z ) for z in D(0, r ) and so
T
s ( f ( r e " ) )dt c
I
u ( f ( r e " )dt
=
T
6.32 Suppose that u E H P ( D )and showthat lu(reir)ls c/(l - r)'Ip, where c depends only on the H P norm of u. (Hint: Use Theorem 5.3.) 6.33 Suppose u 3 0 is a measurable function defined in D(zo,R,) which verifies
for a1 0 < r < R < R1 and some 0 < po < co, with c independent of r and R. Then the same conclusion holds for 0 < p < po in place of po on the left-hand side of the above inequality; the constants c on the right-hand
198
VII. Harmonic and Subharmonic Functions
side will depend only on p. Could we replace the inf in the right-hand side ) dx dy)"9 for q > p o , and an appropriate power of by l / ( j D ( z o , ru(z)" ( R - r ) on the left-hand side? 6.34 Suppose u 3 0 is a measurable function defined in D( zo, R , ) which verifies
for all 0 < r < R < R , and some 0 < po < q < co,with c independent of r and R. Then the same conclusion holds for 0 < p < po in place of po on the right-hand side of the above inequality; the constant c depends solely on p. 6.35 Assume u 3 0 is a measurable function defined in D ( z o ,R , ) which verifies
for some E > 0 and all 0 < r < R < R , , and constants c, a,x independent of r, R Then the same conclusion holds with the expression on the right-hand side replaced by
and a constant c which depends only on p.
CHAPTER
VIII Oscillation of Functions
1. MEAN OSCILLATION OF FUNCTIONS We introduce in this section a maximal function which has become extremely important in various areas of analysis including harmonic analysis, PDEs, and function theory. The spaces generated by this maximal function are also of interest since, in the scale of Lebesgue spaces, they may be considered an appropriate substitute for L“(T) and beyond. Of course the notion of “appropriate” is a matter of personal choice, but from our point of view an appropriate substitute for La(T) is a space which is preserved by a wide class of important operators such as the HardyLittlewood maximal function and the Hilbert transform and which can be used as an end point in interpolating Lp spaces. In this sense the JohnNirenberg class BMO( T ) we consider below fits the bill. We introduce this space as follows: for f E L( T) let
where c above varies over the complex constants and I is an interval containing x, (I) s 27r. This definition can actually be simplified. Suppose that f is real valued. Then so will be the constant c which minimizes the integral in (1.1). By elementary considerations we expect c to be among those values for which
Since the integrand above equals 1 for f ( t) > c and -1 for f ( t) < c we have, in particular, that I{f > c}l = I { f < c}l. This actually means that any 199
VIZZ. Oscillation of Functions
200
such constant c verifies simultaneously I{f > c}l d 111/2 and I{f < c}l s \Z)/2. In other words c = mf(l)is a median value of f over 1. These considerations can be formalized,and extended to the case whenfis complex valued by introducing the median values mr(I) = r n R e f ( I )+ imImr(I)..Is there, however, a simpler way to choose c? The answer is contained in the next result. Proposition 1.1. If constant c
h
denotes the average of f over I, then for any
Proof. Since
If(t) -hl
If(t) - CI + Ic -hl =z If(t) - CI + (l/lZl) M Y ) - CI dY,
the conclusion follows at once upon integrating over I. Corollary 1.2. For f E L( T) and Z
c T we have
If(t) -&I
dt s 2inf c
I,
If(t) - CI dt.
(1.3)
In view of this corollary we may redefine the “sharp” maximal function in (1.1) by the equivalent expression (1.4)
where I is an open interval containing x, 111 c 2 ~ Clearly, . M # f is a measurable, subadditive function. Let now
Ilfll*
=
IIM”fllm
(1.5)
and put BMO( T) = BMO = {f E L( T ) : Ilfll* < 00). This is the John-Nirenberg space of functions with bounded mean oscillation. Endowed with the norm given in (1.5), BMO becomes a Banach space provided we identify functions which differ a.e. by a constant; clearly, llfl1* = 0 for f(t) = c a.e. in T. Bounded functions f are in BMO and Ilfll, =z 2\lfllm; however, observe that ))xI)I* = 4. On the other hand, does BMO contain unbounded functions? The standard example that this is the case is f(t) = lnltl, It1 < T ; we sketch the proof of this fact. Let I = (a,b) c T. We show that for an appropriate choice of c I ,
1. Mean Oscillation of Functions
20 1
-
which in turn implies that lllnl ](I* s 2. To prove (1.6) we consider three cases, namely, (i) 0 < a < b, (ii) -b < a < b, and (iii) the rest. In case (i), we pick Cr = In b and note that jI/lnltl - In bl dt =
I
(In b - In t ) dt
(46)
= (b - a ) - a(ln b -In a). 2
Therefore,
I I I jrllnltl -In
bl dt
=
(In b - In a ) b-a ’
1-a
and (1.6) follows at once since 0 < a < b. In case (ii) we may restrict ourselves to - b < a < 0 < b. Again pick cI = In b and note that ~rllnltl- In bl dt
=
I
llnltl - In bl dt
(a,-a)
+J
(In b - In t ) dt
=J
+ K,
(-a,b)
+
say. The above computation shows that K = ( b a ) + a(ln b - ln(-a)). As for J, since the integrand is an even function, it equals
2 lim E+O+
Thus J
I
(In b -In 1 ) dt
= 2(-a
In b
+ a In(-a)
- a).
(&,-a)
+ K = ( b - a ) + a(ln b - In(-a)) jIlln/tl - In bl dt
=
1 - (-a)
and (In b - In(-a)) (b + a ) b+a (b-a)‘
(1.7)
Since a < 0, the right-hand side in (1.7) is s l , and (1.6) holds in this case as well. The remaining cases can be reduced to either (i) or (ii) since we are dealing with an even function. Now that we know that BMO functions are not necessarily bounded, the question is how large thay can be; we take another look at lnltl. Fix (0, b) = Z c T and consider those t ’ s in Z where lnltl is large, i.e., consider
oA= { t E I: llnltl - c I / > A},
A
> 0,
Cr = (lnl.I)I. We are interested in OA for large values of A. Clearly, OA = {t E I : t > eA+‘1}u { t E I : t < e-”+‘I}. Obviously, the first set in 0, is
where
empty for A large, and for those A’s we get
10Als I{t E I : t < e-”+‘I}I
= epAeCI.
Vlll. Oscillation of Functions
202
I,
By Jensen's inequality, ecr s ( l / l l l ) eln'dt = I4/2 and consequently ISAI c f\I1 e P A . The remarkable fact is that a similar estimate holds for arbitrary f ' s in BMO and I c_ T. More precisely, we have Theorem 1.3 (John-Nirenberg Inequality). Assume that f E BMO and I G T. Then there are constants c , , c2 > 0, independent off and I, so that lit E 1:I f ( t )
-hl >
< cle-cz'/llfll* 1 1 1
(1.8)
for all A > 0.
Proof. By replacing f by (f-h)/llfIl*if necessary, we may assume that = 1; we must then prove that
h = 0 and Ilfll*
lO,l
= I{t E I : I f ( t ) l > A}[
s cle-czAIII.
(1.9)
This is achieved by the use of the Calder6n-Zygmund decomposition. First, since ( l / l l l ) Irlf(t)l dt s Ilfll* = 1, we may invoke the Calder6n-Zygmund decomposition for f( t ) X r ( t ) at level 2. We thus obtain (a first generation of) open, disjoint subintervals { I ; } of I such that (i) I f ( t)l s 2 a.e. in I\U I,!, (ii) 2 < ( l / I I J ) J , ! l f ( t ) ldt s 4, and (iii) I;II s f l , I f ( t ) I dt = f I U ( l / I 1 I ) I r I f ( t ) I d t ) c f l ~ l .
c
Next we consider each I,! individually. To simplify notations, fix such an interval, call it I', and consider the function (f(t ) - fil)xIl(t ) . Since
we may invoke the Calder6n-Zygmund decomposition of (f(t ) - hi(t)xll(t ) at level 2 and obtain (a second generation of) open, disjoint subintervals { I ; } of I' such that (i) I f ( t ) s 2 a.e. in I'\U 13, dt c 4, and (ii) 2 < (l/ll;l) t)(iii) ~11j'ls f~ J , ; ( f ( t )-hi1 dt s fl1'1.
I,?lf(
Moreover, considering all 1 " s now we also have (i') for each I ' , If(t)l 6 I f ( t ) -hi1 + Ifrll (ii') CalljJ1;I s f Call 11JI'I (4)2111-
2.4 a.e. in I'\u I;, and
We continue with this process and obtain at the nth step a family of open, disjoint subintervals { I ; } of In-' such that
If(
t)l
c 4n
a.e. in
I"-'\U 17
(1.10)
203
1. Mean Oscillation of Functions
(1.11) These estimates are all we need. Suppose first that A > 4 and let n 2 1 be the integer so that 4n < A S 4(n 1). By (1.10) it readily follows that 0; E {t E Z:I f(t)l > 4n} E U Zjn and by (1.11) that
+
l'Al
(f)"lrl*
(1.12)
Moreover, since 2-" = e-" ln and A s 8n, we note that 2-" s c2 = (In 2)/8. Thus by (1.12)
eCC2"
loA]s e-czAIZJ
with
(1.13)
in this case. If, on the other hand, 0 < A s 4, then
loA[s IZ)s cle-c2hlzl
(1.14)
provided that cle-c2A2 1 when A S 4; to ensure that this occurs we set 1 -- e4(ln2)/8 = & > 1. By combining (1.13) and (1.14), we have that in all cases I{t E I: If(t)l > A}[ S & e-(1"2/8)A111, as we wanted to show. The converse to the John-Nirenberg inequality also holds, namely,
Proposition 1.4. Assume thatf E L( T) and that there are constants c l , c2 > 0 so that I{t E I: If(t) -hl> A}I S c1e-'2^lI( for Z c T and A > 0. Then for 0 < c < 4, eclf(t)-frl E L( T) and (1.15)
Proof. We note that the left-hand side in (1.15) equals c
I{t E I : If(t) [0,m)
-fll>
A}\ecAdA s ccllZl
J
e-(c2-c)A
dh,
[OF)
and we are done. Corollary 1.5. Suppose that f E L( T). Then f E BMO with norm and only if
Ilfll*
if
Proof. To obtain the necessity of the condition observe that by the JohnNirenberg inequality and Proposition 1.4 we have (1.17)
VIII. Oscillation of Functions
204
where cl, c2 are the constants in Theorem 1.3 and 0 < c < c,. From (1.17) it follows at once that for p 3 1
JI
and we have finished. Conversely, if (1.16) holds for anyp 3 1, it also holds for p = 1 and the desired conclusion follows from the John-Nirenberg inequality. 2. THE MAXIMAL OPERATOR AND BMO
In this section we prove that the Hardy-Littlewood maximal operator is bounded in BMO.
Theorem 2.1 (Bennett-DeVore-Sharpley). Assume f E BMO. Then Mf E BMO and there is a constant c independent off such that IIMfll* cllfll*. (2.1) Proof. Since M f ( x ) = M ( l f l ) ( x ) and 11 Ifl S 2llfll, (cf. 6.12), we may assume that f 3 0. We must then show there is a constant c, independent of the subinterval J E T and f; so that
Fix an interval J and for each x in J divide those intervals I c T containing x into two families according to their relative size with J; more precisely, let $ , ( x ) = {Ic T : x E I and I c 35 n T} and B;*(x) = {Ic T : x E I and I n (T\3J) # 0).If we set now
and
it clearly follows that M f ( x ) = max(Fl(x), F2(x)). Furthermore, since j , ( M f ( x ) - (Mf),) dx = 0, if 6 = { x E J : M f ( x ) > (Mf),}, we readily see that
205
2. The Maximal Operator and BMO
Thus, if we set %, = {x E 6: F , ( x ) s F 2 ( x ) }and 4!L2 = 6\%,,we may rewrite the right-hand side of (2.5) as 2 2 (F~(x - )(MA,) dx = A + B, (F~(x - )(Mf),) d X +-
m I,,
I JI
I,,
say, and (2.2) will hold for J provided we show that that for some absolute constant c, A, B 6 cllfll*. (2.7) We consider A first. Let now I denote the interval 3 3 n T Since h s infxszM f ( x ) s inf,,, M f ( x ) , then clearly fi s (Mf),, and consequently we may invoke the Calder6n-Zygmund decomposition of fxz at level (Mf),. We thus obtain a sequence of open, disjoint subintervals ( 4 ) of I verifying
(i) f(t ) s (Mf), a.e. in Z\U 4, (ii) (w3,< (1/141) Iz,f(t)dt c 2(Mf),, all j , (iii) U 4 E I, and there is an additional property we emphasize: If 1; is the “ancestor” interval corresponding to 4, i.e., I; is the dyadic subinterval of Z which when subdivided gave rise to 4, then (iv) IZJ = 2141 and (l/lI;l) j z ; f ( t )dt s (Mf),. We may then consider (a variant of) the Calder6n-Zygmund decomposition g + b of fxz obtained by putting and
= C f r ; x r , ( t )+f(t)xr\ur,(t) i
b(t) =
C(f(t)-h;)xz,(t). j
By (i) and (iv) above it follows that g(t)s
(MA,
in contrast to the usual decomposition where g ( t ) s 2(Mf),. Corollary 1.15 and (iii) and (iv)
(2.8) Also by
llfll:.
(2.9) This is all we need. Indeed, by (2.3) we readily see that F , ( x ) s M ( f x z ) ( x )s M g ( x ) M b ( x ) and by (2.8) and (2.9) that ClJl
+
I,,
F l ( x ) dx d
I,,
M g ( x ) dx
+
M~(x dx)
(2.10)
206
VIII. Oscillatiqn of Functions
Thus passing the first summand from the right to the left-hand side in (2.10), we see at once that A S cllfll*, which is the A statement in (2.7). To bound B we actually prove the stronger estimate F2(x) - (Mf3.r S
~llfll*,
x
(2.11)
E q 2 .
Fix x in q2and let Q be any interval in $72(x);clearly IQI 2 IJI. Consider now the subinterval Q u J of T, 1Q u JI S 21Ql. As above we note that fQu J s ( M A and consequently
Taking sup over Q E 9 2 ( x ) we obtain (2.11), which in turn implies the B statement in (2.7), and we have finished.
3. THE CONJUGATE OF BOUNDED AND BMO FUNCTIONS
As we remarked in 2.7 of Chapter V, if f ( x ) = X ~ ~ , ~ ~ then ( X ) ,f This statement holds in general. In other words,
E
BMO.
Theorem 3.1. Supposef E L"( T). Then? E BMO( T) and there is a constant c independent off so that IIjII, S cllfllrn. The proof of this theorem is essentially contained in that of Theorem 3.3, which we do shortly. However, this is an excellent opportunity for the reader to prove this result directly. At any rate, before we consider our next result we need an observation concerning BMO functions. Proposition 3.2. Suppose f E BMO and I E T, then lf2r
-&I
6
2llfll*,
-&I
5
2kIIfII*,
21
T
(3.1)
and M2kr
2 k ~ T.
Proof. Since (3.2) follows from (3.1) on account of the observation k
- f i ~ CISzjr -hj-lrL
~ 2 . r
j=1
(3.2)
207
3. The Conjugate of Bounded and BMO Functions it suffices to prove (3.1). But this is easy since
zs
2
[ 2 r l f ( t )-f211 dt s 2llfll*.
We are now ready to prove Theorem 3.3 (Spanne, Stein). Assume that f E BMO. Then f there is a constant c, independent of f; such that
E
BMO and
Ilfll, s cllfll,.
(3.3) Proof. Given an interval I c T, we show that there is a constant c, = c( I, f ) so that
;IrIf(t)
- CII dt = C l l f l l * ,
(3.4)
where c is independent of I and f;this clearly implies llfII* s 2cJJfJJ,and we have finished. First, since f E BMO, then f E L2 and f is a well defined, L2 function. Fix an interval I and put
f ( t ) = ( f ( t )- h ) ~ 2 r ( t + ) ( f ( t ) -h)~7-\2i(f) +h
= f d t ) + f 2 ( t ) +h, say. Since (h)" = 0, we have f ( t ) = f l ( t ) + f 2 ( t ) , and it suffices to show that (3.4) holds with f replaced by fi and fi,with suitable constants c,,, and q 2 ,respectively. The estimate for fl, with cr,, = 0, is immediate since
say. By Corollary 1.5, A s cllfll*, and, by Proposition 2.2, B
with c independent of I andf; as we wanted to show.
2llfll,. Thus
208
VIII. Oscillation of Functions
To estimate F2(f) let
I,
denote the center of I and put
where the integral is absolutely convergent, since f2 vanishes in a neighborand the notation k( t) = - l / ( 7r2 tan( t/2)), hood of I. With this choice for c I , ~ we have
” ”
The integrand of the innermost integral in (3.6) was denoted k(t, x, t,) in (1.10) of Chapter V and estimated in (1.13) there by c(lIl/lx - t,12). Thus / I and x the right-hand the innermost integral in (3.6) is of order c ~ I ~-~tIl2 side of (3.6) does not exceed a multiple of
I
~ 1 x -1~
1112
I / I X-
trl’) dx.
(3.7)
T\2I
If now denotes the largest integer k so that 2kI G T, the integral in (3.7) is bounded by
k=l
say. We examine each Ak more closely; since
4. Wk-Lp(T) and Kj-. Interpolation
209
Whence replacing the estimate (3.9) in (3.8), by (3.7) we see at once that (3.6) is dominated by
In other words
(3.10) (3.4) follows by adding (3.5) and (3.10), and we have finished. Theorem 3.4. Assume f E BMO.Then there is a constant c, independent of
J; such that IIH*fll* c cllfll*. Proof. By Theorem 2.13 in Chapter V, H * f ( x ) c(Mf(x) + M(Hf)(x)), and the conclusion follows at once from this on account of Theorems 3.3 and 2.1.
4. Wk-LP(T) AND K,. INTERPOLATION
Let Z c T and (f -h) E Lp(Z), 1 s p < 00. If ( 4 ) is a finite collection of open, disjoint subintervals of Z, then by Corollary 1.2 and Jensen’s inequality it readily follows that
The consideration of a converse to (4.1), which also corresponds to taking l p rather than lm norms on the sequences {(l/lrjl)jI,lf(t) -hll d t ) , as was done in the definition of BMO,leads to Theorem 4.1 (John-Nirenberg).
Suppose thatf
E
L ( I ) and that for some
l
(4.2) where the sup is taken over all finite partitions of subintervals Then (f-h) E wk-LP(Z) with norm c c K f , c independent off:
( 4 ) of z.
VZZZ. Oscillation of Functions
210.
hf. By replacing f by (f- f r ) / K f if necessary, we may assume that
fr = 0 and Kf = 1; consequently, the conclusion will follow once we show AplSAl= A P l { t E I : If(t)l > A}[ c c p
(4.3)
with c independent off, A, and Z. The idea of the proof is to set things so that the Calderh-Zygmund decomposition can get the job done. To start out we must have a number p > I f l l ; in our case, since
p 2 l/lZl’’p will do. For such p, invoke the Calderh-Zygmund decomposition at level p and obtain (a first generation of) open, disjoint subintervals Zj of Z such that
s 2p
+ 2p = 22p,
we may invoke the Calder6n-Zygmund decomposition of this function at level 2’p. We then get (a second generation of) open, disjoint subintervals {Z;} of Z’ such that (i) If(t) -fill s 2’p a.e. in z’\U I,? dt s 23p, all j (ii) 2*p < (l/lZ;l) j I j f ( t ) ) II;lf(t) -hi1 dt =s (1/2’p) (iii) ClIj’l ( 1 D 2 p .C
jAf(t)
-hi1 dt.
We would like to rewrite (i) and (iii) in terms off taking into consideration all the 1 ” s . It is readily seen that we have (if) If(t)l s I f ( t ) -fill
+
=S 22p
+ 2p s 23p, a.e. in z’\U I,?,
and summing over all j ’ s corresponding to all Z”s also (iii‘)
Callj’slz;l
s (1/22p) C a l l I l . s I I ~ l f ( f )-511 dt.
We take a closer look at the sum on the right-hand side of (iii’). With l/p + l/p’ = 1, we note that it does not exceed
211
4. Wk-Lp(T ) and K,. Interpolation
Thus (iii’) actually states
c IIi’l
all j ’ s
c (1/22P)( ( U P ) j,lf(t)ld t ) l / p ’ .
Clearly, this process may be iterated as we did inthe proof of the JohnNirenberg inequality: in general, and in the kth step we invoke the CalderhZygmund decomposition for the function (f- & k - i ) x , k - i at level 22(k-1)p and we get a collection of open, disjoint subintervals { I ! } of Zk-’ so that
If(
t)l s
22k-1 p
zk-’\UZ!
a.e.in
(4.5)
and
where l / p
+ l/p’ = 1 and
4(p,k) = ( 2 2 ( k - 1 ) p ) ( 2 2 ( k - 2 ) p ) l / ~ ’ ( 2 2 ( k - 3 ) p ) ( 1 / ~ ‘ ) * . . . p ( l / P ‘ ) k - ’ To complete the proof all we need is a good estimate for the right-hand side of (4.6); note that 1 22/~’(1:=li/(P’)’-’) --
4(p,k) - (22(k-1)p)I + l / ~ ’ + ~ ~ ~ + ( l / p ’ ) “ ~
Moreover, since, :,I
(4.7)
j/(p’Y-’ = 1/(1 - l / ~ ‘ =) pz, ~
c MP’Y
c m
00
=P
and
MP’Y = P/(p’)k,
j= k
j=O
the right-hand side of (4.7) can also be written as 2Zpz/p’(22(k-1) p)P/(P‘)’/ (2Zk-1 ) p)P.
(4.8)
Furthermore, since ( k - l ) / ( ~ ‘c) ~cp = c for all k 2 1, the numerator in (4.9) does not exceed ~ p ~ / (and ~ ‘consequently )‘ the right-hand side of (4.6) is bounded by
We pick now p = 2/1Z)1/pand observe that with this choice,
(fI,!
pplp’
-
r)l dt 6 2P/P’K f -= c,
which finally obtains that for this choice of p the right-hand side of (4.6) is bounded by c/(22(k-l)p)P.
(4.10)
212
VIII. Oscillation of Functions
We are now ready to prove (4.3). First assume A > 2p and let k be the largest integer 31 so that 2*&-’p < A. In this case, and on account of (4.5) we have that 0,c U I f , where the union is taken over all j ’ s and k’s. By (4.10) then (4.11)
10Ald ~ / ( 2 ( ’ ~ - ’ )sp c)/~A P ,
which is what we wanted to show. It only remains to consider the case A s 2 p = 4/lI11/p;but now AplOAls APIIl d 4 and we are done. Not only is Theorem 4.1 of interest in itself but it also has important applications. The one we consider here is to interpolate with BMO as an endpoint space. Theorem 4.2 (Stampacchia). Suppose T is a linear operator which is bounded in Lpo(l), 1 d po < 00 and which is of type (00, *) there, i.e., ; T maps L p ( I )into itself, po < p < 03. (1 T ~ ( ( B M o ( ~I()( f ( ( ~ - ( ) , )then Proof. Let (4) be a finite partition of disjoint subintervals of I, and put
We claim that T is a sublinear mapping simultaneously of types ( p o , po) and (a),@) with norm, in each case, bounded independently of the particular partition of I. This is easy to check in the co case since II~fll, s (1 Tfll*s cllflloo (all norms are taken over I) and for po note that since the 4 ’ s are disjoint, by (4.1) we have
c 2( 1, l T f ( t ) - (Tfirlpodt)l’poccllTfllpo+ ~
z
~
1
’
~
Moreover, since IIll/polTflrs (ITfllpb, also I.fl, s cllfllpo,and our claim is verified. By the Marcinkiewicz interpolation theorem in Chapter IV we obtain that T is bounded on Lp(I),po < p < co,with norm bounded independently of the partition ( 4 ) as this is the case for p = p o , 00. Moreover, since the 4 ’ s are disjoint we readily see that
and consequently for each f in L p ( I ) ,K , s cllfllp, with c independent of JByTheorem4.1, Tf- ( T f r isinwk-LP(I)withnormscllfllpforpo
o
~
~
~
~
5. ,Lipschitz and Morrey Spaces
213
(p, p) for po < p < 03. By the Marcinkiewicz interpolation theorem, S is actually of type ( p , p) for the same range of p's. Next we show that T is bounded in Lp(I),recall that by assumption T is bounded in Lpo(I).Observe that
s cllf IIP,
and we have finished. H Remark 4.3. A particularly interesting application of Theorem 4.2 is to the conjugate operator as this is a linear operation simultaneously of types (2,2) and (00, *). This proof is not simpler than the one we gave in Chapter V since it relies on Theorem 4.2, which in turn makes use of the CalderbnZygmund decomposition; in other words, both proofs depend on the same basic principle. 5. LIPSCHITZ AND MORREY SPACES
We say that f is Lipschitz of order a in I, 0 < a < 1, and denote this by f E A,(Z) or Lip,(Z) if there is a constant c so that I f ( x ) - f ( y ) l s C I X - yl" for every x, y in I ; the smallest such constant c is called the Lip a norm off and is denoted by l[fllAa. Endowed with this norm Lip,(Z) becomes a Banach space provided we identify functions which differ by a constant (a.e.). Since this norm in some sense measures the oscillation off over I, we are interested in expressing it in an equivalent form that will enable us to apply the techniques developed in this chapter to Lip,(l) as well. We begin by proving Theorem 5.1 (Campanato, Meyers). Suppose that f E L ( I ) and 0 < a < 1. Then the following four statements are equivalent in the sense that each implies the other three and the constants appearing on the right-hand side of each are also equivalent. (i) Ifb)- f ( Y ) l s C l l X - Yl", all x, Y in I, (ii) (1/1J1"") j,lf(t) -&I dt s c,, all J E I, (iii) I f ( x ) -&I s c,lJI", all x E J, J E I, and (iv) ((1/1JI""") j , l f ( t ) -&lpdt)l'p c c,, all J c I, 1 s p
-=
03.
214
VZZZ. Oscillation of Functions
Proof. The equivalence is to be understood to mean that each f which satisfies (ii), (iii) or (iv) can be modified in a set of measure 0 so as to coincide with a continuous function which verifies (i) as well; with this in mind we proceed with the proof. The only implication which is not trivial is (ii) implies (i). So assume x < y are points in I and let J = [x, y ] , (JI = y - x. We then have
-f(v>l =s I f b ) -hl + Ih -f(v)l
A + B, (5.1) say. We only consider A in (5.1), since the estimate for B is identical. We construct a sequence of subinterval {Jk} of J which tends to x as follows: put J1= J, J2 the left half of J1, i.e., the half which contains x, lJ21 = ilJ1l, and so on. Clearly, for k 2 2, If(x)
c I&+, -h"I
=
k-1
A c If(x) --hJ+
= A1 + A2,
(5.2)
n=l
say. Next note that
c 2c2
IJI" c 2("-1)oL O0
= C,C,lJI".
n=l
Thus, substituting this estimate in (5.2) we see that A c If(x) -hJ+ c,c21JIp, all k > 2. (5.3) Now by Theorem 2.2 in Chaper IV, for almost every x in Z we have limn+mlf(x)-hkl= 0 and consequently by (5.3) we readily see that A cc21x - yl" for almost every x in Z. A similar estimate holds for B, provided, of course, that y is also a point where Theorem 2.2 of Chapter IV applies. Therefore by (5.1) we get that If(x) - f ( y ) I
cc21x - yl",
for almost every x, y
in
I.
(5.4)
Since it is evident that f may be redefined so that (5.4) holds everywhere in Z, the proof is complete. An interesting application of the above result is
Theorem 5.2 (Privalov). Assume 0 < a < 1 and f E Lip,( T) = Lip,. Then f E Lip, and there is a constant c, independent of so that
IlfllL
cllfll*,.
(5.5)
215
5. Lipschitz and Morrey Spaces
Proof. The proof is similar to that of Theorem 3.3. In the notation of that theorem, and by (iv) with p = 2 above, we note that
and since I f 2 1 - f l l s 2 ~ ~ 2 ~ 1 1we 1 "get that
Similarly, since
Ak in (3.8) of that theorem is readily estimated as follows: first,
1
I f ( x ) - L k + l I I dx s ~4(2~+'lIl)'+" 2k+lr
and 2k111 IfZk+lr -hl s CC4k2k111'+",
we see at once that Ak S
JJf2Ct)
c4
-
+
C C , ( ~ ~ ( ~ - ' )k2-k)111"-1.Therefore,
- Cr,2I dt
also,
CC41111+ol,
and we have finished.
~ ~ f ~ ~ A a ,
There is yet another important family of spaces defined in terms of oscillations and we will consider it here briefly since, in some sense, it provides a glimpse of what, in addition to Lip,, lies beyond BMO. Given 1 s p < 00 and 0 d 7 < 1 + p let Zp,,,(T ) = ZP,? denote the class of f~ L ( T ) such that j r l f ( t ) - h I p d t s cPIIIv,
all
I E T.
(5.6)
The smallest constant c in (5.6)above is denoted by and is called the Endowed with this norm, SP,? becomes a Banach space norm off in ZP,?. provided we identify functions which differ by a constant. For each fixed p these spaces coincide with familiar ones for some values of 7 ;for instance, if 7 = 0, Zp,,?Lp; if 71 = 1, ZP,?BMO, and if 1 < 7 < 1 + p , then ZP,,, Lip(q-l),p. In the range 0 < 7 < 1 they are called Morrey spaces and it is possible to show that also j r l f ( t ) l p d ts cl1l" for each I c T. Some relations among these spaces, such as ZP,? E Zp,,,,if p 3 p , and (7- l ) / p = ( 71- l ) p l are quite easy to prove. How about interpolation properties and the action of the conjugate operator on these spaces? The reader may think about these questions, or consult Peetre's work [ 19691.
-
-
-
216
VZZZ. Oscillation of Functions 6. NOTES; FURTHER RESULTS AND PROBLEMS
In the early 1960s John and Nirenberg introduced a space, which they called BMO, in order to be able to use the fact that a function which can be approximated in every subcube Z of a cube Zo in the L mean by a constant a, with an error independent of Z differs also in the Lp norm from a, in Z by an error of the same order of magnitude, 1 < p < a;this is of course one of the meanings of the John-Nirenberg inequality. The proof we give here of this result follows ideas of Calder6n (see Neri [1971] and Garnett [1981]). An interesting description of the role of BMO in the theory of elasticity, as well as the introduction of the local sharp maximal function M$ considered in problem 6.1, is in John’s work [1964]. Further Results and Problems 6.1 Given a measurable function f defined in T and x in T we put
M&f(x) = Sup, inf, inf{A 2 0: I{y E Z: If(y) - C J > A}I < sIII}, where Z is an interval containing x and 0 < s s f (this restriction on s is necessary since for s > f, M & f = 0 for any function which assumes only two values); some properties of this function, such as M{,(f+g)(x) s 2(M&f(x) + Mc,/,g(x)) are easy to show. An important relation is the following: if x E Z, then I{y E Z: If(y) - mf(I)l > 4M&f(x)}l < sill; prove it. (Hint: To show the last relation, given E > 0 let c, = a + ib be such that l{y E Z: If(y) - c,l s M&f(x) + E } J 2 (1 - s)lZl; then
KY
E
1:IRef(y) - 4 > MCSf(x)+ &}I < s l I l
and a similar inequality holds for IZ,f(y) - bl as well. Thus a ( M & f ( x ) + E ) S Re(mf(I)) s a + ( M & f ( x ) + E ) and similarly for b and Im(mf(Z)), and Ic, - m,(f)l s Mc,f(x) + E. Let now I, = { y E Z: If(y) - c,I 2 Imr(Z) - c,!}, Z, = Z\Z,; since it is readily seen that l{y E 1,: If(y) - mf(Z)l > 2(M$f(x) + &)}I = 0, the choice E = M&f(x) completes the proof. Clearly an equivalent statement is l{y E I: If(y) mf(Z)l > 4 inf, M&f)l < sill; this result and the next 5 are from Stromberg’s paper [ 1979al.) 6.2 Let f be measurable, 0 < s s f, Z E J, IJI s 2 k l Z ( . Then Imf(Z) - mf(J)I s ck inf, M&f: (Hint: Cf. (3.2).) 6.3 Assumefis measurable Z E T, 0 < s < f,and A, p > 0; then if I mf(Z)I A there is a collection ( 4 ) of disjoint, dyadic subintervals of I such that no interval 4 is totally contained in {y E Z: M c , f ( y ) > P } , A <
217
6. Notes; Further Results and Problems
I mf(4)l s A + cp ( c is an absolute constant s 1 O a ) and If(y)I s A a.e. in I\(u I j u { y E I : M & f ( y ) > p } ) . This statement corresponds to the Calder6n-Zygmund decomposition off and is proved similarly. 6.4 Suppose f is measurable, 0 < s 6 and I E T. Then for P, A > 0, I{y E I : I f ( y ) - mf(I)I > PII s cle-CB/*lIl+ I{Y E I: ~ C , f ( y>) AIL where c, c1 are absolute constants. (Hint: This statement corresponds to the John-Nirenberg inequality and is proved in a similar fashion. An interesting variant of this result is the following: for J; /3, A as above, s sufficiently small, and 0 < p < a,I{y E I: If(y) - mf(I)l> P,
M C S f ( Y )6 APII
w-=/* Ilf - mf(I)ll”L(r,/PP,
6.4 corresponds to p = 0. This result is due to Jawerth and Torchinsky [ 19851.) 6.5 Suppose f is measurable, 0 < s s f, and M & f E La( T). Then f E BMO and Ilfll* ~ ~ M & f One ~ ~ mof. the interesting features of this result is that our original assumption only involved the measurability, and not the integrability, of J 6.6 Suppose f~ L, 0 < s < 1. Then M&Hf(x) G (c/s)M#f(x), x E T. (Hint: Fix I and let x E I; then put fl(y) = (f(y) - mf(I))xzr(y) and f 2 ( ~ = ) ( f ( y ) - ~ ~ ( I ) ) x T \ ~ I ( YSince )Hf(x) = Hfi(x) + Hf2(x), we treat each term separately: it is easy to show that for y in I IHf,(y) - 6 c,M#f(x) and by the weak-type (1,l) property of H that Al{y E I: IHfl(y)> l A}[ s cM”f(x)lIl.) 6.7 A subadditive operator T is of weak-type (1,l) and maps L“ into BMO if and only if for every interval I, f E L + L“ and A > 0, I{y E I: I T ~ ( Y ) - mTf(I)l> 1 ,11 s c l e - c A ~ lmin(lI1, l f ~ ~ - ~ ~ f ~ ~ l / A(Hint: ). The proof of the necessity makes use of the variant of the John-Nirenberg inequality given in problem 6.4. This result is from Jawerth-Torchinsky [19851, where also another necessary and sufficient condition is given, namely, I{M;,Tf> A}l 6 cll{Mf> ch}l, cl, c constants which depend on T but not on f and h > 0.) 6.8 Prove that BMO is complete. (Hint: It suffices to show that if N j T f n ( t )dt = 0, n 3 l,andCllf,II, < a,thenlim,,,C,,=,f, existsin BMO; it is not hard to show that the limit in L actually coincides with that in BMO.) 6.9 Show that Ilflll + Ilfll* gives an equialent norm in BMO, where now functions are identified when they coincide a.e. in 6.10 Does there exist a BMO function f so that f E L”( T)? (Hint: If f E L2(T), then = -f c o ( f ) . ) 6.11 Show that llnlxllP& BMO for p > 1; also X ( ~ , ~ , lnlxl ( X ) E! BMO. 6.12 Show that M”(lfl)(x) G 2M#f(x). (Hint: By Proposition 1.1, jrlIf(t)I - Iflrl dt G 2IIIMt)I - IhIl dt 6 2I,If(t) - f i I d t ) . 6.13 Suppose f E BMO and show that If(t)l* also belongs to BMO for 0 < LY 6 1; this is in contrast to Problem 6.4.
-
CI
5
7
+
VZZI. Oscillation of Functions
218
Suppose f is real valued and show that for each real constant c, M#(max(f; c))(x) s ;M#f(x) and M#(min(f; c))(x) s ; M # f ( x ) . (Hint: max(f( t ) , c ) = i(f(t ) c ) + t ) - CI and min(f( t), c ) = t)
6.14
+
- ilfW - Cl.1 6.15 Suppose f E BMO( I), 11f11* CI
;If(
$If(
+
I,
= 1, f(t ) dt = 0; then f can be written as g + h where h ( t ) = C,:, ajxIJ(t),the 4 ’ s are dyadic subintervals of Z, (ail S c, all j , and llgllms c,; c, c, are absolute constants. (Hint: We take a closer look at the John-Nirenberg inequality; with the notation of Theorem 1.3, let fl =fxI\“I,, fi = C ajxJJ,aj = f J J , (aj[s 2. Next apply the CalderbnZygmund decomposition to eachf’ = (f- uj)xJJand obtainf:,fi as before; repeat this process and set g equal to the sum of all the A’s, h equal to the sum of all the A’s. This result is related to some of Varoupoulos [1977].) 6.16 Here is another way to build up BMO functions: given a sequence ( 4 ) of dyadic (not necessarily disjoint) open subintervals of T, we say that a sequence of functions ( a j }is “adapted” to the 4 ’ s provided (i) aj vanishes off 34, (ii) l a j ( x ) - aj(t)l s Ix - ti, all j , (iii) laj(x)l 6 cl, IuJx)l s c2/lIl a.e., all j . If, in addition, Cj. Jll,ls c31ZI, for all Z G T,then for any adapted sequence of functions we ’have IIC ajll* S c(cI + cz)c3. (Hint: Given Z, separate those 4’s so that 31, n Z # 4 into two families, 8, = (1,: 141S 111) and 8, the rest, and put
C
f(t) =
aj(t),
g(t) =
C
aj(t)-
i;JJ €32
J ;1, E JI
Clearly,
To estimate A = (1/1Z1) j , l g ( t )
- c,l
dt, let
and note that each Ek contains at most A
d
f
k=O
j:JjEEk
1’
I
~
1
cubes ~ 3 and bound
l u j ( t ) - aj(xj)ldt,
where xi
E
4.
I
xi
What this means is that we chose C, = aj(xj).The result is due to Garnett and Jones [1982] and it admits a converse.) 6.17 Suppose f E BMO. Then for 1 d p < 00
with c independent of f: Conversely, i f f € L and (6.1) holds for any 1 s p < 00, thenf E BMO. (Hint: The proof of the first statement is similar
219
6. Notes; Further Results and Problems
in spirit to Theorem 3.3. On the other hand, suppose (6.1) holds for p = 1, say; if z = re”, I = interval centered at t with 111 = 27r(l - r) and x E I, then Pr(x- t) 5 c/lIl,and,consequently, (l/lZl) j I l f ( x )-f* P,(t)ldx s c, all Z. Note that if (6.1) holds for p’s < 1, we may also infer that f E BMO by invoking 6.5 above.) 6.18 With the same notation and assumptions as in 7.14 of Chapter I11 and 7.29 of Chapter IV, show that s* E BMO and IIs*ll* s c(C Irk(’)’/’. (Hint: Given I G T, let N be an integer such that 2 7 r / h ~ + < ] 111 s 27r/A~. There are two cases. First, if such an N does not exist, it is because (11> 27r/Ao, and the bound for (l/lIl) I,s * ( t ) dt obtains at once from 7.29 in Chapter IV. If, on the other hand, such an N exists let t be the center of Z and put cz = sup{ls,(t)l,. . . ,IsN(t)l};we claim that in this case
To show (6.2) we make repeated use of the following fact: if u,, u, 3 0 and l u n - unI s 1 7 then IS UP,,^^ u, - supnaou,l s 1. Let then a ( x ) = sup{lsO(t)l, * * * IsN(t)l, ( S N ( f ) + RN+I(X)I, * . * I S N ( t ) + RN+dX)19* . -1 where R,(x) = C;=,rkfk(Ag); by 7.29 in Chapter IV I s k ( x ) - S k ( t ) l s c(~Irkl2)’/’if k s N, x E I, and, by the above remark, I a ( x ) - s*(x)l S c(C(rk(’)’/’ as well. If now p ( x ) = SUP{IRN+I(X)I,. . . ,IRN+k(x)I,.. .}, then I a ( x ) - cI\ s p ( x ) and finally Is*(x) - czI s p ( x ) c(Clrkl’)’/2 where ((1/1Z1) p ’ ( x ) dx)’/’ s c(CIrkl2)*/’;thus (6.2) holds and we are done. The result is Meyer’s.) 6.19 I f f € BMO, then there exists a constant E > 0 such that 9
+
I,
sup (I{x IET
E
Z: I f ( x ) -hl>
A}~/ I ‘ZI)
s e-*/‘,
(6.3)
whenever A > h ( ~ , f )indeed, ; by the John-Nirenberg inequality, we have E = cllfll*, h ( ~ , f= ) clllfll,. Let now ~ ( f =) inf{s > 0: (6.3) holds} and show that
Moreover, also by the John-Nirenberg inequality there is 7 > 0 such that
< 00,
(6.4)
and let ~ ( f =) sup(7 > 0: (6.4) holds}. Show that ~ ( f =) l / ~ ( f ) .These results are from Garnett and Jones’ work.
220
VZZZ. Oscillation of Functions
6.20
Let 4 be a positive, nondecreasing function defined on [ 0 , 2 ~and ] put 1)=
IZl4(lZl)
j p x )
and finally BMO, = {f E L: l[fll*, tially due to Spanne [ 19651.
-hl
dx,
llfll*,,
= SUP 4(J;1) I= T
< 00). The following results are essen-
if Z E J and
If Z(x, r ) = interval centered at x, length 2r, then Ilf -&., CP(A r ) ; If f~ BMO, and TJ(x) =f(x + s), s 3 0, then
,)I(* s
[If- ~ f l l *
=
O(p(s));
If 4( t ) / t is nonincreasing, then f(x) = j(lxl,l,4( t ) / t dt E BMO, (this is in a way the largest function in the space). + ( t ) = t“, 0 < 77 < 1, and suppose that M$f(x) = supxpr4(J;Z) E Lp(T ) , 1 < p < 1/77; then MZZf E L‘( T ) , l / r = l/p - 77 and there is a constant c independent off such that IIM”fll,. s cI(M$fll,. 6.22 Let Z = [0,1]. We say that a function g is a “pointwise multiplier” of BMO,( Z) provided that gf E BMO,( Z) whenever f E BMO,( Z) and there is a constant c independent off such that Ilgfll*., S cllfll*,,. Assume ) / sthen g is that 4 ( r ) / r is nonincreasing and put $ ( r ) = 4 ( r ) / ~ ( , . , l ~ ( sds; a pointwise multiplier of BMO,(Z) if and only if g E BMO,(Z) n L“(Z). (Hint: Since p(J I ) s ~(r)~~f~~*.,, by 6.20 it follows that for any Z with 1Z1 = r < we have 6.21 Assume
1
-f,g,l
r ~)f(x)g(x)go
dx c 4(r)llgll, s
llfll*,9 + lhl
c 4 ( r )llfll*,,(
1
j l g ( x ) - gll dx
llgll* + Ilgll BMO,,).
Conversely, let Z = Z(t, I ) be an interval as above, let f be the function introduced in 6.20 (iv), and put h(x) = max(f(x - t ) , J ( ? . , , 4 ( s ) / s d sthen ); h is continuous and Ilh l*, G cllfll*,,. Since gh E BMO,, a simple computation shows that g is as it should be. For +(t) = 1, the result is due to Stegenga [1976] and for more general 4’s to Janson [1976].) 4 ( s ) / s 2 ds; one easily checks 6.23 Given 4 as in 6.20 let $ ( r ) = r that $ is nondecreasing, $(r ) + 0 as r + 0 , 4 ( 2 r ) < 2$( r ) and $(r ) 3 4 ( r ) . Show that, iff E BMO,, then Hf E BMO4 and there is a constant c independent off such that 11 Hfll *,J s ~ l l f l l * , ~ . (Hint: The result is Peetre’s [ 19661 and the proof is similar to that of Theorem 5.2.)
6. Notes; Further Results and Problems
22 1
Sarason introduced the class VMO(T) of functions of vanishing mean oscillation in T, consisting of those f s in B MO(T ) for which j , l f ( x ) -hl dx = 0. Obviously, VMO contains every conlim~r~+.,,(l/~I~) tinuous function in T, and since, as is easily verified, VMO is a closed subspace of BMO, it also contains the BMO-closure of C ( T); in fact, VMO is precisely that closure and in many ways VMO bears the same relation to BMO as C does to L". There are many reasons to consider VMO. Here is one: we are already aware that the conjugate f o f f € C ( T ) is not necessarily continuous (cf. 5.14 in Chapter V); however, it is in VMO. A quick proof of this result goes as follows. Iff E C ( T), then we can write it as the sum of a trigonometric polynomial and a function of small L" norm; by Theorem 3.1, f is then the sum of a trigonometric polynomial and a function with small BMO-norm. Thus is in the BMO closure of C ( T ) as we wished to show. For further applications the reader should consult Sarason [ 19791. 6.25 Prove that VMO(T) = BMO,( T ) . 6.26 f~ V M O ( T )if and only if lim,,,llf-f* Pr(-)ll*= 0. 6.27 With the notation of 6.18, show that s* E VMO. 6.28 Let f~ VMO. Then M # ~ C E( T ) . (Hint: It suffices to show that for A > 0, { M # f < A} is open; to do this, suppose M # f ( t ) < A and we will show that the same holds in an interval about t. Since f is in VMO, there l / ~-hl I ~ )dJyI) < M # f ( t ) ;now let exists S > 0 such that S u p ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ( (If(y) J be an interval centered at t whose length is very small compared to 6, let x E J, and, finally, let I be an interval containing x. If 111 < 8, then (l/lIl) J I l f ( y )-hi dy S M # f ( x )< A by the choice of 8 ; suppose then that 111 2 6 and let K = I u J. Then K contains t and 6.24
u
Since IJI is very small compared to 111, the intervals K and I are almost the same and M # f ( x ) < A as well. The same proof works for
and this result has an important application, namely, f is an extreme point of the unit ball of VMO normed by 11 Mrfll,, 1 < p < a,if and only if MFf( t ) = 1. These results are from Axler and Shields [19821.) 6.29 BMO is the natural substitute for L" also in the case of fractional integrals. More precisely, if 0 < a < 1 and p = l/a, then I, maps Lp(T)
222
VIII. Oscillation of Functions
into BMO( T) and there is a constant c independent off such that 11 IJII* G cllfll,. (Hint: With the notation of (2.16), we prove that M ( I , f # ( x ) s cMJ(x). Fix I = I ( x , r ) and put f = fxZ1+ fxT\2r = g + h, say. Note that
1
=z c r F
thus I(I,f)rl c M J ( x ) and consequently ! r I L g ( y ) - (I,g)ll du crMJ(x). By the mean value theorem, we get that for t in I, II,h(x) I,h(t)( d cr (T\211y - xl"-'lf(y)l d y d cM,f(x), a.e. in t, and the right estimate for this term follows by integrating over I. In fact the ideas in this proof give a more complete picture of the general situation when f 3 0, for in that case we have that (i) I J E BMO if and only if M J E Lm and (ii) I,J M,f and M ( I J ) # have comparable norms in Lp, 1 < p < 00. These results are discussed in Adams [ 19751.) 6.30 Let f-1cjeiix, f~ Lip,(T), 0 < a < 1, show that cj = O(ljl-u IlfIl,,). This result is sharp, indeed, iff(t) = Cr=l 2-"" cos 29, then f~ Lip,(T), and cj - j - , , j = 2". (Hint: As in 5.16 in Chapter I we consider g ( t ) = CFi, d , , , ~ ( ~ ~ - ~ , , J twhere ), a, = 2?m/lkl, Ikl Z 0, n = 1 , . . . ,Ikl. Use that c k ( g )= 0 and the choice d,, =Aa"-,,a n ) to obtain the first assertion. Next, observe that if I = (a, b) c T, then m
1
f ( t ) -h = n = l 2-n,(cos2"' =
-
(sin 2"b - sin 2"a) 2"(b - a )
1 2-",A(n, t, I ) , n=l
say. Now IA(n,t, Z)I s 2, but we need a better estimate when 111 is small compared with 2". In that case, IA(n, r, I)I S c(2"lZl). This gives If(t) -&I clIl", t E I, and we have finished. Note that, if a = 1, the above estimate becomes If(t) -hl d clIl ln(2m/lIl) instead.) 6.31 LetfE Lip,, 0 < a < 1 and show that s.(X x) - f ( x ) = O ( n 7 In n ) as n + CD, uniformly in x ; this result cannot be improved. 6.32 Let f~ L. Then a,(J x ) - f ( x ) = O ( n - , ) if and only i f f € Lip,, O
6.33 Let 0 < a, p < a + /3 < 1, and consider I, as an operator on Lip,. For what value of y is the result I,: Lip, + Lip, true? 6.34 Let T be a linear operator such that T: LPo+ L5',,,,, and T: Lp*+ 2pl,q,. Then T :Lp + zp,,whenever l / p = (1 - t9)/po + 8 / p , and T = (1 - O)T0 + eT1, 0 s 8 G 1. (Hint: The proof is straightforward once we consider the operator T),f = Tf - (Tf),: the result is Stampacchia's.)
CHAPTER
IX Weights
1. THE HARDY-LI'ITLEWOOD MAXIMAL THEOREM FOR REGULAR MEASURES Let p be a nonnegative Bore1 measure in R", finite on bounded sets. For this measure we pose the question of whether it differentiates p-locally integrable functions f ; in other words, if x E R" and Z is an open cube containing x, does the statement limp(r& 1 / p ( I))j r f ( y ) d p ( y ) = f ( x ) hold p a.e.? Here 111 denotes the measure of I. As in the case of the Lebesgue measure in Chapter IV we opt to approach this question by first considering a weak-type result for the corresponding maximal function. More precisely, if for x E R" and f locally in L,(R") we put
where the I's are open cubes containing x, is the mapping f + MJ of weak-type (1, l ) ? We can go about answering this as follows: let 0, = { M , f > A}; 0, is open since to each x in 0, there corresponds an open cube I, containing x such that
and consequently I, c OA.In fact
0,=
u I,.
(1.3)
xeU*
We want to estimate p ( 0 , ) in terms of the p-measure of the (complicated) set on the right-hand side of (1.3); it is apparent that we need some control 223
ZX. Ap Weights
224
over this set. So, suppose, in addition, that p is regular; in other words, if % is p-measurable, then
If K is a compact subset of OA now, there are finitely many Zx’s,Zx,,. .. ,I ,, say, so that K s U ,; Ixj; in fact, we may avoid unnecessary overlaps by .,. However, even once this discarding any cube Ix, such that Ix, c Uj+kI is done we may still be left with quite a bit of overlap. To handle this we proceed as follows. Since we are dealing with a finite number of cubes, there is one with largest sidelength (if there is more than one just pick any); separate it and rename it Zl.Now, if any of the remaining cubes, say I, intersects I,,since sidelength Z s sidelength of Zl,it follows that I c 311, the cube concentric with Zlwith sidelength three times that of Zl;all these cubes Z can be discarded as well. We are thus left with a finite collection of open cubes, each one disjoint with Il .Repeat for this family the procedure used to select Zl,that is select a cube with largest sidelength, call it I,, and discard all other cubes which intersect it. After a finite number of steps we are left with a collection {II,.. .,zk} of disjoint open cubes so that K E 31,. Thus
u;=,
Under what circumstances can we replace p ( 3 4 ) by p ( 4 ) in (1.5)? This can be done for the so called doubling measures, namely those measures p for which p(21) s cp(Z), all open cubes Z, c independent of I. In case p is doubling then from (1.5) it follows that
where c is the doubling constant of p. But the 4 ’ s are special cubes; in particular they all satisfy (1.2). Whence combining (1.6) and (1.2), and since the 4 ’ s are pairwise disjoint, we get k
Finally, on account of (1.4), (1.7) gives
2. The Hardy- Littlewood Maximal Function and the mapping is of weak-type (1,l) with norm =sc have proved
225 2
. Summing up, we
Theorem 1.1. Let p be a nonnegative Bore1 measure in R" which in addition is finite on bounded sets, doubling, and regular. Then the mapping f + MJ is of weak-type (1, I), with norm
IIqJllL;
CllfIlL;,
1 < P < 03.
=
cp
(1.9)
Proof. M, is of weak-type (1, l), and is bounded in L:. Thus the Marcinkiewicz interpolation theorem applies. W Corollary1.3. Let p beasintheorem 1.1,andletfbelocallyin L:(R"). Then
Proof. Since p (K) < co for compact sets K , continuous functions are dense in L:(R"); the proof is therefore entirely analogous to Theorem 2.2 in Chapter IV. W
2. Ap WEIGHTS AND THE HARDY-LITILEWOOD MAXIMAL FUNCTION The boundedness of the Hardy-Littlewood maximal function is an essential ingredient in the consideration of the L P ( T )behavior of the various operators we have considered thus far. It is natural, then, to expect that the LP,(R")behavior of the Hardy-Littlewood maximal operator will have important applications in the study of weighted norm inequalities for similar, n-dimensional, operators. We open our discussion with the study of the necessary conditions; more precisely, suppose there is a constant k = k,,, independent off such that for some p, 1 s p < CO, and allf E LP,(R")and A>O h P P ( { M - > A))
kPllfll%;.
(2.1)
What can we, then, say about p ? Simple examples show, for instance, that p cannot have atoms, but in fact much more is true.
IX. Ap Weights
226
Theorem 2.1. Assume p is a nonnegative Bore1 measure, finite on bounded sets and assume that for some 1 S p < co (2.1) holds. Then (i) p is absolutely continuous with respect to Lebesgue measure, i.e., there is a nonnegative, locally integrable function w such that d p ( x ) = w (x) dx. (ii) for all open cubes I and f E LP,(R”)
where c = cp,k is independent of $ (iii) ( A pcondition) w satisfies Muckenhoupt’s A p ( R ” )= Ap condition, or w E Ap;i.e., there is a constant c = cp,k independent of the open cube I so that
or
I
The infimum over the constants on the right-hand side of (2.3) and (2.4) is called the Ap, or A l , constant of w ; moreover, the Al constant of w is less than or equal to ck and the Ap constant of w is less than or equal to ckP-’, p > 1. A statement which depends on the Ap constant of a weight w rather than on the weight itself is called “independent in Ap.” Theorem 3.1 below is an example of this. (iv) (Strong Doubling) For each open cube I and measurable subset E of I, s c(lll/lEI)PP(E),
where c
=
(2.5)
cp,k is independent of E and I.
Proof. (i) Suppose the Lebesgue measure IE( of E is 0. We show that also p ( E ) = 0. By the regularity of the measures involved we may assume that E is compact and that, given E > 0, there is an open set 0 3 E such that p(0\E) < E. Let f(y) = X B \ ~ ( ~ ) ;then JE LP,(R”) and l l f l l ~ ; = p(O\E) < E. Next observe that M f ( x ) = 1 for x E E : indeed, to each x E E there corresponds an open cube I c 0, x E I, and consequently 1/111 j r f ( y ) dy = I(O\E) n 11/1I1 = 1 since IEl = 0. By (2.1) it then follows that p ( E ) S p ( ( M f 2 f})C 2PkPllfllPL:s CE,which gives the desired result as E is arbitrary.
227
2. l%e Hardy- Littlewood Maximal Function
(ii) Fix an open cube I and consider for f~ LL the quantity which we may assume >O. Since (1/111) jrlf(y)l dy =
If], must be finite for each 1,for otherwise (2.1) cannot hold unless p is the 0 measure. Thus, if we put 0 = { M ( f X r )> lflr/2}, by (2.1) and (2.6) it follows that p ( I ) S p ( 0 ) s k ” ( l / l f l ~ ) ” l l f x ~ lwhich l ~ ~ : , is equivalent to (2.2). (iii) and (iv) Since there is no a priori reason why w cannot vanish on a set of positive measure, we introduce the measure d v ( y ) = d p ( y ) + E dx, E > 0, to avoid unnecessary technical difficulties. Clearly, v is also absolutely continuous with respect to Lebesgue measure, d v ( y ) = u ( y ) dy, u > 0, and, more importantly, (2.1) also holds with p replaced by v with constant independent of E. Assume p > 1 first. In order to estimate u(y)-”(”-’) dy we note that it equals Ill/ullpL’, l/p + l/p’ = 1, which by the converse to Holder’s inequality may be estimated by
I,
Now by (ii), which also holds for v, it follows that for such f’s
and consequently
Unraveling (2.7) gives (2.3),that is, the Ap condition for u. Next we show that (2.5) holds for u; indeed, note that
which by (2.7) does not exceed c k v ( E ) ’ / P ( I I I / v ( I ) ’ / PIn) . other words
v(I) s ck”(IZI/IEI)”v(E).
(2.8)
IX. Ap Weights
228
Since the constant in (2.8) is independent of E, we may let E + 0 there and obtain that p ( I ) 6 ckP(III/IEI)Pp(E)as well; i.e., (iv) holds. Moreover, if there is a set E with IEl > 0 so that p ( E ) = 0, then by (2.5) p is the 0 measure since it vanishes on any open cube I containing E. Thus d p ( x ) = w ( x ) dx, w > 0 a.e., and the above argument may be repeated with w in place of u; this completes the proof when p > 1 . The case p = 1 is rather simple since by putting f = xE, IEl > 0, in (ii), we see that (IEl/lIl) d c k ( p ( E ) / p ( I ) )or equivalently
P(O/IIl C k ( P ( E ) / I E l ) , (2.9) which is (iv). Furthermore, by choosing E to be a sequence of open cubes converging to a Lebesgue point x of w so that w ( x ) ess inf, w, (2.9) gives (2.4), and the proof is complete.
-
3. A , WEIGHTS As we have seen, A , is a necessary condition for the Hardy-Littlewood maximal operator M to map L,(R") into wk-L,(R"), but is it also sufficient? Theorem 3.1 (Muckenhoupt). Suppose w E A , . Then M maps L,(R") into wk-L,(R"), with norm independent in A l . Proof. First note that if w E A , , then p is doubling with doubling constant s c ( A , constant of w ) ; indeed, since (1/1211) d p ( y ) C c ess inf, w s c ( l / l I l ) d p ( y ) , it readily follows that p ( 2 I ) c c p ( I ) , c s 2 " ( A , constant of w ) . Moreover, since
I,,
I,
we also have that M f ( x ) C c M J ( x ) , c = A , constant of w. Thus {Mf> A} E {MJ>A/c}, and by Theorem 1.2 Ap({Mf>A})s 3 ( A / C ) P ( { M J > Ale)) =s c IlfllL,. Some observations concerning Al are obvious: for instance, A , is the limiting Ap condition as p + 1+ and an equivalent way of stating Al is M w ( x )s cw(x)
a.e.
(3.1)
3. A, Weights
229
But what are the A, weights? Can we give some examples or even characterize them? As a first step we consider powers of 1x1, i.e., 1x1". When n = 1 and 71 > 0, by letting I = ( 0 , 6 ) we note that (1/6) j(O,b)X" dx = l6"/(7 + 1) + 00 as 6 + 00, whereas inf, x" = 0. Thus positive powers of 1x1 are ruled out, but how about negative powers? We must have -n < 7 C 0 for otherwise 1x1" is not locally integrable, but this is essentially the only restriction. Indeed, we have
Proposition 3.2. Suppose -n < 7 C 0. Then 1x1" E A,; more precisely, there is a constant c independent of I such that
Proof. Fix a cube I and let I, denote the translate of I centered at 0; we consider two mutually exclusive cases, to wit (i) 21, n Z # 0 and (ii) 2 1 0 n I = 0. In case (i) we have that 610 2 I and ( l / ~ I ~ ) ~ , ~ xC ~ " d x ( l / ( I ( )j6r01xI"dx c ~(ll"'", where cis a (dimensional) constant, independent of I; clearly, (3.2) holds in this case. Case (ii) is easier, for then 1x1 lyl for x, y in I; indeed, we have 1x1 c Ix - yl + lyl G clIll'" + IyI clyl, and the opposite inequality follows by exchanging x and y above. Thus IyI" G cinfr)xlg,all y E I, and averaging over y in I, (3.2) holds for case (ii) as well. H Next we consider functions which behave like (XI", -n < 7 S 0, and show that they also are A, weights.
-
Proposition 3.3 (Coifman-Rochberg). Let p be a nonnegative Bore1 measure so that Mp(x) is not identically 00. Then for each 0 s E < 1, Mp(x)" E A,, with A, constant which depends only on E. Proof. Recall that Mp(x) = S u p x E ~ ( l / ~ Z ~ ) For p ( I )a. fixed open cube Z we ,Mp(x)" dx by A" = (inf, M p ) " as follows: for each x in estimate (l/lI() I I we divide those open cubes Q containing x into two families by setting $I = {Q: IQI C I2Zl) and $* = {Q: IQI > 1211). Thus
= A(x)
+ B(x),
say. The estimate for B ( x ) is readily obtained; since for Q 3 Q 2 Z, it follows that
(3.3) E
$2
we have
and B ( x ) 6 CA
(3.4)
IX. Ap Weights
230
with c independent of p. As for A(x),let p , denote the restriction of p to 61, i.e., d p , ( y ) = xsr(y) d p ( y ) , and note that
A ( x )d w h ( x ) .
(3.5)
Thus on account of (3.3), (3.4), and (3.5) we get that
and it suffices to prove the desired estimate with M p replaced by M p l . But by (a simple variant of the Lebesgue measure version of) Theorem 1.1 and 7.5 in Chapter IV, we readily see that [I
1 MP~(X dx) S~ -c(wk-L norm of M p I ) E ( I I 1 - "
with c depending only on
I[I
E,
and we have finished.
The interesting fact is that the converse to Proposition 3.3 also holds, name1y,
Theorem 3.4 (Coifman-Rochberg). Assume w E A,. Then there are functions b and f and 0 d E < 1 so that (i) 0 < A d b ( x ) d B < 00 a.e. (ii) J E L,,,(R"), M ~ ( Xis )finite ~ a.e. and w ( x ) = b(x)Mf(x)'.
The proof of this theorem relies on the so-called "reverse Holder" pr (perty of w ; this property is of independent interest and plays an importaat role in the theory of weights.
Theorem 3.5 (Reverse Holder). Suppose w E A,. Then there is a positive number q so that
where c = c,, is independent in A , and independent of 1,but not, of course, of q ; we abbreviate (3.7) by w E RH,,,,.
3. A, Weights
23 1
Now, suppose that Theorem 3.5 has been proved. Then by (3.7) also E A, ,M ( w'+")(x) s cw(x)'+" a.e. and Theorem 3.4 holds with b(x) = w ( x ) / M (W ' + " ) ( X ) ' ' ( ' + " ) , f(x) = w(x)'+", and E = 1 / ( 1 + q ) . It thus only remains to prove Theorem 3.5, which we do forthwith. In order to assure that the various integral expressions we consider are finite, we introduce the function v ( x ) = min(w(x), N); clearly, v E A,, (A, constant of v ) s ( A , constant of w), independently of N: indeed, for a given I let A = inf, w and consider two cases, namely, (i) A 3 N and (ii) A < N. We then have wl+"
N s inf, v,
in case (i),
w ( y ) dy s c inf, w
s c inf, v, in case (ii),
thus proving the claim. We show (3.7) with w replaced by v first; let q > 0 and observe that
=A+B,
(3.8)
say. Clearly, B
(3.9) which is the right estimate. The bound for A is not so readily obtained, and in the course of the proof we must keep track of the various constants appearing to be sure that they only depend on the A, constant of v, and 77 of course. First observe that with the notation 0,= { y E I: v ( y ) > t } we have A = (1 + q )
j
S V,+"IIl,
t"lo;l dt
Cv1,m)
lSSlds)' dt
IX. Ap Weights
232
which is also of the right order. Next we show that for an appropriate choice of 77, D is dominated by the (finite) quantity (3.12)
which may then be passed to the left-hand side of (3.8) to obtain the desired conclusion. We consider the innermost integral in D first. It equals (3.13)
Now since t > 0 1 , we may invoke the (n-dimensional version of the) Calder6n-Zygmund decomposition of u at level t, thus obtaining a collection of open, disjoint subcubes (4) of I with the following properties (i) v ( y ) s t a.e. in I\U 4 and (ii) t s (1/141) u ( y ) dy < 2"t, all j.
I,
From (i) it is clear that { u > t} c_ does not exceed
u4 and therefore the integral in (3.13) (3.14)
Furthermore, since u E A,,
c inflJu, UIJ
c
since lj is a Calder6n-Zygmund cube.
{29,
Therefore by combining these bounds we get that ulJ=s(c infrJu)'-'(2"t)", all j , O < E < 1. Thus each summand in (3.14) is dominated by ct'lIjl(infIJ v)'-' s ct" jrJ u(y)'-" dy and (3.14) does not exceed (3.15)
We need one last observation: from the left-hand side inequality in (ii) it 4 G {Mu > t}, and, since u E A, and M v ( x ) 6 c v ( x ) a.e., follows that we also have U 4 G { u > t / c } . Consequently, (3.14) is bounded by
u
ct'
I
{V>t/C)
v(y)'-"dy,
0<E <1
4. A, Weights, p > 1
233
and the same is true of (3.13). Whence
(3.16)
First fix 0 < E < 1 and then choose 77 > 0 sufficiently small so that cv(1 + q ) / (+~7 ) < this is clearly possible. Thus D is dominated by (3.12) and (3.7) holds with v in place of w there. This is a minor inconvenience since by Fatou's lemma
t;
'/I+"
6 lim inf N+m
( I,i
'/I+"
v(y)l+? d y )
and the proof is complete. H 4. A,, WEIGHTS, p > 1
As we have seen, Ap is necessary for the Hardy-Littlewood maximal operator M to map LP,(R") into wk-LP,(R") and a simple argument similar to Theorem 3.1 shows it is also sufficient. However, a stronger result holds. Theorem 4.1 (Muckenhoupt). Suppose w E A,, 1 < p < 00. Then M maps LP,(R") continuously into itself, with norm independent in Ap.
Proof. For a nonnegative function f in LP,(R") and an integer -00 < k < 00, put A, = { y E R": 2, < M f ( y ) S 2k+'} and let %k be a compact subset of A,; we estimate Mf(y)'d p ( y ) by cllfll;;:, where c is independent of f and the %k's, and depends only on the Ap constant of w. A simple limiting argument then gives the desired result. To each y E A, we assign an open cube Iy containing y so that
Iuq,
f ( x ) dx
(<2,+').
(4.1)
IX. Ap Weights
234
Since %k E Ak, there are finitely many I , , ’ s , none of which is contained in the union of the others, { 4 , k } y i ? say, so that each cube verifies (4.1) and %k E U y5:) 4.k. Moreover, since
we must estimate the right-hand side of (4.2); a good estimate depends on our ability to avoid unnecessary overlaps of the $,k’s. This is achieved as fOllOwS: put E 1 . k = I 1 . k n % k , E 2 , k = ( I 2 , k \ I l , k ) n % k , and, in general, Ej,k
= (4,k\u
Ii,k)
%k,
i<j
j =
2, - *
* 3
n(k)
(4.3)
For each k the Eik’s are clearly disjoint, and by (4.3) it follows that (4.4)
Therefore, by (4.4) and (4.1) we also have
1
2kpp(E,k)
j,k
(4.5)
Let u ( x ) = W ( X ) - ” ( ~ - ’ ) , d v ( x ) = ~ ( xdx; ) then the right-hand side in (4.5) can be rewritten as
What we are attempting to do here is to bring a combination of the A, condition and Theorem 1.1 into play. Let ‘rn be the measure on Z + x Z given by
With this notation the expression (4.6) becomes I l { a j , k } l l h , where the sequence a j , k = ( I / V ( 4 . k ) ) j I j , k ( f ( x ) / u ( x d) )v ( x ) . Note that this expression also equals
235
4. Ap Weights, p > 1
where O,,= {(j,k ) E Z+x 2 : a j , k > A}. What we need then is a good estimate for m(O,,);we use the notation Z ( A ) = U ( j , k ) E O , Ij&. Observe that for each (j,k) in O,,by the Ap condition we have
(4.10)
Since the E j , k ’ s are pairwise disjoint we may replace the right-hand side of (4.10) by c I ,.M , ( ~ I ~ h ) / ~ ) dp(x) ( ~ ) P and ’ invoke Theorem 1.1 to estimate this quantity by (4.11)
Moreover, since W(X)-”‘dp(x) = w(x)’-”’ dx = dv(x) the expression in (4.11) is c v ( I ( h ) )and m(O,,) s cv(Z(.h)).
(4.12)
Now, the 4 , k ’ S whose union is I ( h ) are special cubes; in particular, by the definition of 4, if ( j , k) E OA, then a j , k > A. In other words, A < ( l / v ( I j , k ) )JIj,k(f(x)/u(x)) dv(x). n u s , each such Ij,k and also, consequently, I ( h ) is contained in { M , , ( f / u )> A} and by (4.12) we see that m(‘A) cv({Mu(f/u) > A}). (4.13) This is all we need to complete the proof. Indeed, on account of (4.8) J S c Ip3,m) v ( { M , , ( f / u > ) A}) dhp, which by Theorem 1.1 is dominated by c ~,~(f(x)/u(x))p dv(x) = c j,.f(x)” dp(x), since u(x)-” dv(x) = dp(x). This completes the proof. W Corollary 4.2. M maps LP,(R”)into itself if and only if M maps LP,(R“) into wk-LP,(R“), 1 < p < CO.
IX. Ap Weights
236
The question once again is, what are the Ap weights? Some properties, such as w E A, if and only if w-''(~-')E Ap,, l/p + l/p'= 1, 1 < p < 00, are readily verified, but we need some examples and if possible a characterization of these weights. Proposition 4.3. Assume w , , w, 00; then w E Ap.
E
A , and let w ( x ) = w l ( x ) w 2 ( x ) ' - p 1, < p <
hf. Holder's inequality. Corollary 4.4. lxlq E A p , 1 < p < 00, if and only if - n < 7 < n ( p - 1). In addition of being Apweights, the w's in Proposition 4.3 actually verify some additional properties. More precisely, Proposition 4.5. Assume w ( x ) = wl(x)wZ(x)'-p, w l , wz E A , , 1 < p < 00. Then
(i) (Open ended property) w E A,-,, some E > 0. (ii) (Reverse Holder) w E R H l + , , some 7 > 0. (iii) (Reverse doubling) There is 6 > 0 such that for all open cubes I and measurable subsets E of I, p ( E ) / p ( I )d c ( ~ E I / I I ~ ) where ', c is independent in A p , also independent of E, I. (iv) JRn(1 + Ixl)-" d p ( x ) c p ( I o ) , where I. denotes the unit cube in R" and c is independent in Ap.
Proof. (i) Since w, E A , , by Theorem 3.5, w, E RH1+,; put now E = (7/(1+7 ) ) ( p- 1)> Oandnotethatp - E - 1 = ( p - 1)/(1+7 ) .Itisthen readily seen that
(4.14) and also
Whence, by multiplying (4.14)and (4.15),it follows that w,w:-" we wanted to show.
E
A,-,, as
5. Factorization of Ap Weights
231
(ii) Since w2 E A, from Holder's inequality (applied to (1/1Z1) w2(y)'/"'/~ ~ ( y ) d' y/) ~it' follows that for some constant c > 0 independent of I
I,
(4.16) Let w1 E RH,,,. Then by (4.16)
as we wished to show. (iii) Let w E RH,,,. Then by Holder's inequality
= c( IEl/lIl) ? / l + ? p ( I ) .
(iv) By (i) and the doubling property (iv) of Theorem 2.1, p(2kZ0) < C 2 n k ( P - - E ) cL(Zo), k 3 1.
(4.17)
Thus
and we have finished.
5. FACTORIZATION OF A,, WEIGHTS This section is devoted to proving a remarkable fact, namely, the converse to Proposition 4.3. Before we proceed with the proof of this factorization result we need some preliminary observations; we start with a definition.
IX. Ap Weights
238
Definition 5.1. We say that an operator T is admissible provided it verifies the following four properties. (i) (ii) (iii) A > 0. (iv)
There exists r, 1 < r < 00, so that T is bounded in L'(R"). T is positive, i.e., T f ( x )2 0 for every f in L'(R"). T is positively homogeneous, i.e., T ( A f ) ( x )= ATf(x) a.e. for each
+
T is subadditive, i.e., T(f+ g ) ( x ) S T f ( x ) T g ( x ) a.e.
Some examples of admissible operators include If(x)l, M f ( x ) , and, more important for our purposes, ( ~ ( ~ f l " / v " ) ( x ) u ( x ) "for ) ' ~appropriate " 1< p < m , o < 7 d 1. We verify this last example and in the process we find the necessary conditions on u for this to hold. First, we must find r, the choice r = p / 7 being a natural one; in this case we have IITfll: = J R m M(lfl"/u")(x)'/"u(x)dx and, if we assume that u E All", then this ) = cllfll: and expression may be estimated by c JRn ( l f ( x ) l " / " / u ( x ) ) u ( xdx (i) holds; the verification of (ii) and (iii) are immediate. Thus it only remains to check (iv). Fix x and let I denote an open cube containing x; then by Minkowski's inequality we readily see that
=G
M(lfl"/u")(x)""+ M ( l g y / u " ) ( x ) ' / q
and since I is arbitrary it follows that M ( l f + glp/u")(x)l'pd M ( l f l p / u " ) ( x ) l /+ p M ( l g l P / u " ) ( x ) l / pand , (iv) follows at once. An important property of admissible mappings T is that they also are cT-subadditive; more precisely, we have
Proposition 5.2. Suppose T is admissible and r is the index in pro ert (i) in the definition of T. If {A},f are L'(R") functions with limN+, =f in L', then T f ( x ) ?s CJ:, TJ(x) a.e.
R Y
hf. Since f = (f -
zJzl&) + xJT,&,from properties (ii) and (iv) it fol-
lows that N
N
j=l
239
5. Factorization of Ap Weights
Moreover, since 11 T(f-CJt,f;)llrG c l l f - C ~ , f i I l + . 0 as N + 00, there is a sequence Nk + 00 such that lirn,,,, T ( f - C z , f i ) ( x ) = 0 a.e. This is the sequence of N's we choose in (5.1), and by letting Nk + 00 there we get Tfi(x) a.e. that T f ( x ) S ZT=, We need one more definition. Definition 5.3. Given an admissible mapping T, we say that a nonnegative function w is in A , ( T ) if T w ( x )s c w ( x )
a.e.
(5.2)
We then have Proposition 5.4. Suppose that Tl and T2 are admissible mappings with the same r in (i). Then there exists a function 4 in L'(R") such that 4 is simultaneously in A,( T I )and A,( T2).
+
Proof. Put T = TI T2( T is also an admissible mapping) and let A 11 7'11, the norm of T i n L'(R"). For an arbitrary, nonnegative function g in L'(R") put 4 ( x ) = T j g ( x ) / A J We . show that this 4 will do. In the first place, 4 E L'(R") sinceCJz,((T'g((,/A's Tll/Ar)llgllr< 00. Moreover, by the a-additivity of TI we see that
(CJzo(II
This proves that 4 is in A,(T,) and a similar argument gives that 4 is in A1(T2)as well. W It is now a simple matter to prove the decomposition theorem for the Ap weights. Theorem 5.5 (Jones). Suppose w E Ap,1 < p < 00. Then there are weights w,,w 2 in A , so that w ( x ) = wl(x)w2(x)'-". Proof. Since w E Ap we also have that w - " ( ~ - ' )E Ap,,l/p + l/p' = 1. Let r = pp' and set T , f ( x )= ( M ( ~ f l p ' / ~ l / P ) ( ~ ) ~ ( ~and ) l / PT J) (l x/ )P=' ( M ( ~ ~ p w ' ~ p ) ( x ) w ( x ) - By l ~ the p ) l remarks ~p. at the beginning of this section it follows that TI and T2 are admissible and by Proposition 5.4 there is a
240
IX. Ap Weights
nonnegative, locally integrable function 4 simultaneously in A, ( TI) and A,( T,). This means that T , ~ ( x s )c ~ ( x ) or , M ( 4 p ’ w - 1 / p ) ( x )S c ~ ” ’ ( xW) ( X ) - ’ / ~
(5.3)
and T,+(x) s c ~ ( x ) or , M(+”w’l”)(x)c c+”(x)w(x)””. (5.4) In other words, c$pwl/pand +p‘w-l/pare A, weights. Put now w1 = 4pw1/p, w, = 4 p ‘ w - 1 / pand note that since p p’( 1 - p ) = 0 we have w1w i P p=
+
4P+P’(l-P)w1/Pw-(l-P)/P
=
Remark 5.6. It goes without saying that by Theorem 5.5, Ap weights satisfy properties (i)-(iv) in Proposition 4.5. 6. Ap AND BMO
As both the Ap condition and the definition of BMO deal with the, averaging of functions it is natural to consider whether there is any connection between these concepts. Proposition 6.1. Assume w is a nonnegative, locally integrable function. Then In w E BMO if and only if there is 7 > 0 such that w ” E A,.
Proof. We show the necessity first; by the John-Nirenberg inequality there are constants 7 ) s k/llln wll* and c, independent of I, such that
By removing the absolute values in (6.1) we also have
Whence multiplying the
+
and - estimates in (6.2) it follows that
that is, w“ is in A*. Conversely, assume such an
7)
exists and note that
6. Ap and BMO
241
say. Since both summands are handled in a similar fashion we only do A. By Jensen's inequality
s (A2
constant of
wq),
and we have finished. H A similar statement applies to Ap, namely, Corollary 6.2. Assume w is a nonnegative, locally integrable function, and for some 7 > 0, w" E Ap, 1 s p < 00. Then In w E BMO, Proof. If p s 2, then also w" E A 2 ,and the conclusion follows by Proposi, < 2, and again tion 6.1. If, on the other hand, p > 2, then w - " ' ( ~ - ' ) E A p rp' by Proposition 6.1 In( w - q ' ( p - l ) ) E BMO.
Proposition 6.3. Assume w is a nonnegative, locally integrable function. Then w E Ap if and only if
with c independent of I. As the proof should be obvious by now we omit it. Note however that by Jensen's inequality each factor in (6.4) is at least 1 and consequently the membership of w in Ap is equivalent to two separate conditions, to wit
and
An interesting application of these results is to evaluating the distance from BMO to L", more precisely, an estimate of the expression infgGL-ll4 gll* ,4 E BMO.What is relevant here is the quantity 7(4) defined as follows. Let 7 > 0, verify
IX. A, Weights
242
and put 7( 4 )= sup{7: (6.5) holds}. Two properties of this quantity are readily verified, namely, by the John-Nirenberg inequality 7( 4 )2 c/ )I4 (I*, c > 0, and ~ ( -4g ) = ~ ( 4for ) each bounded function g. We then have
Theorem 6.4 (Garnett-Jones). stants cl, c2 such that
There are absolute (dimensional) con-
c1/71(4) s infgsd14 - gll,
=Z
c2/7(4).
(6.6)
Proof. The left inequality in (6.6) follows at once from the comments preceding the statement of the theorem and we say no more. Next let 4 E BMO and pick 7 so that 7 ( 4 ) / 2< 7 < ~ ( 4 )by; Proposition 6.1 eT4 E A2 and consequently by Theorem 5.4 there are Al weights wl, w2 such that eT4(y) = wl(y)/ w2(y), or
74b)= In W l b )
- In
W2(Y).
(6.7)
Now since on account of Proposition 3.3 Mw,(x)" E A l , 0 < E < 1, with Al constant independent of wl, by Proposition 6.1 it follows that llln wlII* 6 absolute constant, and similarly for w2. Furthermore, since wl(y) zs Mw,(y) s cwl(y) a.e., the function g,(y) = ln(w,(y)/Mw,(y)) E L", and similarly for g 2 ( y ) = ln(w2(y)/Mw2(y)). Thus rewriting (6.7) as (In Mwdy) - In Mw2(y)) + (ln(w1(y)/Mwdy)) - 1n(w2(y)/Mw2(y)) = b ( y ) + g(y),sayweseeatoncethat4(y) = b ( y ) / +~ g ( ~ ) / r lIlg/71lms , 00, I(4 - g / 7 (I* s absolute const/ 7 s c/ 7(4 ) . Therefore the right inequality in (6.6) also holds and the proof is complete.
7. AN EXTRAPOLATION RESULT
This section is devoted to an important extrapolation property the A, weights verify; first we need some definitions and preliminary results. Definition 7.1. We say that the pair (w, v ) of nonnegative, locally integrable functions w, v satisfies the A, condition, 1 < p < 00, and we write (w,v ) E A,, if for all open cubes I and a constant c independent of I,
The infimum over the c's on the right-hand side of (7.1) is called the A, constant of (w, u ) , and a statement involving the pair (w, v ) is said to be independent in A, if it only depends on the A, constant of the pair, rather
7. An Extrapolation Result
243
than on the particular functions involved. Similarly, we say that ( w , u ) E A , provided that
where c is independent of I; the statement independent in A, has the obvious meaning. An example of a result independent in Ap is the following: let d p ( y ) = - w ( y ) dy, d v ( y ) = ~ ( y ) - ” ( ~ -dy, ’ ) v regular and doubling, then the weak type estimate (7.3) holds provided ( w , u ) E A p ,with the constant c in (7.3) independent in Ap. We do the case p > 1; first observe that, by Holder’s inequality and (7.1), for f b 0 we have
where c is the Ap constant of ( w , u ) . Whence by (7.4) it follows that, if
fi > A, then also L
Let now K be an arbitrary compact subset of { M f > A}, by the estimate (7.9, and as in (1.6) we see that p ( K ) s ch-’ J R n f ( y ) ’ d v ( y )with c independent in A, and we have finished. Another result of interest to us is Proposition 7.2. Suppose 0 < 7 s 1, 1 < p < 00 and w E A p . Let g L”;”(R”) and consider G ( y ) = ( M ( g ’ / ” w ) ( y ) / w ( y ) ) ” .Then
(i) [IGl[L$’”ScIlgllL$/” and, (ii) (gw, G w ) E A”+p(l-”).
E
IX. A,, Weights
244
Furthermore, both the constant c in (i) and the Al)+p(l-l)) constant of the pair (gw, G w ) are independent in A,,. Proof. Statement (i) has essentially been proved in Section 5. As for (ii), let q = 7 +p(1 - 7 ) and note that q - 1 = ( p - 1)(1 - 7 ) 3 0, or q 3 1. If 7 = 1, then also q = 1and since G = M ( g w ) /w we have that (gw, G w ) E A , with A, constant 1. Let then 0 < 7 < 1, on account of (7.1) we must show that
x
(i
~ I ( M ( g ' i n w ) ( y ) / w ( y ) ) - q l o l w ( y ) - ' / qd-y)"' '
s c (7.6)
for a constant c independent of I and independent in Ap.Now, by Holder's ~ its conjugate 1/1 - 7 we see at once that inequality with indices l / and
I,
Also since for each y in I M ( g ' / " w ) ( y )3 (1/1I1) g ( x ) ' / " w ( x )dx and q - 1 = ( p - 1)(1- v), the other integral in (7.6) is dominated by
Whence, by multiplying (7.7) and (7.8), we get that the left-hand side of (7.6) is bounded by
s (Ap constant of w)'-?, thus (ii) holds and we are done.
Remark 7.3. Proposition 7.2 may be restated as follows: assume 1 S po < p and w E Ap; then to each nonnegative function g in L F / P ~ " ( R "there ) corresponds a function G 3 g such that 11 GI1L',pIp~)' s c 11 g I( J ~ ' , / ~ O " and
245
7. An Extrapolation Result
(gw, G w ) E A,, with both c and the A, constant of the pair (gw, G w ) independent in Ap.Actually a stronger result holds, namely, Proposition 7.4. Assume 1 s po < p , w E A,,;then to each nonnegative func) may assign G 2 g such that IIGllLF/po)'d tion g in L ~ / P o " ( R "we c 11 g 11 L:Ipo" and G w E A,, with both c and the A, constant of Gw independent in Ap.
Proof. We proceed by induction. Let go = g and put g , in place of G in Remark 7.3. Here, g , verifies the estimate llg, 11 L$'po" S cllg 11 L$IPo", and by (7.3) the inequality
J
Ape {Mf>A)g o ( y ) w ( y )dv
k J R j f ( y ) l p o g l ( y ) w ( y )dy
holds for each f in Lp/po", A > 0 with constants c, k independent in A p . We can use g1 in place of go and so on; in general, given g,, we obtain gj+, 3 gj such that ~ ~ g , + , ~ ~ Lcllg,IILypo"d yP~)'~ ci+lllgollLypo" and the estimate
J
g j ( y ) w ( y ) dv
{Mf>At
k
J
If(y)lpogj+l(y)w(y)dv
(7.9)
(7.10)
R"
holds for every f in Lp/po",A > 0, with constants c and k independent in A,,. Now put G ( y ) ='C:o ( c + l)-jgj(y), where c is the constant in (7.9); since ( c + l ) - ' ~ ~ g j ~ ~ L $d~(mc /) c' + lyllgllLp'po" the series defining G converges in LjlpIPo)' and we readily see that G 2 g and IIGllLF'po)'d ( c + l ) ~ ~ g ~ ~ LMultiplying ~ ~ p o ) ' . each inequality (7.10) by ( c + l ) - j and summing over j we also get
i.e., the Hardy-Littlewood maximal function maps L2w(R") into wk-L2w(R")with norm independent in Ap. We may then invoke Theorem 2.1 part (iii) to infer that actually G w E A, with A, constant independent in Ap. Proposition 7.4 has a counterpart for the case p < po as well, namely, Proposition 7.5. Assume 1 < p < po and w E A p ;then to each nonnegative we may assign G 3 g such that 11 GI1Lf'po-p' s function g in LP,/'Po-P'(R") c ~ ~ g ~ ~ L $ ( pand o-pG ) - ' w E A,, with both c and the A , constant of G - ' w independent in Ap.
IX. Ap Weights
246
hf. We dualize Proposition 7.4; our assumptions are equivalent to 1 < p6 < p', u = w - ~ ' ( ~ - 'E) Ap,,and Ap.constant of 0 = Ap constant of w. Let d v ( x ) = u ( x ) dx.Then by Proposition 7.4 we conclude that to each nonnegative h in L$"lP;'(R") there corresponds H 2 h such that [ ~ H ~ ~ L s~ p ' ~ p ~ ) ' c ~ ~ h ~ ~ and L ~ Hu ' ~ Ep A:, ~ ) with ' c and the A,; constant of Hu independent in Ap.But (p'/p&)'= (po - l)p/( po - p ) so that h E L?'lp;)' is an equivalent -') Also Hu E Aio if and only if way of saying h P o - l ~ - ( p ~ - P ) l (EPLpVl(po-p). ( Hu )- I / ( P ; - ' ) = ( H P o - l W - ( P o - P ) / ( P - I ) ) - l W A . Thus given a nonnegative function g in L',/(po-P), we put g = hpo-lW-Ppp,-p)/(p-l) with h in L$P'/PO', obtain the corresponding function H from Proposition 7.4 and then define G = HPo-1 w-(Po-P)/(P-I).
We are now ready to prove the extrapolation theorem alluded to at the beginning of this section.
Theorem 7.6 (Rubio de Francia). Assume T is a sublinear operator which verifies the following property: there is a p o , 1 s po < 00, such that for every w E Am, d p ( x ) = w ( x ) dx,
IIrfllL2
cllfII~2,
(7.11)
where c is independent off and independent in Am. Then for every p with 1 < p < 00, and every w in Ap, T also satisfies the inequality
II
m.::
CllfII.:,
(7.12)
where c is independent o f f and independent in Ap. h f . We consider two cases; first suppose 1 s po < p , and let w E Ap and
f~ L',. As is readily seen
where the sup is taken over nonnegative g in L',"po" with IlgllLF'po"S 1. Fix such a function g and assign to it the function G 5 g of Proposition 7.4. Then by (7.11) and the properties of G given in that proposition we see that the integrals in (7.13) involving g are dominated by
where the constant c is independent of g and independent in Ap. Thus (7.12) holds and the discussion of this case is complete. Next suppose that
8. Notes; Further Results and Problems
247
1 < p < po and again let w E Ap and f E L:. Put g ( x ) = IlfI14Polf(x)lPo-P where f ( x ) # 0, and g ( x ) = 0 otherwise. Now note that
I
If(x)l”og(x)-’ d P ( X ) = llfll2;
(7.14)
{f+-O)
= 1. We are then in a position to invoke Proposition 7.5 and Ilg(lL;/(po-p) and obtain a function G 2 g with the properties given there. Observe that
where the constant c is independent in Ap.
8. NOTES; FURTHER RESULTS AND PROBLEMS
As expected, weighted inequalities are important in considering weighted mean convergence of orthogonal series, since the error terms can almost always be majorized by some version of the Hardy-Littlewood maximal function. In this context see Rosenblum [ 19621 and Muckenhoupt [ 19721. They are also important in the pointwise convergence of Fourier series as well: let s * ( f ;x ) = sup,Js,,(f; x)l, then Ils*(f)llL;S cllfllL;, 1 < p < 00, provided w E Ap (cf. Hunt and Young [1974]). Ap weights and their basic properties have been studied extensively; for instance, Feff erman and Muckenhoupt [ 19741 showed there are doubling measures which are not Ap weights for any p 3 1, and Stromberg [1979b] constructed examples to show that aside from the obvious implications, conditions such as doubling and reverse Holder as well as others we discuss in this section are independent of each other. The proof of Muckenhoupt’s Theorem 4.1 we present here is essentially due to Sawyer [19821 and Jawerth [ 19841 and it does not rely on the (difficult) implication “Ap implies Ap--.” as did the original proof. Sawyer’s idea is somehow related to the notion of Carleson measure which will be discussed in Chapter XV. The reader will note, however, that once the elements for the proof are set up, it very much looks like a Calder6n-Zygmund decomposition argument, especially relation (4.1). In fact Christ and R. Fefferman [1983] have shown that this is precisely the
ZX. Ap Weights
248
case; we prefer to give the more abstract proof since it applies to the very general context considered by Jawerth. The proof of the Jones Ap decomposition theorem given here is due to Rubio de Francia [1984]and that of Rubio de Francia’s extrapolation theorem is due to Garcia-Cuerva [1983].
Further Results and Problems
8.1 Suppose a nonnegative Borel measure p is doubling. Show that (R”
‘p(y) =
Let p be a regular, nonnegative Borel measure and let f~ L,(R”). Show that for some constant c, independent o f f , and A > 0, A p ( { M J > A}) S ~ j { ~ ~ , ~ J fd(p y( y)) I. (Hint: For a fixed A let 0 = { M J > A} and put f = fxo + f ~ ~ n = , ~f1+ f 2 , say. If we can show that 6 E { MJ1 > A}, then by Theorem 1.1 we are done; but this is easy since to each x in 6 there corresponds an open cube Z containing x such that (l/p(Z))j I l f ( y ) I d p ( y ) > A, which in turn implies that inf, M J > A and f = fl on I.) 8.3 The proof of Theorem 1.1 relied on a careful selection procedure of cubes out of an arbitrary family; results of this type are known as “covering lemmas.” That proof may also be obtained by making use of the following covering lemma, due to Wiener: Let E be a Borel measurable subset of R ” which is covered by the union of a family of open cubes {I,} of bounded sidelength; then from this family we can select a disjoint subsequence { r j } so that p ( E ) d c C p ( r j ) , where c is a constant that depends only on the doubling constant of p. Prove this lemma. (Hint: Choose I1essentially as large as possible, i.e., sidelength ZI2 i sup,(sidelength I,), discard any cube which intersects Zl,and so on.) 8.4 Maximal results, in turn, imply covering results; the following is an example: Assume that for a nonnegative, Borel measure p and some 1 < p < co the mappingf+ MJverifies IIMJllL: s cllfllL;, c independent o f f ; then given any finite collection of open cubes {Z,} it is possible to select a sequence { r j } so that (i) Z,) S c,p(U Zi) (that is the Zi’s cover Z,) and (ii) jR.(C x1,(y))”’d p ( y ) S c 2 p ( u r j ) (that is a good portion of the overlap of the Is’s is small when measured in L$( R ” )norm, l/p + l/p‘ = 1);the constants c l , c, depend only on the norm of the maximal operator and on p. (Hint: Since the Is’sare finitely many they may be ordered and we choose the first cube as I ] . For 1, we choose the first I, among the , n Zl)S $p( Z,). For Z3we choose the first I , remaining cubes so that p ( I among the cubes listed after Z2 so that p(Zp n (IIu I,)) S ip(Z,) and so on. Note that if an Z , was not selected then we have p(Z, n 4)) > ?p(Z,) 8.2
u
p(u
(u
8. Notes; Further Results and Problems
249
consequently p(uI s ) S p ( { M p ( x u I j> ) $1)c C ~ ~ I ) X U I ~=I I L ; c , p ( u $ ) and (i) holds. Next observe that if Ek = I k \ U j < k l j , then E L(&) 3
and
&.&(Ik).
We define now a linear operator T: L;(R") + LP,(R")as follows:
Clearly I Tf(x)l e M d ( x ) .Moreover, the adjoint T* :L$( R " ) + L$( R " ) can be explicitly written as
and consequently
and by taking p' norms we get (ii). this technique of proof is known as "linearization" and since at no point did we use the fact that the Is's were cubes the reader is invited to state and prove a general result in this direction. The substitute result for the case when the maximal operator is of weak-type ( 1 , l ) should also be considered. The proof above is from C6rdoba's work [ 19761 and the weak-type result was done independently by C6rdoba [ 19761 and Hayes [1976].) 8.5 Under very general conditions Corollary 1.3 admits the following converse (we only discuss the unweighted version here): a collection B = {B} of open, bounded subsets of R" is said to be a translation invariant Buseman-Feller, or B-F, basis if for each x in R" there is a subfamily B ( x ) of B such that (i) if B E B ( x ) , then x E B, (ii) each B ( x ) contains sets of arbitrarily small diameter; (iii) B ( x ) = x + B(0). Suppose that B differentiates L ( R " ) , that, is limlBI+o, B,sacx,(l/lBI) j B f ( y )dy = f ( x ) a.e.; then the mapping . f ( x ) M a f ( x ) = supBGB(x)(l/lBI)I B l f ( y ) l dy is Of weak-type ( 1 , l ) . (Hint: Suppose not and proceed exactly as in Chapter IV; the result is from de GuzmLn and Welland [1971].) 8.6 Although Ap is both necessary and sufficient for the ( p , p ) type and weak-type of the maximal operator, the same is not true for the restricted d p ( x ) S c p ( E ) ,all A > 0 and measurweak-type: the inequality A P able subsets E c R", is equivalent to the existence of a positive constant K such that for all cubes I and Lebesgue measurable E E I, lEl/lIl c K ( p ( E ) / p ( I ) ) ' / " (Hint: . Since M x E ( x )2 ( ~ E ~ / ~ I ~the ) ~condition ,(x) is necessary. Conversely, we readily see that M x E ( x ) K ( M d E ( x ) ) ' / P and that p is doubling. The result is Kerman's and the proof appears in Kerman and Torchinsky [ 19821.)
I{MxE,A)
IX. Ap Weights
250 8.7
For a nonnegative, locally integrable function w and an open cube = (tlf2)1/2 where tl = sup{t > O:I{x E I : w ( x ) s t}l s 1Z1/2} and tz = inf{t > 0: I{x E I : w ( x ) > t}l s lIl/2}. Show that for any real num. ber a we have m,a(Z) = (mw(Z))"and ( w " ) a~$ ( m w ( Z ) ) aFurthermore, we say that w satisfies condition A if w1 S cmw(Z),for a constant c independent of I. It is clear that, if 0 < a d 1 and w satisfies condition A, then ( w a ) , (m,( I ) ) a ,all I. Moreover, Apweights have the following interpretation in terms of the condition A : w E Ap if and only if w and w - ' / ( ~ - ' ) both satisfy condition A , 1 < p < 00. (Hint: One direction of the last statement is trivial since (m,( Z))-l/(p-l) = mW-m-1)(J). The other follows from the inequalities W r 2 imw(I ) = $(r n , - m - l ) ( and ( W - l ' ( p - l ) ) r 2 $ ( m w ( I ) ) - l / ( p - lThese ). results and those in the next remark are due to Stromberg and appear in Stromberg and Torchinsky [19801; they should be compared with Proposition 6.3.) 8.8 Let 1 < p , r < 00; then w E Ap n R H , if and only if w r and W - I ' ( ~ - ' ) satisfy condition A. (The statement is equivalent to w" satisfies condition A for all - l / ( p - 1) d a < r.) 8.9 Assume that a nonnegative function w verifies l{y E I ; w ( y ) < W r / A k } l s cvklIl,all I, where c is independent of Z and 0 < 7 < 1 < A < 00. Show that there is a p > 1 such that w E Ap. (Hint: Note that
Z put m , ( I )
-
and choose p so large that 7A1'(p-1) < 1.) We say that w verifies Muckenhoupt's A , condition, and write w E A,, if to each 0 < E < 1 there corresponds 0 < S < 1 so that for measur) IEl < 8111. By Proposiable subsets E of I we have p ( E ) < & p ( I whenever tion 4.5(iii) each A, weight is an A, weight. Show that the converse is also true: if w E A , there is 1 < p < 00 so that w E Ap. (Hint: It suffices to show that for appropriate A and 7 the assumptions of 8.9 hold; A = 8 and 7 = (1 - d / 2 ) , where d is the 6 corresponding to E = $ will do in the one dimensional case, the n dimensional case requires minor adjustments. To see this fix Z and k, let E = {x E I : w ( x ) < ~ 1 / 8 ~and } , observe that p ( E ) < P(I)/< ~~ p ( 1 ) / 2 implies [El < (1 - d)lIl. Now since almost every x E E is a Lebesgue point of xE and Lebesgue measure is regular we may assume 8.10
8. Notes; Further Results and Problems
251
that E is compact and each point of E is a Lebesgue point of ,yE. To each x in E we may assign an open interval I, centered at x such that 11, n Z n El = (1 - d ) ( I , n ZI (this is possible since for I, large I, contains I and IEl < (1 - d)lIl and for I, small I, c I and 11, n . E ~ / ~+ I , l), ~ I, G cZ, c independent of x and I. Let S = UxGE I,, since E is compact we may assume that S is finite and choose I , as an I, in S of largest length. Then after 11,. . . ,I k have been chosen let s k be the family of the remaining 1,’s so that x fZ 4 and let I k + l be a largest interval in s k . Observe that each y in 4 belongs to, at most, two of the 4 ’ s and put El = Uj(4n I) E Z. Then ~ ( ~ 61 Cj1 d d y ) G 2 C j J E n i j n i d p ( y ) (since IE n IJ n 1 = implies p ( 4 n I ) 6 2 p ( n (I - d)l4 n 1 ~ 4 n I ) ) s 4jEuijuid p ( y ) (since each y belongs to at most two of the 4 ’ s ) “41, d p ( y ) s 4 ~ ( I ) / 8 ~ . How about the Lebesgue measure of El? Well,
u
uj”=l
IIjnr
’
or lE.11,31El/~. Now, if k 3 2, it is possible to start with p ( E , ) < P ( E ) / ~ ~ - ’ and repeat the above argument with E replaced by El. This gives E2 c I, p(E2) 6 and lE21 > IE1/q2; repeating the process k times we are done. This result is Muckenhoupt’s [1974] and insures that P A , = Uisp<mAp.) 8.11 We say that a nonnegative, doubling, Bore1 measure p is comparable to a (similar) measure v if there exist constants E, 6 E ( 0 , l ) such that whenever E is a measurable subset of a cube I, v ( E ) / v ( I )< S implies p ( E ) / p ( I )< E. The following four conditions are equivalent: (i) v ( E ) / v ( I )s c ( p ( E ) / p ( I ) ) ”for all E c I, with c and 7) > 0 independent of E and I, (ii) v is comparable to p, (iii) p is comparable to v, (iv) d v ( x ) = w ( x ) d p ( x ) where w E R H l + ” ( d p ) i.e., ,
for every cube I. Moreover, comparability is an equivalence relation. (The proof uses ideas similar to the ones discussed in this chapter, (iii) implies (iv) is the hardest implication. This observation is from CoifmanFefferman’s work [ 19741.) 8.12 A nonnegative weight w E A, if and only if
IX. A, Weights
252
I,
( ~ i n t : Since limp+m((l/lIl) w(x)-'/(p-')dx)p-' = e(('/lZl)J, In('/w(x)) h) the assertion here is that A, is obtained as the limiting A, condition, as p -* 00, much like A, is obtained as the limiting condition as p + 1. The proof is computational, and the necessity follows at once from 8.11 and Jensen's inequality. As for the sufficiency, let A denote the sup over I of the expression in question, A < 00. Then for each interval I and disjoint subsets of positive measure E, F of I, E u F = I, we have In A 2 In( w , ) ( I E l / l W n W ) E - (IFI/lIl)(ln W ) F , where (In W ) E = (1/lEl) In w ( x ) dx, and similarly for (In w ) ~Since . by Jensen's inequality (In w ) S~In( w E )we also have that
JE
Putting t = IFl/lIl and T = p ( F ) / p ( I ) we finally get 1nA 2 (1 - t ) ln((1 - t)/(l - 7))+ t ln(t/T); elementary considerations obtain now that for a constant c, which depends only on A, T S 1 - e-'/('-'o) = T~ < 1 provided that t < to, in other words w E A,. The proof is from HruSEev's paper [ 19841.) 8.13 There is yet another way of writing the A, condition, namely, the S, condition
Jz
M(Xrw'-P')(X)PW(X)dx s c
J,
w(x)'-"' dx,
all
I,
with c independent of I. (Hint: It is not hard to see that S, implies A,. Conversely, if w E S, and x E I c Io, then by A, we readily see that
=S CM,( X I o w-') (x)"".
Since for each f with s u p p f r I. and x in I. we have M f ( x ) = s ~ P ~ ~ ~ = ~j J~f(( ~ )/dlI ~I itI, follows ) M(XroW'-P')(X)P c ~ , ( x ~ , , ~ - ' ) ( x ) ~ ' , and S, follows from Corollary 1.2. This proof is due to Hunt and Kurtz and Neugebauer [1983]; an indirect proof follows from 8.14.) Assume that 1 < p S 8.14 (Sawyer's Two Weight Maximal Theorem) q < 00, and that u, w are nonnegative, locally integrable functions in R". Then the following two conditions are equivalent: (i) ((,. M f ( x ) % ( x ) dx)'/¶d C ( ~ , . ~ ~ ( X ) ~ ~ dx)'IP, U ( X ) with c independent of J: (ii) I, M ( ~ r u ' - P ' ) ( ~ dx ) 4s ~ ( ~ ) U(X)'-"' d x ) ¶ I P < 00, all I, with c independent of I.
.(Iz
8. Notes; Further Results and Problems
253
The proof of this interesting result is due to Sawyer [19821, and it follows along the lines of Theorem 4.1. An identical result holds for M replaced by the maximal function M,,of fractional order introduced in Chapter VI. 8.15 With the same notation and assumptions as in 7.14 of Chapter 111, 7.29 of Chapter IV, and 6.17 of chapter VIII, prove the following: For every real sequence {ik}, -1 < rk < 1, with r; < a,the infinite product (1 + rkfk(nkX)) converges for almost every x to a function w(x) in A, for 1 < p c 00. Moreover, w E Lp(T), p < co as well. (Hint: the convergence of the product is equivalent to that of the sum s(x) = CT='=,rkfk(ng); also for some constant c, Iln w(x) - s(x)l< c. The convergence of s(x) follows by classical arguments. Observe now that for some constants cl, c2 > 0, cles(x)c w(x) < c2es(x).This result is from Meyer's work [1979].) 8.16 Under the hypothesis of 8.15 and if p*(x) = SUPN,O~N(X), pN(x) = n;="=,l+ rkfk(ng)), denotes the maximal Riesz product, then p* E A,. (Hint: First, there is a constant c > 0 so that (1/27r) JTp*(x)dx s c whenever CT=, r i c E 2 (this follows since pN(x) S cesN@)and s* E BMO). Let I c T, if II( > 27r/n0 the estimate holds trivially sincep*(x) 5 1 - ro > 0 and (l/lIl) J r p * ( x )dx s (no/2r) JTp*(x) dx. Suppose next that 27r/nN+, < 111 < 2 r / n N and let x = center of I; then there exists a constant c > 0 such that p j ( t ) c cpj(x), pj(x) c c p j ( t ) , whenever 0 c j S N and t E I. The constant c only depends on 1 r;. To see this we majorize Ilnpj(t) - lnpj(x)l by
n:='=,
i
Iln(1 + rkfk(nkt)- ln(1 + rkfk(n&)l k=O
i
d c
xlrklnzlx - fl
d c.
k=O
put Yk(t) = (1 + rN+lfN+l(nN+lf)+ * ' * + (1 + rN+kfN+k(nN+kt)) and note that p * ( t ) = sup(pl(t), * * ,PN(f), PN(f)Yl(f),. . . PN(t)Yk(f), ' * ') suP(pl(x), * . PN(X), PN(X)Yl(f), . . * , PN(X)'&(t), .) c sup(a, by*( t ) ) , where y*( t ) = SUpkal yk( t ) . Similarly, p*( t ) 3 c1 sup(a, by*( t ) ) 3 c,a. We will be finished once we show that (l/lIl) I, y * ( t ) dt < c, but this is not hard. The result is Meyer's.) 8.17 Assume w is a nonnegative function defined in a cube I. which verifies
-
-
9
3
( jzi
~ ( x ) dx)" "
c c1
-
ijz
W(X)dx
for all subcubes I c I,, some p > 1 and some constant c, independent of I. Show that there is 7 > 0 so that also
IX. A, Weights
254
for p S r < p + q, all I c I, and c2 = c,,,,, but independent of I. (Suppose I = [0,1], w ( x ) , d x = 1 and put EA = { x E I : w ( x ) > A}; the inequality follows at once from the estimate
I,
IEA
w ( x ) " dx d cAP-'
I,
w(x)dx,
A 3 1,
which in turn follows from an argument not unlike that of Theorem 3.5. This result, important both in applications and motivation, is due to Gehring [19731.) 8.18 For a locally integrable function 4 put p ( 4 ) = {infp: e b and e - @ belong to A,}. Note that p ( 4 ) can equal 00; also Holder's inequality . that p ( 4 ) = 00 and shows that ed E Ap whenever p > ~ ( 4 ) Suppose E BMO and p ( 4 ) - 1 = E ( + ) , where E ( + ) = show that inf{s > 0: supr(l/lIl)l{x E I : I+(x) > A}( =s e-"lE} whenever A > A. = AO(&, 4). (Hint: We must have p ( 4 ) =s2 (if p ( 4 ) > 2, then also e f b E A2, and this cannot be); then the A, estimates for e+' yield that
+
which in turn implies ~ ( 4=s ) p ( 4 ) - 1 since q ( 4 )= I/&(+). Conversely, for p - 1 > E ( + ) , again by the fact that q ( 4 )= l/&(+), we have that
and when p - 1 < 1, Holder's inequality shows that both eb and e-' The result is from Garnett-Jones [1978].) 8.19 Verify the following statements.
E A,.
(i) ( w , u ) E Ap if and only if (u'-~',w'-,') A,., 1 < p < 00. (ii) if (w, U ) E A,, O < S < 1 and ( q - l ) / ( p - 1) = S, then ( d ,u s ) E Aq. (iii) If (w, u ) E A,, 0 < S < 1, and d p s ( x ) = w s ( x )dx, d v 6 ( x ) = d ( x ) dx,then IIMfllL;, d ~ l l f l cl = ~ ~C6.p. (Hint: Since ( w ' , u s ) E A, and p > S ( p - 1) + 1 = q, we get that ({Mf > A}) s cllfll t:, and (iii) follows by the Marcinkiewin interpolation theorem. These observations and the next three res-ults are from Neugebauer's work [19831.) 8.20 Assume that
IlM-fIlL:
and IIMfllL!;-p. s CllfllLP;,-p,; then there are nonnegative functions w l , w2 such that w ( x ) l / p M w l ( x ) c l u ( x ) ' / p w l ( x )an ; identical inequality holdsfor w2, and W ( X ) ' / ~ U ( X )=' ~ ~ ' W ~ ( X ) W ~ ( X ) (Hint: ~ - ~ . Cf. Theorem 5.5 and consider T f x ) = w ( x ) ' / p M ( l f l u - ' / p ) ( x ) + u ( x ) ~ " p s M ( ~ f l w ' ~ p s ) (where x ) ' ~ ss = p / p ' . )
ClIflL:
255
8. Notes; Further Results and Problems
Let (w, u ) E Ap and 0 < 6 < 1. Then there exists a nonnegative function u = ug such that clw'(x) c u ( x ) s C ~ U ( X ) ~and u E Ap. (Hint: Choose 0 < E, 7) < 1, 6 = ET. From 8.19 (iii) we know that
8.21
~ v where ~ Mwj ~ ~ s c ~' ~ ( u / w ) j" = ' ~1, , 2. Note Thus, by 8.20, ~ ~ /= w,w;-" that uE = wl(u / W ) ' / ~ W ; - ~3 C M W , ( M W ~ )3' - cwI ~ w:-"( u/ w ) ~ ( ~ -=~ C) W' €~ and thus clws c (MW,)"(MW,)""-~'S c2us. Put now u= (Mw,)yMw2)""-p'. 1 8.22 Let ( w , u ) be a pair of nonnegative functions, then there exists u E A, with c1w ( x ) C u ( x )C c2u(x),if and only ifthere is T > 1such that (w', uT) E Ap.(Hint: Since u, u'-~'satisfy a reverse Holder inequality, there is T > 1 such that u' E A, and ( w T ,uT) E Ap. As for the converse, use 8.21 with 6 = l/T.) 8.23 Suppose that w is a nonnegative function and show that ( w , M w ) E Ap, 1 < p < 00. In particular M f ( x ) " w ( x )dx c c I R n l f ( x ) I p M w ( xdx ) in the same range of p's. (Hint: The proof is reminiscent of Proposition 7.2 (ii). If wI = 0 there is nothing to show. Otherwise, note that inf,Mw 5 w I ; thus ( w , M w ) E Ap with Ap constant 1. Consequently, if u ( x ) = M w ( x ) ,the maximal operator maps L: into wk-LP,for 1 < p < 00 and by interpolation also into Lc for the same p's. The result concerning the integral inequality was originally proved by Fefferman and Stein [1971].) 8.24 Given a nonnegative function w and 1 < p < 00, the following conditions are equivalent.
I,.
I,.
(i) There is a nonnegative, finite a.e. function u such that M f ( x ) " w ( x )dx S c J,nlf(x)l"v(x) dx, c independent of J: (ii) J,n w ( x ) / ( l + 1 ~ 1 dx~ <) 00. ~
(Hint: (i) implies (ii) follows by considering f = xA, measurable A. (ii) implies (i) requires a bit of work; by replacing w by max(1, w ) if necessary, we may assume that w 2 1. Let now u ( x ) = (1 + l ~ l " ) ' - ~note , that M ( u w ) ( x )< 00 a.e., and put u ( x ) = M ( u w ) ( x ) / w ( ~ )d~v (, x ) = v ( x ) dx. For k = 0, 1,. . . ,letfk(x) = f ( x ) ~ ( ~ k ~ l ~ l < then ~ k +by~ 8.23 ~ ( xit) follows ; that c
"
IX. Ap Weights
256
For 1x1 2 2k+Z,we have
where the last term can be estimated and summed. The above proof is from Young's paper [ 19821 and the result was obtained independently by Gatto and Gutierrez [1983]. The result followed this observation of Rubio de Francia [ 19811: given a nonnegative function u and 1 < p < 00 the following conditions are equivalent. (i) There is a nonnegative, finite a.e. function w such that
I,. M f ( x ) " w ( x )dx d c ~ R n l f ( x ) l p u (dx,x ) c independent of J: (ii) U ( X ) - ~ ' ( ~ - ' ) is locally integrable and lim S U P ~ + ~ I Qx~ I - ~ ' I, u( x) dx < co, where QR = {x E R": maxlSjSn lxjl 9 R}.) -l/(p-')
We say that a locally integrable function b has bounded lower oscillation, and we write b E BLO, if b, - inf, b s c, all I, where c is independent of I; BLO c BMO. Then b E BLO if and only if eqb E Al for some 7 > 0. (Hint: If eqb E A,, then ( e q b ) ,S c inf, eqb and the conclusion follows by Jensen's inequality. To prove the converse, note that the JohnNirenberg inequality gives ( e q b ) ,s c d q b ) 1 ,for 7 sufficiently small, and the conclusion follows easily from this. This means, in particular, that each b in BLO may be written as 7 l n f + h, where f s 0 is integrable and h is bounded. These results are Coifman and Rochberg's [19801.) 8.27 Theorem 7.6 has a weak-type version. More precisely, if T is a sublinear operator which verifies the following property; there is 1 S po < co, such that for every w E Ah, d p ( x ) = w ( x ) dx, and A > 0, A P o p ( { (TA > A}) s c llfll FLo, where c is independent off and independent in A,; then for every p with 1 < p < 00 and every w E Ap, T also verifies App({ITA> A}) d cllfll;;:, where c is independent o f f and independent in Ap. (Hint: In the first place if po < p , then for A > 0, 8.26
APOP({ITA > A } ) d P= APollX{,TJl>A)llL,/Po =
JR"
x{ITfl>A)(x)g(x) w ( x ) dx,
for some g 3 0 with IlglJLJp/po)s = 1. Associate with g a function G as in Proposition 7.4 and apply the weak-type assumption. If, on the other hand, 1 < p < p o , use Proposition 7.5 instead. The result is Garcia-Cuerva's [ 19831.)
257
8. Notes; Further Results and Problems 8.28
w
E
A nonnegative function w is said to satisfy the AP,¶condition, or AP,¶,if
where c is independent of I. The infimum over the c's above is called the AP,¶constant of w and a statement is said to be independent in AP,¶if it only depends on the Ap,4constant of the weights involved. Show that, if T is a sublinear operator which verifies
for some pair ( p o , qo), 1 < po s qo < 00, and all w E Ah,%, where c is independent in Apo,40, then it also satisfies the same inequality for any other pair ( p , q), 1 < p s q < 00 with l / p - l / q = l/po - l/qo for every w E AP,¶ with norm independent in AP,¶.(The proof, which is similar to that of Theorem 7.6, is in Harboure-Macias-Segovia [ 1984b1). 8.29 Let Mf,(x)
1
= sup -{)f(Y)l I
lIIl-7
dY,
where 0 < 77 < 1,
and the sup is taken over all open cubes I containing x. Then, if 0 < l / q = l / p - 77 < 00 and w E AP,¶,there exists a constant c, independent off and independent in AP,¶,such that
(I,"
M,f(x)'w(x)¶dx)liq
l/P
-
c( j R " I f ~ X ~ l P W ~ X ~ ~ d X )
Is the converse true? (Hint: The proof follows by a combination of the ideas discussed in this chapter; as an illustration we do the (easier) weak-type result. Assume that ~ , n l f ( x ) l p w ( x ) p d=x1 and note that by Holder's inequality and AP,¶we get that
the weak-type estimate follows without much difficulty from this. (Cf. the remarks in 8.14).)
258
IX. Ap Weights
8.30 For 0 < l / q = l / p - (Y < 1 the condition Ap,q is necessary and sufficient for the mapping
to verify
(cf. Muckenhoupt-Wheeden [19741). Welland [19751 observed that one may prove this inequality by using Theorem 2.4 in Chapter VI and 8.29. Results similar to 8.24 in this context have been established by Rubio de Francia [ 19811 and Harboure-Macias-Segovia [ 1984al.) 8.31 Liifstrom [1983] has shown there exist no nontrivial translation invariant operators on LP,(R”),if d p ( x ) = w ( x ) dx and w belongs to a class of rapidly varying weight functions, including for instance w ( x ) = e*lxla, (Y
> 1.
CHAPTER
More about R"
1. DISTRIBUTIONS. FOURIER TRANSFORMS
As we saw in Chapter IX the transition from periodic functions to those defined in R" may be accomplished smoothly. In this chapter we sketch some of the basic properties of distributions, functions, and operators in Euclidean n-dimensional space which will be useful in what follows. Some of the results are straightforward extensions of the corresponding statements in T and some are not; we will be brief in all cases, though. For instance, the Calder6n-Zygmund decomposition is available at all levels now (given A > 0, partition R" into a countable grid of cubes I with 111 > r, where l l f l l r < A, and observe that the "old" Calder6n-Zygmund process at level A applies on each cube I since < A ) and the Riesz potential operators ) L ~ ( R "for ) IJ(X) = JRnf(y)/lx- yl"-" dy, o < a < n, map L ~ ( R "into l / q = l / p - a / n (same proof as for periodic case). On the other hand, other results require some adjustment. For instance, to discuss the notion of distribution we introduce the Schwartz class Y'(R") as follows. Given an n-tuple of nonnegative integers a = ( a 1 ,. . . , a,) with length la1 = a , + . - * + a , , and x = (x,,..., xn) in R", we put x a = x;ll - x z m and define the differential operator D" = d"l/dx;ll * . ax>. The space Y ' ( R n ) consists of those C"(R") functions +(x) (i.e., all partial derivatives D " ~ ( xexist ) and are continuous) such that
InI
-
SUPlXP~"4(X)l= c , , p ( 4 ) < 03
(1.1)
X
for all multi-indices a, p. Y ( R " )contains the space C:(R") consisting of those C" functions with compact support, but e-IXl2 E Y(R")\CF(R").We say that a sequence {&} c Y ( R " ) converges to 0 in 9,and we write limk,, & = O(Y)if lirnk+" ca,P(&) = 0 for all multi-indices a, p. A linear 259
X . More about R"
260
operation T is said to be continuous in Y provided that limk+coT(&) = o(9) whenever limk+oo& = o(9). The reader may verify that all usual operations, such as addition, multiplication by a polynomial, and diff erentiation are continuous in 9. An essential operation which we hope to show to, be continuous in Y is the Fourier transformation. The Fourier transform f of an integrable function f is defined by the absolutely convergent integral r
f(t)= J R" f(x)e-"'&dx,
5 E R",
where x * 5 denotes the usual scalar prodyt x l & + * * * + xn&. Somz proper( ~0,) ~ ties of the Fourier transform, such as llfllm s Ilflll and l i m ~ + o o ~ f = are readily verified. Since, by the Lebe;gue dominated co_nvergenceth%orem, and t"f(6) = it follows that for f in Y ( R " ) ,O a f ( [ )= (-i)l"'(x"f) (t), (i)'"'(O"f)A(t), we also see at on2e that the Fourier transformation is continuous in 9.Moreover, since f E LJR") for f in 9,we consider the possibility of expressing f in terms o f f by means of a Fourier inversion formula. In the process of establishing this fomAulawe need to have at hand a specific integrable function 4 so that 4 is also integrable. We construct an example as follows: if n = 1 we put 4(x) = e-lxl and observe that
and
As for arbitrary n note that the Fourier transform of ~ ( x = ) +(xl) * is S ( t ) = 2"/(1+ 6:) * * (1 + 5;) and
*
- 4(x,)
r
(1.5)
We are now in a position to show Proposition 1.1. Suppose f
holds.
E
Y ( R " ) .Then the Fourier inversion formula
26 1
1. Distributions. Fourier Transforms
Proof. For 71 as above, and since all double integrals involved are absolutely convergent, it readily follows that
"
=
Thus,Aby replacing T(E*)
(y) =
R"
(1.7)
f ( x + y ) ; i ( v ) dv.
~ ( by t )T ( E ~ ) ,E > 0,
E-"~(Y/E),
J
J
in (1.7) and observing that from (1.7) it follows at once that
T ( E t ) ~ t ) e i pd*t R"
=
J
R"
f ( x + E y ) ~ ( ydu. )
(1.8)
We now let E + 0 in (1.8) and by the Lebesgue dominated convergence theorem we get
and the proof is complete.
Remark 1.2. A simple variant of t,he proof above shows that, properly interpreted, (1.6) still holds true iff is merely integrable.
+ ( x ) $ ( x ) dx
(4 *
i,hm i ( t > 4 < S ) =
=
(27r)-"
and (4i,hT(t)= (2+"(C$
* i)(S>.
Proof. The immediate verification of these properties is left to the reader. Next we consider tempered distributions.
X . More about R"
262
Definition 1.4. A linear functional F on Y ( R " )is said to be continuous if limk+mF ( + k ) = 0 whenever limk+m4 k = O ( 9 ) . The collection of all continuous linear functionals on Y(R") is called the space Y'(R") of tempered distributions.
As usual L P ( R " c ) Y ' ( R " ) ,1 s p C 00, and the action of the functional f corresponding to the function f in L P ( R " )is given by the absolutely convergent integral f(4)= I , . f ( x ) + ( x ) dx, 4 E Y ( R " ) . Finite Bore1 measures p, as well as functions of tempered growth, i.e., those functions f such that f ( x ) = 0((1 + 1 ~ 1 ) ~ for ) some integer k also generate distributions in the obvious way. Tempered distributions F are also infinitely differentiable in Y",and D"F is defined by D"F(4) = (-l)'"'F(Da4), all 4 in Y ( R " ) Clearly, . differentiation is continuous in Y ' ( R " )(we say that Fk-f O ( Y ) if Fk(4) 0 for each 4 in Y ( R " ) ,differentiation preserves this property). As in Chapter I, we may prove -f
Proposition 1.5. A linear functional L on Y ( R " )is a tempered distribution if and only if there exist a constant c > 0 and integers k, m,which depend only on L, such that IL(4)I C CC,,~c",~(+), /a[ k, IPI m. We also have (cf. Theorem 4.12 in Chapter I) Proposition 1.6. A tempered distribution F is supported at xo E R" if and only if F is a linear combination of the Dirac 6 concentrated at x,, i.e., the distribution 6 ( 4 )= 4(x,,) and a finite number of its derivatives. As -for the Fourier transformation we have Definition 1.7. A tempered distribution F !as a well-defined distributiona! Fourier transform # given by fi(4)= F ( + ) , a! 4 in Y ( R " ) .Moreover, F verifies the following inversion formula: if 4(x) = 4(-x) and F ( 4 ) = 2 F(I$), then F = (2.rr)"fi We also have the following important property Proposition 1.8. Suppose f E L2(R").Then the (distritutional) Fourier transfomf off coincides with an L2(R")function and llfll2 = (2.rr)"/'llfll2. Furthermore, Proposition 1.3 holds for 4, in L2.
+
Proof. By the Detnition 1.7,*HOlder's inequality and Proposition 1.3 y e have If(+)I = It<+>I I I ~ I I ~ I I = ~ I( I2~ . r r ) n / 2 ~ ~ f ~ ~all2 ~4~in4 ~9~. n2 ,u s f E L2(R")_and IIfll2 (2.rr)n'211f((2.Also replacing f by f we see that (2.rr)"llfllz = (2.rr)"llfllz = llZll2 (2.rr)n~211Z112 (2.rr)"llfll2, and the proof is complete. W
2. Translation Invariant Operators. Multipliers
263
Corollary 1.9. Assume f E L P ( R " ) , 1 < p < 2. Then the Fourier t r a y form f of f is in L p ' ( R " ) , l / p + l / p ' = 1, it is given by f = 1imN+? ~lxl,Nf(x) e-&'*dx, where the limit is taken in the LP'(R")norm and Ilfll,, s Ilfl ,. Proposition 1.10. Suppose that the distribution F has compact support. Then ~ ( 5 =) F(e-"'*) is a c"(R") function. Definition 1.11. For F E Y ' ( R " ) , 4 E Y ( R " ) we define the convolution F * 4 at x as the C"(R") function F ( T , ~ )where , T, denotes translation by x in R". By Proposition 1.5, F * 4(x) has tempered growth and its Fourier transform is the distribution $, where the product is understood in 9".A similar definition holds for the convolution of distributions, one of which has compact support. 2. TRANSLATION INVARIANT OPERATORS. MULTIPLIERS A bounded linear operator T from L P ( R " )into L 4 ( R " ) is said to be TTT~ for all x in R". Unlike for the periodic translation invariant if T ~ = case, such operators do not always exist. Proposition 2.1 (Hormander). If T is a bounded, translation invariant operator from L p ( R " )into L 4 ( R " )and q < p < CO, then T = 0. Proof. First note that limlxl+&+ ~ X f l l ,= 21/pIlfllp;the proof of this is not hard once we write f = u + v, where u is compactly supported and llull, is small, and observe that for 1x1 sufficiently large the support of u and that of T,U are disjoint. We show next that the smallest constant c for which 11 TfII, < cllfll, is 0. By the linearity and translation invariance of T we get IITf+ ~,Tf11~ = IIT(f+ ~ ~ f lC 1 c1l ~ l f + ~ , f l l , , and consequently, letting 1x1 + co it follows that 11 Tfll,s 21/p-1/q cllfll,, where the factor 21/p-1'q< 1. By repeating this argument we see that indeed the smallest such constant is 0 and the proof is complete. W
Next we would like to discuss the relation between translation invariant and convolution operators; this requires the following result, which is a variant of the well-known Sobolev lemma. Proposition 2.2. Suppose f E L P ( R " ) 1, s p s CO, and f has distributional derivatives of order S n + 1 which coincide with LP(R")functions. Then f equals a continuous function a.e. and there is a constant c = c,,,, independent off and x such that If(x)l s c Clal,n+lllDafllp, x E R".
X . More about R"
264
Proof. First, note that for 6 in R", (1 + I6l)"+' s c &+n+ll[UI for some constant c independent of 6. Suppose first that p = 1 and observe that
c I(~"f)A(5)1 + /&'""' c 11
Ij.cs>l sz 4 1 + 161)-'"+1'
Irrl<"+l
s c( 1
D"flll.
(2.1)
IcrlS"+l
Since the right-hand side of (2.1) is an integrable function, llfll, < 00. Consequently, by Remark 1.2 f(x) = ( 2 9 ~ J,n~ "f ( t ) e i x . *dt, x a.e. in R", and f may be modified on a set of measure 0 so as to coincide with a continuous function in R", and the conclusion follows in this case. Suppose now p > 1 and choose 4 in C:(R") so that +(x) = 1 if 1x1 s 1 and 0 if 1x1 > 2. Then fi$ verifies our assumptions for p = 1, and by the above proof it coincides a.e. with a continuous function h such that
c , , , ~ , ~ " ~ ~ ( x ) D " ~it ~ ( x ) , Since by Leibnitz's rule D"(f+)(x) = Ca1+a2=o( follows that the right-hand side of (2.2) is bounded by c maxIa2I+III D"24 [IoD ClullSn+l11 DU1fllp,with a constant c which depends only on n and p. Moreover, since 4 = 1 in 1x1 s 1, h actually coincides with f in that neighborhood of the origin, and the same argument applied to f~&, x E R", gives the general result.
We may now prove
Theorem 2.3. Suppose T is a linear, bounded operator from L P ( R " )into L 9 ( R " ) , 1 p G q 00, which commutes with translations. Then there exists a unique tempered distribution F such that Tc#J(x)= F * +(x), for each 4 in Y ( R " ) . Proof. Since T is translation invariant, Tc$(x) has derivatives of all orders which coincide with L 4 ( R " )functions and Da( T 4 ) = T(D"c$),all a;this observation follows at once since the difference quotients of 4 converge to the corresponding partial derivatives of 4 in Lp, and, consequently, T of the quotients converges to T of the derivatives in L9. By Lemma 2.2, it now follows that Tc$ coincides with a continuous function, after correction on a set of measure 0, which verifies IT4(0)l
c
c
(olJ
IlD"4llP.
265
2. Translation Invariant Operators. Multipliers
.
By Proposition 1.5, T4(O) is a tempered distribution, F ( 4 ) say. We claim F is the distribution we are seeking; indeec, if 4 E 9,then by Definition 1.11 we have that F * 4(x) = F ( T , ~ )= F((T-&)-) = F ( T , ~ = ) T(~,4)(0)= T,T~(O)= T+(x), and we have finished. As in Chapters V and VI, we denote by MP,(Rn) the set of Fourier transforms k^ = m of those tempered distributions k which verify 11 k * 4 11, cl1411p, c independent of 4 E 9'.The elements m of MP,(Rn) are called multipliers of type (p, q) and the smallest constant c above is called the norm of m. All the usual properties hold in this setting as well; we show, for instance, that M:(R") = Lm(Rn) and norm of m = Ilmllm for m in M2(Rn).Suppose first that m E M2(Rn).By Proposition 1.8 it follows that m(5)4(5) is a locally integrable function for each 4 in 9, and consequently m itself is locally integrable. Suppose now is real valued, and note that ) )m(5)~-"$((5 )~(Z) - 5 0 ) / ~ )and , for E > 0 and toin Rn, (k * ( ~ ' ~ . Y ~ ( E ~ = lm(&)12G((5d5 s c2I,. 4 ( ~ $6.) ~Thus by consequently E-" letting E + 0 we see that for almost every toin Rn, Im((o)1211+ll$< (norm of m ) 2 ~1:~ and 11 m 1 , S norm of m. The opposite inequality is trivial, and the claim is proved. We make an additional comment due to deLeeuw; in fact, we show that multipliers may be restricted in a naturgl way to lower dimensional Euclidean spaces preserving their basic properties.
4
I,.
-
4
Theorem 2.4. Suppose m(5, q ) E MP(Rn+"). Then, for almost every Rn, m(5, .) E Mp(Rm),with norm not exceeding that of m.
5 in
Proof. Following Jodeit [1971], we assume first that m is continuous everywhere and put 11 m 11 = norm of mi Also for f l y g, in 9'(Rn) and f2, g2 in 9'(Rm) we set M(5) = J R m m(5, q)f2(q)t2(q) dq and observe that
Thus M(5) E Mp(Rn), with norm 11 Mil =Z 11 m 11 Ilfillpllg211pp.Now since IIMIIm s IlMll, we also have m(&,7l)L(r])t2(77) dql s Ilmll Ilfillpllg211p~ and m(5, .) E Mp(Rn)with norm s Ilmll. To show the same conclusion for arbitrary m, assume (5, q ) is a Lebesgue point of m for almost every q in 71, where *,(5, 7 ) = &-("+")xI(5/&,771~) R m and Put m,(5,77) = m * and I is the unit cube in Rn+" centered at the origin. Since m, E Mp(Rn+'") with norm 11 m, 11 s 11 m 11 it readily follows that
II,.
*E(&
X . More about R”
266
and the conclusion follows by the Lebesgue dominated convergence theorem. W
3. THE HILBERT AND RIESZ TRANSFORM
A classical result asserts that, given a continuous, bounded function f in R, there is a function F ( z ) analytic in Im z # 0, such that lim F ( x + iy) - F ( x - iy) = f ( x ) ,
all x in
R.
(3.1)
P O +
In fact it is not hard to see that the Cauchy integral off
+
does the job. Indeed, since for z = x iy we have that l / ( s - z) l / ( s - 5 ) = 2 i y / ( ( s - x ) ~y 2 ) , (3.1) holds provided that for x E R
+
The integral in (3.3) is the convolution f * P y ( x ) , where P ( x ) = ( l / r ) ( l / ( l+ x 2 ) ) and P J x ) = y - ’ P ( x / y ) . Actually, P , ( x ) is the Poisson kernel for R: = { ( x ,y ) E R2:y > 0) and (3.3) holds, as we have seen in Chapter VII, even nontangentially and in L p ( R )when f is in L P ( R ) . It is also of interest to determine the boundary values limy,,+ F ( x + iy) of E Suppose that for almost every x in R lim F ( x + iy) + F ( x - iy) = i g ( x ) .
(3.4)
p0+
Then adding (3.1) and (3.4) we have lirnyeo+ F ( x + iy) = 4 ( f ( x )+ i g ( x ) ) , x a.e. in R. To find the function g ( x ) in (3.4) we observe that for z = x + iy, l / ( s - z) + l / ( s - 2 ) = 2 ( s - x ) / ( ( s- x ) ’ + y 2 ) , and consequently (3.5)
The right-hand side of (3.5) is i f * Q y ( x ) ,where Q ( x ) = ( l / r ) ( x / l + x 2 ) and Q , ( x ) = y - ’ Q ( x / y ) is the conjugate Poisson kernel. Therefore, g ( x ) = p.v.-
J-
r R fx (-tt)
dt = l i m i
€42
I,
f ( t ) dt,
x-t(>EX-
t
(3.6)
in other words g ( x ) is the Hilbert transform H f ( x ) off. The results of Chapter V will hold in this context, with identical proof, provided we show
3. The Hilbert and Riesz Transform
261
that 11 Hf1 ' G cII f 112 with c independent of $ This estimate is equivalent to m(5) = ( ( l / ~ p.v. ) l/x)-([) E L m ( R ) ,which is an easy computation since
The reader will have no difficulty in establishing the corresponding results of Chapter VII as well. Next we consider the n-dimensional setting. There are many possible extensions and we only discuss here the one obtained in the direction of the theory of conjugate harmonic functions. Other results will be covered in the next chapters. Let u be a harmonic function in an open set R of R", i.e., u E C'(R) and ( a ' / a x : ) u ( x ) + * + (d'/ax',)u(x) = 0 for x in R. Motivated by the results in the disk, we consider the gradient Vu(x) = ((a/dx,)u(x), . . . ,(du/ax,)u(x)) = ( u l ( x ) ,. . . , u , ( x ) ) and observe that in R it satisfies the relations
-
a
-ui(x) axj
a
1 zs i, j zs m
= -uj(x), dXi
(3.7)
and
a
/
a
-uu,(x) + . . . + -u,(x) = 0. (3.8) 8x1 ax, In other words, if W(x) is the vector field (u,(x), . . . , u,(x)), then curl W = 0 and div W = 0 in R. Conversely, it is well-known that (3.7) implies (in a simply connected region) that there exists h(x) such that V h = ( ul ,.. .,urn), whereas (3.8) implies that h indeed is harmonic. We adopt these relations as the extension we have in mind; more precisely, we call (3.7) and (3.8) the generalized Cauchy-Riemann equations in the sense of Stein-Weiss and a solution vector field W to the Cauchy-Riemann equations is called a system of conjugate functions (in the sense of M. Riesz). With this definition applied to R:+' = {(x, t ) : x E R", t > 0}, we pass to discuss the generalization of the Hilbert transform to R". First, we find the Poisson kernel P(x, t) in R:+', that is, a function which verifies (i) ( ( $ / a t 2 ) + A)P(x, t ) = 0, (ii) I,. P(x, t ) dx = 1, t > 0, and (iii) lim,,o P ( x , t ) = 6 (in 9'). Taking the FIourier translform in the space x-variables, by (i] we note that (a2/at2)P(5,t ) - ([I'P([, t ) = 0 and by (iii) that limr+oP ( $ t ) = 1. Thus solving the differential equation we have that P ( & t ) = cl(5)e-'lf' + ~ ~ ( 5 ) ewhere " ~ ~by, the tempered nature of P we have c2(() = 0
X . More about R"
268
and by the above observations cl(.$) = 1. In other words, @(&,t ) = e-r'gland c
P(x, t ) = (2T)-"
J
- 451 k . 5 Rn
45.
(3.9)
It is not hard to find the explicit expressions for P(x, t ) . Indeed, by (3.9) we see that it is of the form t - " 4 ( l x l / t ) and from (i) above it follows that 4 satisfies the differential equation
+ s'>c"'(s) + ( 2 ( n + l ) s 2 + ( n - l))+'(s) + sn(n - l ) + ( s ) = 0, s > 0.
s(l
Thus 4 ( s ) = (1 + s2)--("+')/' and P(x, t) = P r ( x )= cnt-"l/(l+ (Ixl/t)2)("+')/2, (x, t ) E R:+', where c, = (27r)-" j R n e-lC1dt. By passing to polar coordinates, i.e., by putting d t = rn-l dr d f , where dt' is the surface area element on I; = (6' E R": 16'1 = l}, we get that c, = (27r)-"(n - 1) ! w,, w, = surface area of X. Polar coordinates also make it possible to compute w,; indeed observe that e-IXl2dx
=
(IR
ePs2ds)' =
I
re-r2
dx' dr
= T.
109)
Thus lXI2
IR"
dx = T n / 2
= w n I [o,m)
-
(">
e - r 2 d r = - r - w,, 2 2
and our computation is complete. Now for f in LP(R"),1 d p < 00, u(x, t ) = f * P ( x ) is the unique harmonic function in R:+' such that lim,,,u(x, t ) =f(x) in Lp and s ~ p , , ~ j ~ ~ It)lp u (dx x ,= < 00. It is natural to consider whether u is a (first) component of a system of conjugate functions R:+'. Disregarding the question of convergence of the integrals involved, we note that
llfllz
and by (3.7) the other (possible) components of the system of conjugate functions satisfy
=
f * Qkb, t),
(3.10)
where Qk(x, t ) = (2T)-"c,,xk/(t2+ IX/~)("+')/~ denote the conjugate Poisson kernels, 1 d k d n. Since as is readily verified ( d / d t ) u + ( d / d x , ) u , + * + (d/dx,)u, = 0, the vector is indeed a system of conjugate functions. What
-
269
3. The Hilbert and Riesz Transform
are the limits of the &(x, t)'s as t + O? From (3.10) it is readily seen that they are the Riesz transforms Rk given by
It is not hard to see that the Riesz operators are bounded in L2(E"),since fromtherelation Qk(x,t ) = (Xk/f)<(X,t ) E L2(R")it followsthat Qk(& t ) = (itk/1&e-"z' and by letting t + 0,R k ( t )= ( i & / ( & E L"(R"). AS for the L~ continuity we may either apply the techniques for the Hilbert transform or the following interesting result of Calder6n-Zygmund.
Theorem 3.1 (Method of Rotations). Suppose k ( x ) = R(x')/lxl",where R is odd, homogeneous of degree 0, and JrlR(x')Idx' < 00. Then the truncated operator K&)
=
I,
f ( x - y ) k ( y ) dY
Yl>.
is bounded in Lp(R " ) ,1 < p < 00, and there is a constant cp = c independent of E and f such that IIKEfllp=scllfll,. Proof. By passing to polar coordinates and on account of the fact that R is odd we write
K.f(x) = =
II
1 f ( x - ry')R(y');r"-' drdy' r [E,m)
I
I,
R(y')
1 f ( x - v')-dr dy' r
For each fixed y' in Z let Y denote the hyperplane orthogonal to y' which passes through the origin and observe that each x in R" can be written uniquely as x = z + sy', where s E R and z E Y. Thus
where the innermost integral in (3.12) is the one-dimensional truncated Hilbert transform H, of the function F ( r, z, y ' ) = f(z v'),where z and
+
X. More about R“
270
y’ are now parameters. Therefore by Minkowski’s integral inequality and
Fubini’s theorem it follows that
and the proof is complete.
4. SOBOLEV AND POINCARE INEQUALITIES
We conclude this chapter with a glimpse at some applications of the results covered thus far; first we need some observations of general interest. In what follows I, denotes a fixed, open cube in R” and I an arbitrary, open subcube of I,. Proposition 4.1. Suppose f is supported in I, and is C’ there. Then there is a constant c such that
c
independent of x.
Proof. Following Stein we observe that for y‘ in 2, ( d / d t ) f ( x - ty’) = - V f ( x - ty’) . y’ and consequently
-
V f ( x - ty’) ty’ t”-’ dt. t”
Whence integrating this expression over Z we see that
and the desired result follows at once from this. Proposition 4.2. Assume f is supported in I, and is C’ there and let I E 1,.
27 1
4. Sobolev and Poincare' Inequalities
Then
where c is a dimensional constant.
Proof. As f ( z ) - f ( x ) = Jco,,, V f ( x + t ( z - x ) ) * z - xdt, we see at once that j , l f ( x ) - f ( z ) ( dz s Jlo,!)I,lVf(x+ t ( z - x))llz - X I dzdt = A, say. To bound A we observe that, since the line segment joining x and z is totally contained in Z, if we put y = x + t ( z - x ) , then also y is in Z, dy = t" dz and iy = tlz - x ( s ctL, where L denotes the sidelength of I and c is a dimensional constant. Then
-XI
A
c IIlVf(Y)I Ix - Yl S [ , x - y , / e L , o o ) t-("+') dt dy s c IIlVf(Y)I Ix
- Yl(L/lX - Yl)" dY
and the conclusion follows at once since L"
= (11.
As it is convenient to restate the estimate (4.1) in terms of maximal functions, we introduce the following definitions: for f supported in Zo and x in I. we consider the expressions sup(l/lll) j , ( f ( y ) -hl dy, where Z c I. and x E I; in order to keep notations simple we still call this expression the local M # f ( x ) ; we do similarly for the local M J ( x ) , 0 s r ] < 1. With this notation we have Corollary 4.3. Let f be as in Proposition 4.2. Then M # f ( x ) s C~I,"
E
10
(4.2)
where both maximal functions are local.
Proof. Fix x in Zo and let Z contain x. Then
and by (4.1) the right-hand side of (4.3) does not exceed
But since as is readily seen
(4.2) holds and we are done.
W
We collect now some facts concerning the local maximal functions which will be useful in the applications.
X. More about R”
272
Theorem 4.4. Let w E A,( lo) and f E L( lo), & = 0. Then there is a constant c = cq, independent of J; such that the local maximal function M # f verifies ~ # f ( x ) q d p ( X ) , 1 < q < 00.
J,if(x)lq+(x) c c
(4.4)
JIo
We prefer to postpone the proof of this result until Chapter XIII, where the good-A inequalities are discussed in detail. The next two facts relate to the continuity properties of the local function M,,: We begin with a simple variant of 8.29 in Chapter IX, namely,
Theorem 4.5. Suppose w, u are nonnegative, integrable functions in Zo, and let d p ( x ) = w ( x ) dx, d v ( x ) = u ( x ) dx. Then for p , q > 1, 0 < 7 < 1, and l / p - 7 s l/q s l / p the local maximal function M,,f verifies A q p ( { x E Zo: M , f ( x ) > A}) i~ ( l l f l l pif) ~and only if
The condition (4.5) is called Ap,q,,,(Zo)and is indicated by (w, u ) E Ap,q,T(Io); the notions of Ap,q,,,(Zo)constant and independent in Ap,q,T(Io)are defined as the reader would expect them to be. Also refemng to 8.14 in Chapter IX we have
Theorem 4.6. Under the assumption of Theorem 4.5 the inequality
holds for the local maximal function M,,f if and only if
The condition (4.6) is called Sp,q,,,(Zo),is indicated by (w, u ) E Sp,q,,,(Zo), and a simple interpolation argument (making use of Kolmogorov’s inequality 7.19 in Chapter IV) gives Proposition 4.7. Suppose (w, u ) E Ap,s,,,(Zo)for some s such that l/p - 7 l / s s l/p. Then for q < s, (w, u ) E Sp,q,,,(Io). We are now in a position to prove
Theorem 4.8 (Sobolev’s embedding theorem). Let l / p - l / n s l / s < l/p, w E Am(Zo)and (w, u ) E Ap,s,l/n(ZO). Then given any p c q < s, and for every f supported on I. and C’ there,
4. Sobolev and Poincare‘Inequalities
273
-
where c p(I0)’, some S > 0, is independent of f and independent in Am(I0) and Ap,s,l/n(ZO)* Proof. First, observe that by 8.10 and Proposition 4.4(ii) in Chapter IX there is r > 1 such that
and consequently (wr,v) E Ap,rs,,(Io), where 7 = l / n + l / s ( l - l/r). That the statement holds for 0 < r < 1 as well is an easy consequence of Holder’s inequality. Let now p s q < s, and let r > 1 be sufficiently close to 1 so that (4.8) holds and the corresponding 7 verifies 7 < 2 / n s 1. By Proposition 4.1 it follows that j,lf(x)lq dp(x) s c ~Io(Il~n(~Vf~)(x))q dp(x) = A, say, and consequently it suffices to estimate A. Since by Theorem 2.4 in Chapter VI we have that I1/,,(lVfl)(x) s C(M,(IV~~)(X)M,,(IV~~)(X))”~ where v1 = l / n - l / s ( l - l/r), and all maximal functions are local on account of the fact that f is supported in Zo, A may be estimated by
Moreover, since (wr,v) E Ap,rs,,(Io), by Theorem 4.5 M,, maps LP,(Io)into wk-L,”(I,) and, similarly, M , maps LP,(I,) into wk-L,”/‘2r-1’(Io).Thus by Kolmogorov’s inequality 7.19 in Chapter IV, and since q < s, these operators actually map L”yIo)into L2(Zo)(with norm s c ( j , w(x)l dx)’-”/”)and into L2/(2r-1)(Io) (with norm s c ( j , w(x)~/(~~-’) dx?-¶”), respectively; the desired inequality follows now at once from (4.9). That the constant is of the right order requires a straightforward computation invoking the fact that w E RHr(Io). H In the same vein we prove Theorem 4.9 (Poincari’s inequality). Let w E Am(Io) and (w,v) E Sp,p,lln(IO) for some 1 < p < 00. Then iff is supported in Zo and is C’ there, there is a constant c independent off independent in A , and Sp,p,l/n(Io) so that n
(4.10)
Proof. Let g = f - fb, gIo= 0. By Theorem 4.4 and Proposition 4.1, which apply for the local maximal functions since f is supported in Io, we get
X . More about R"
274
I,
I,o
that L,lg(x)l"dcc(x) S c M # g ( x ) PdCL(x)zz c MI/n(lvfo(x)pdcc(x) and the conclusion follows at once from Theorem 4.6. W
Corollary 4.10. Assume w, u are as in Theorem 4.8, then (4.10) holds with a constant c kp(Io)s, 6 > 0, k = ks is independent in A,(Io) and Ap,s,I/ n (1 0 ) . We are now in a position to consider some applications of Theorems 4.8 and 4.9; we discuss here Harnack's inequality for divergence equations. More precisely, let R be a bounded domain in R", and consider (possibly degenerate) elliptic operators L given by div(AV) where A ( x ) = ( a v ( x ) )is an n x n real matrix which verifies
-
n
0
C aij(x)ti5j c w(x)ItI' (4.11) 5 = (tl,.. . ,en) in R"\(O). We make the following v(x)ItI' s
<j=1
for all x in R and assumptions on w, u: (i) w E A,(Io), for every I, c R, with A, constant uniform over Io; for some s > 2, on any I, c R, also with constant (ii) ( w , u ) E A2,s,lln(IO) uniform over I,. Item (ii) implies in particular that l / u is locally integrable, and by (4.10) the same is true of l / w . We may then define the Hilbert space H = L:(R, w, v ) as the closure of the C"(fi) functions 4 with respect to the + (jnlV4(x)12u(x)dx)'12 and extend the norm (InI#J(x)12w(x) bilinear form r
r
to H x H. Another important, and useful, property of these spaces is the following: if u E H and q E C ' ( R ) with q' bounded, then q ( u ( x ) )E H and (d/axj).rl(u(x)) = .r)'(u(x))(d/axj)u(x) a.e. in R, 1 S j n (for this and related results the reader may consult Kinderlehrer-Stampacchia [ 19801 and Gilbarg-Trudinger [ 19771). On account of the assumptions (i) and (ii) on the functions u, w, there is a q > 2 for which inequality (4.2) holds with p = 2 there and I, any cube in R; furthermore, by a density argument this inequality can be extended to any f in H with support in Io. Clearly, similar comments apply to PoincarC's inequality. c R is A function u E L:(R', w, u ) for each open domain R' so that said to be a supersolution (resp. a subsolution) to L if 2 ( u , 4 ) 5 0 (resp. S O ) for all #J E H, supp #J = a, and 4 2 0 there. Here, u is a solution to L if it is both a super-and subsolution to L. Our first observation is that nonnegative subsolutions verify a weak form of Harnack's inequality. More precisely, we have
a'
275
4. Sobolev and Poincare' Inequalities
Proposition 4.11. Assume u is a nonnegative subsolution to L. Then there exist constants c, rn > 0, such that if 21 c R, then
sup u s c(&
u ( x ) ' w ( x ) dx)li2.
(4.12)
(112~
(4.13)
Next we note that +v(u) (4.11) and (4.13) we get
E
H, and has support in I. Thus by Theorem 4.8,
Taking limits as M + m in (4.14), we obtain that for any p 3 1 (4.15)
where r=q/2> 1 (cf. 6.33 in Chapter VII). We may iterate (4.15) with p k = r k and 8 k = 1 - 1/2k7and, taking limits as k + m, the desired conclusion follows at once. Next we use the local boundedness of u to estimate up and In u.
X . More about R”
276
Proposition 4.12. Suppose u is a nonnegative solution to L and 2 1 c CR. Then there are constants c, m > 0 such that for any -1 c p s 1, we have X ) provided f S t < T S 1. suptl up C ( c / ( T - t ) l I l l / ” ) m,1 U ( X ) ~ W ( dx Proof. We may suppose inf, u > 0 (the essential inf that is), and put 4 ( x ) = $ ( X ) ’ U ( X ) ~ - ~ , s # 0, 1, where $ E C p ( 2 1 ) . Since by Proposition 4.11, u is also bounded above in 21, 4 E H and consequently 2 ( u , 4) = 0. This gives the inequality
(4.16)
-
as long as s # 0, 1. Given now any pair of values .C t < T c 1 we choose a function 7 E C : ( T I ) such that 7 = 1 on t I , 0 C 77 S 1 and I V v ( x ) l C 2/lZ11/”(T - t ) . Theorem 4.8 applied to ~ ( x ) u ( x ) ’ / ’ and combined with (4.11) and (4.16) gives
(
u (x ) “ ~ ”w ( x ) dx
In other words, if r = 4 / 2 > 1,
)”‘
E
= 11 - l/sl, then for any s # 0 , l we have
277
4. Sobolev and Poincare' Inequalities
The Moser iteration technique calls for repeated use of this inequality for a sequence of values of s, E, t. A choice that works in this case is tk = ;(I + z - ~ ) ,sk = sr k and E& = ill - 1/skl, where in order to avoid sk coming too close to 1 we take s of the form fr"(r + 1) for some integer u. Concerning In u we have
Proposition 4.13. Suppose u is a nonnegative solution to L, 21 c a. Then there is a constant c such that A ~ ( {ExI : Iln u ( x ) - (In u ) [ l > A } ) c cp(1)/111'/''.
(4.18)
Proof. We may assume sup u > 0. Let U = In u, by Chebychev's inequality it suffices to prove that ( , I U ( x ) - UIl d p ( x ) s c p ( I ) / ~ I ~ ' Now ~ " . since U E H we may invoke PoincarC's inequality to get
J I v u( x >~'
s c~(I)
dv(x).
(4.19)
I
To estimate the right-hand side of (4.19), we introduce the function 4 ( x ) = t,b2(x)/u(x),where $ E C;(21), = 1 on I, 0 s t,b s 1, and IVt,b(x)(s c/lZl"". Since (by replacing u by u + 6 if necessary and then letting 6 += 0) we may assume that u ( x ) 3 6 > 0 and by Proposition 4.11 u is bounded on the support of $, the function 4 E H and 2 ( u , 4) = 0. From this one easily gets that ( 4 ( x ) 2 a (U ( x ) , U ( x ) )dx c 4 ( a ( 4 ( x ) , c$(x)) dx and consequently
(4.20)
Whence combining (4.19) and (4.20) our conclusion follows. W We still need one more result essentially due to Moser [1971], the proof of which is also achieved by an iteration technique and is left for the reader to attempt.
Proposition 4.14. Assume {E(t ) } is an increasing family of measurable sets,
f s t c 1. Let g be a nonnegative, bounded function on E ( 1) which satisfies the following conditions.
X . More about R n
278
(i) There exist constants c, rn > 0 such that SUP^(^) gp d : T - I)-"' g ( x ) ' d p ( x ) , holds for 0 < p < 1, f 6 t 6 T s 1. (ii) There is a constant c such that A p ( { x E E(1): In g ( x ) > A}) d c.
IE(=)
Then there exists a constant k, depending only on the constants c, rn of (i) ( ~ k ~ ~ ) and (ii) above such that S U ~ ~g d We are now ready to state and prove Harnack's inequality
Theorem 4.15. Assume u is a nonnegative solution to L. Then for any compact subset K of R there exists a constant c = cK such that sup u s c inf u. K
(4.21)
K
P m f . We may, and do, assume that u ( x ) 2 6 > 0 a.e. in R. Our conclusion will follow once we show that to each x in R there corresponds an open cube I containing x and so that sup u d c inf u, J
(4.22)
J
where the constant c in (4.21) depends only on I. Z in fact is a cube centered at x so that 41 c a, 1211 C 1 and p(21) C 1. Put A = (In U ) 2 J and consider the functions U l ( x )= e - " u ( x ) and U 2 ( x )= e"u(x). We claim both of these functions satisfy (i) and (ii) in Proposition 4.14 for E ( t ) = 2tZ, f s t d 1. Indeed, U, , U2are bounded because u is bounded above and below. Now, according to Proposition 4.12 we have
for 0 < p < 1 and f s t < T s 1 and (i) holds for U,; a similar argument shows it also holds for V 2 . As for condition (ii), we note that since {x E 21: In U l ( x )> s} c {x E 21: Iln u ( x ) - A1 > s}; it holds for U , on account of Proposition 4.13, and similarly for U2.Whence by Proposition 4.14, and with a constant k which may depend on Z but not on u, we get sup U ] , I
sup J
u, d s
(4.23)
and, consequently, since U , ( x )U 2 ( x )= 1, the inequalities in (4.23) can be rewritten as k-' d U , ( x )d k,all x E Z, and sup U, S k2 inf, U,.The desired conclusion follows now by multiplying through by e". It is well known that this result has important consequences, such as the strong maximum principle (a solution to L which attains its maximum or
279
4. Sobolev and Poincare' Inequalities
minimum in
is constant) and local Holder continuity, max u - mjn u s r
1
1,
1/q
u ( x ) ¶d p ( x ) ) ,
where q depends on the Ap condition of w and I is well inside 0;for further details the reader should consult Gilbarg and Trudiner [ 19771. The exposition of the material presented here follows that of Harboure [19841 and is related to previous work of Fabes, Kenig and Serapioni [1982] and Chanillo and Wheeden [ 19851.
CHAPTER
Calderon-Zygmund Singular Integral Operators
1. THE BENEDEK-CALDERON-PANZONE PRINCIPLE In this chapter we extend the continuity results we discussed for the Riesz transforms and more general odd kernels in Chapter X to arbitrary Calderbn-Zygmund singular integral kernels. We begin by proving a general principle which summarizes much of what we had to say concerning those kernels.
Theorem 1.1 (Benedek-Calderbn-Panzone). Suppose A is a sublinear R") into measurable functions which satisfies the followoperation from ing two conditions: (i) A is of weak-type (r, r), 1 < r < a.More precisely, for f in L'(R") and A > 0,
Cr(
Arl{lAA
'A l l =sc;llfllL
where c, is independent off and A. (ii) Let f e L ( R " ) , s u p p f ~B ( x o , R ) = { x E R": Ix - xol < R } , je(.+R)f(~)dx = 0. Then there are constants 1 < c,, c3, independent o f f and B ( x o , R) such that
I
R"\B(xo,czR)
IAf(x)l dx
c3llfll1.
Then A also is an operator of weak-type (1,l); in other words, there is a constant c4 = c4( cl, c,, c, ,A), independent off E C;( R") and A > 0, such that Al{lAA
'A l l 280
C4llflll.
28 1
1. The Benedek- Calderbn- Panzone Principle
Proof. For f in C,"(R") and A > 0, let f = g + b denote the CalderbnZygmund decomposition o f f at level A (cf. Theorem 3.1 in Chapter IV). In particular,
Also by 7.2 in Chapter IV, limN,mll~JNlbj - bll' = 0. Now since by the sublinearity of A we have that IAf(x)ls IAg(x)l + IAb(x)l, it easily follows that
l{lAA
'All s l{IAg/> Wl1 + I{IAbl > WlI.
(1.1)
The measure of the set involving g in (2.1) is readily estimated since by c ~ l l g lS l~ Chebychev's inequality we have (A/2)'({lAgl > A/2)1 cc;Ar-'llfll1 and consequently Al(lAg1 > A/2)( S 2'ccillfl11, where c is a dimensional constant. The term involving b is a bit more delicate. First, observe that
IAb(x)l S CIAbj(x)l
a.e.
(1.2)
i
Indeed, on account of tile subadditivity of A we have
N
=
+ CIAbj(x)I,
~ N ( x )
(1.3)
j=1
say. Now since l i m N + m ~-~CJEl b billr = 0 and A is of weak-type (r, r ) , it readily follows that +N + 0 in measure, as N + 00, and consequently there is a subsequence Nk+ 00 so that 4 N k (+~0) a.e. as Nk+ 00. Using this sequence in (1.3) gives (1.2) at once. We need one last observation of a geometric nature before we proceed with the proof. Let Bi denote the ball concentric with 4, with diameter Bj = c2 diameter Zj, and put R, = U Bi. Then lRll G CIBil S c ClfJls (c/A)llfll1, where c is a dimensional constant. With this remark out of the way we return to estimate Al{IAbJ> A/2}1 S AIR1l + A({x E R"\R,: IAb(x)l> A/2}1= I + J, say. We just noted that
282
XI. Caldero'n-Zygmund Singular Integral Operators
AIRll S cllflll, and I is of the right order. As for J, observe that by Chebychev's inequality and (1.2). J s2
j
IAb(x)l dx s 2
R"\O,
j c
IAbj(x)l dx
R"\ni j
I,
Moreover, since each bj verifies b ( x ) dx = 0, by (ii) each summand above is bounded by c3 5,.1b(x)1dx 6 cc3 srJlf(x)ldx, and J C C ~ ( ( ~ which ( ( ~ , is also of the right order. Remark 1.2. Clearly, the same proof applies to L:(R"), the space of compactly supported, bounded functions on R".
Before we proceed with the applications, we discuss the case r covered by Theorem 1.1.
= a, not
2. A THEOREM OF ZO
We begin by proving
Proposition 2.1. Suppose A is a sublinear operator which satisfies the following three conditions: (i) A is of type (a,a) More . precisely, IIAfllms clllf)lm, where c1 is independent of J: (ii) Same as condition (ii) in Theorem 1.1. (iii) For every sequence (4) of pairwise disjoint open cubes and every integrable function h supported in 4 and such that I, h ( x ) dx = 0, allj,
u
IA~(x)I
CIA(hXrj)(x)I
ax-
i
Then A is also of weak-type ( 1 , l ) .
Proof. For f in L ( R " ) and A > 0, consider the Calder6n-Zygmund decomposition off at level h, f = g + b. Since llgIlm 2"A, \Ag(x)\ c12"h and {IAgl > t } = 0 whenever t 2 c12"A. Therefore, {IAJ > ~ ~ 2 " +E !~ h } { ( A b (> c,2A}, and by (ii) and (iii) the measure of this set is estimated exactly as in Theorem 1.1. An interesting application of this result is to maximal operators of the form
283
2. A Theorem of Zo'
Our assumptions on the k,'s are those which will insure that (i), (ii), and (iii) of Proposition 2.1 hold. For (i) to hold it is readily seen that we must have
y z [R"lka(Y)l
dY s c,
(2.1)
i.e., { k a } a E Ais bounded in L ( R " ) .As for (iii) note that since
then also =0
N+w
for each
a
E
A.
Therefore there is a sequence N , + w such that
and consequently Ih * ka(x)I s CKhXr,) * ka(x)I
a-e.
i
which gives (iii) at once. Finally we consider (ii), this will require a new assumption on the ka's. We must estimate
I=
suplk, xo-xlZ=c2R
* f(x)l dx.
(2.2)
P
Now since jB(xo,R)f(~) dy = 0 we have k, * A x ) = jl.o-ylsR(k(~ -Y )k ( X - XO))f(Y) dv and SUPlk *f(x)l
[
SUPlkU(X- Y ) - kP(X - XO)lIf(Y)I dY.
.x--ylSR
(2.3)
01
Therefore, by Tonelli's theorem, putting (2.3) into (2.2) gives Is
j
Ixo-Y~S R
If(Y)I(
j
(r,-xlac2R
SUPlk,(X
- v) - k ( x - X0)l dx 4Y (2.4)
)
and (ii) will hold provided the innermost integral in (2.4) is finite. More precisely, we have Theorem 2.2
(26). Suppose { k a } a E verifies A the following two conditions
(i) JRnlkol<x>l dx (ii) ~lxlaczl,,l sup,[k,(x - y ) - k,(x)l dx s c3 where 1 < c2, c3 are constants independent of y E R".
XI. Calderbn- Zygmund Singular Integral Operators
284
Then the mapping f ( x )
T f ( x ) = sup,)k, * f ( x ) l is of weak-type (1,l).
Corollary 2.3. Suppose a nonnegative, integrable function 6 verifies IV+(x)l s c / I x l n f ' . Then if k E L ( R " ) and lk(x)I s 4 ( x ) , the mapping f ( x ) + SUP,,^/^^^ t-"k((x - y ) / t ) f ( y )d y ( is of weak-type (1,l).
Proof. Cf. 8.4 below. Corollary 2.4. Let k be as in Corollary 2.3 and suppose f E L ( R " ) . Then
Proof. Cf. Corollary 2.4 in Chapter IV.
3. CONVOLUTION OPERATORS How does Theorem 1.1 apply to convolution operators? Theorem 2.2 hints that the kernel k in question should verify the following conditions:
k
E
L(R")
(3.1)
and
By Young's convolution theorem, condition (3.1) alone implies thatf + k * f is bounded in L P ( R " ) ,1 d p C 00, with norm cllklll. But the kernels of interest to us, such as those corresponding to Riesz transforms, fail to be integrable in a neighborhood of the origin and at infinity. Aside from this they are locally integrable in R"\(O) and they satisfy (3.2), also known as Hormander's condition. Our strategy to deal with this more general situation consists of three steps, to wit: (1) Truncate k both at 0 and 03, obtain an integrable function, tr k say, and observe that the mapping f + tr k *f is well defined in L P ( R " ) , 1dpC0O.
(2)
Estimate Iltr k
*fIIp
s cllfllp, where c is independent of I(tr kill.
1
(3) Take limits, both in Lp and pointwise senses, to pass from tr k to k.
285
4. Cotlar's Lemma
In this section we address Step 2 by means of Theorem 3.1. Assume k satisfies conditions (3.1) and (3.2) and let A f ( x ) = k * f ( x ) . If in addition to A is of weak-type (r, r ) for some 1 < r < a,then it also is of type ( p , p), 1 < p < co, with norm independent of 11 kll
Proof. We fit our setting into the Benedek-Calder6n-Panzone principle. As we saw in the proof of Proposition 2.1, (3.2) implies that hypothesis (ii) of Theorem 1.1 holds, and, consequently, by Remark 1.2, A is of weak-type ( 1 , l ) on LF(R").Thus by the Marcinkiewicz interpolation theorem A is also of type ( p , p ) , 1 < p < r, with n6rm independent of llkll,. Let now h ( x ) = k(-x) and put A , f ( x ) = h * f ( x ) .By a simple duality argument it readily follows that for l / p + l / q = 1, A is bounded in L P ( R " )if and only if Al is bounded in L 4 ( R " ) ,with the same norm. Thus in our case A , is bounded in L 4 ( R " )for r' < q < co. But since h also satisfies (3.1) and (3.2), Al is also of weak-type ( 1 , l ) on Lp(R") and, by the Marcinkiewicz interpolation theorem, of type (q, q ) for 1 < q < 00 with norm independent of 11 kll ,; the same is true for A. In order to apply Theorem 3.1 we must have an important bit of information, namely, a value of r so that A is of weak-type (or type) ( r , r ) . The results in Section 2 and 3 in Chapter X are quite useful here, especially for r = 2. Before we proceed with the other steps we briefly digress to show how Hilbert space techniques apply in this respect.
4. COTLAR'S LEMMA Cotlar, in the commutative case, and Cotlar and Stein, in the noncommutative case proved the following important result. Lemma 4.1 (Cotlar's Lemma). Let {T,};, be a sequence of bounded, linear operators from a Hilbert space H into itself which verifies the following "almost orthogonal" property: Suppose there is a positive a ( j ) = A < 00 and sequence { a ( j ) }so that C-:,__,
II T,TEII, II TTGII
=S
a ( j - k)2,
all j , k,
(4.1)
where T* denotes the (Hilbert space) adjoinnt of T and IITII denotes the norm of T as a mapping from H into itself. Then
286
XI. Caldero'n-Zygmund Singular Integral Operators
Proof. Suppose T is a bounded, linear operator in H. Then 11 T1I2 = (1 TT*)) = II(TT*)"II'/", all even n 2 1; this is a well known property of continuous operators on H. When applied to the T i ' s it gives
11 Till' = 11 TiTTI)S ~ ( 0 ) ' sA2, all j . (4h T =, :C , Ti. We want to show that 11 TI1 s A, independently of N.
Let now But this is not hard; indeed, first note that
1
(=*)" = TIT: * * * TZn-, Ttn, (4.3) where the sum is extended over all possible indices 1 S 6 S I)r, 1 S j S 2n, and next observe that the norm of each summand in (4.3)may be estimated in one of two ways, that is, either by
I I T , T * , ~ ~ - - - l l ~ ~ ~ s- a,( i~, -~i2)2~ l l ~ ( i ~ ,-, -i2n)2 ~ * *
or else by
II Till II T t T,e
* * *
(4.4)
II TLTz"-,ll1I c 1 .1
s Aa( i2 - i3)2 * a( i2n-2 - i2,-1)2A. (4.5) Thus combining (4.4)and (43,we see that the norm of each summand is bounded by Aa( il - i2)a(i2 - i3) * * - a( i2n-1 - i2") and consequently
AX
- -
I I ( T I " * ) "s I~ a ( i l - i2) . a(iz,-l - i z n ) . (4.6) To estimate the right-hand side of (4.6) we sum first over i2, and then ,.. . , i2 and note that it does not exceed successively over i2n-l
C 1 = A~"N.
~ 2 n - 1
(4.7)
il
Whence 11 ~ 1 = 1I[(ZT*)" ~ Ill/" s A ~ N " ", and, by letting n -* 00, we see that 11 TI1 S A, independently of N, as we wished to show. Cotlar first considered this result to avoid using Fourier transforms in proving the L2 continuity of convolution operators, and it has become an invaluable tool since. 5. CALDERON-ZYGMUNDSINGULAR INTEGRAL OPERATORS We discuss in this section the first step, namely, an appropriate truncation of the kernels. This we achieve for a very general class of kernels introduced by Calderbn-Zygmund [19521,[19561. Definition 5.1. We say that a function k, locally integrable away from the origin, is a Calderbn-Zygmund singular kernel, or plainly a CZ kernel, provided it verifies the following three properties
287
5. Caldero’n- Zygmund Singular Integral Operators
k ( x ) dxl S c l , where c1 is a constant (i) For each 0 < E < N, IjE
Lemma 5.2. Suppose k is a CZ kernel, and for 0 < E < N put k E , d x )= k ( x ) ~ { ~ < l . ~ < ~Then , ( x )kE,N . also is a CZ kernel, with constants uniformly bounded, independently of E and N. Proof. Fix E, N and in order to simplify notations put k E , N ( x= ) h(x). Since conditions (i) and (ii) are readily verified for h, with the same constants as k, it sufficesto check that h verifies Hormander’s condition with a constant independent of E, N. In other words, we must estimate
I,
IW
- Y ) - h(x)l dx,
Y
+ 0.
(5.1)
x1=21yl
We consider two cases, namely, IyI < N and (yl 2 N. The latter case is immediate since then the integrand in (5.1) vanishes identically. As for the former case there are three possibilities, namely: (1) Ix - y ( < E, ( 2 ) E c Ix - y ( S N, and ( 3 ) Ix - y l > N. Since (1) and ( 3 ) are dealt in a similar fashion we only discuss ( 3 ) . We have now 1x1 2 ( x - yl - lyl 3 N - 1x(/2, or N s 31x(/2. Therefore, since h ( x - y ) = 0; the integral in (5.1) is dominated by
I
lh(x)I dx c
2N/3<1xI
I
ZN/3r1x1rN
1 -lxI
Ixl
lk(x>I dx
( 3 / 2 N ) c 2 N= 3c2/2,
(5.2) and this estimate is of the right order. To bound ( 2 ) we find it convenient to break it up into three subcases according to whether 1x1 < E, E c 1x1 c N, or 1x1 > N. Once again, the first and third subcases are dealt in a similar fashion and we do only the first subcase this time. We have now 1x1 < E and the restrictions in the integral in (5.1) are 1x1 > 21yl and Ix - yI > E. This implies in particular that l y l < lx1/2 < ~ / and 2 therefore also Ix - yl C 1x1 + ly( =S 3 ~ / 2Thus . the estimate is reduced to C
XI. Caldero'n-Zygmund Singular Integral Operators
288
Only one case remains, but now both h terms appear in (5.1) and they equal the k term. Whence (5.1) is bounded by c, and the proof is complete. H Next we show that the truncated CZ kernels kc,N are kernels of convolution operators, uniformly bounded in Lz(R").
I~rnrna~5.3. Suppose k is a CZ kernel and let kc,N be as in Lemma 5.2. Then lkE,N(()ls c, where c depends only on the CZ constants of k Proof. Fix E, N and put kE,N(x)= h ( x ) . First, observe that h^(,$) = eiYc h ( x - y)e-'"'*dx, y E R". Since eiy5= -1 for y = .rr,$/I,$12, we have that
I,.
fi(5) =
:(Il+ Il
- h ( x - y))e-"'*dx
)(h(x)
=I
+ J,
(5.3)
X1=-21Yl
xI--2Iyl
say. To estimate J is suffices to invoke the Hormander condition which, by Lemma 5.2, h verifies independently of E, N. As for I we rewrite it as IlxlG21yi(e-d.c - 1 M x ) dx +
I,xls,yl
h ( x ) dx
e-*'%(x - y ) dx = I , l ,,,,,,I
+ I2 - 13,
say. The bounds for Il and I2 are pretty straightforward. Indeed
II,l s
I
le-d'*
- l l l h ( x ) l dx
IX1==2IYl
l 5 l l ~ l ldx~ s~ C~l 5~l C 2l l Yl s
c.
Also
Now, I3 requires some work. We rewrite it as
I,x,==21yl
- j ; . l ~ 2 1 y ( e - ~+. c1 ) W x - Y ) dx + say, and note that since le-ixc 11 = le-'X'
+
1L1s
h ( x - y ) dx = 14+ 15,
- e-iYpI s cIx - ylI5l,
Ix-vlIh(x-y)ldx IX1~21Yl
lxllk(x)l dx s c.
s c/51 IX14Yl
then
5. Calderbn- Zygmund Singular Integral Operators
289
Finally to estimate Is we observe that since now Ix - yl
I,
h(x - y ) dx -
I
G
31~1,it equals
h(x - y ) dx = 16 - 1 7 7
Ix-Yl~3lYl
x-Yl4Yl
IXI>2lYl
say. Clearly 1161 G c , . As for Z7 note that since Ix - y ( 3 1x1 - lyl > lyl, then IZ71 s ~ l y l s l x - y l ~ 31y y)Il ~dx h (s~ 3cz. Since we have exhausted all cases the proof is finally complete. We are now in a position to prove
Theorem 5.4 (Calder6n-Zygmund). C,"(R")function f let Tef(x) =
I,
Suppose k is a CZ kernel and for a
k(x - Y M Y ) dY-
x-yl>s
Then there is a constant c = cp, independent off; and
1I TEfllP
E
> 0, so that
CllfIlP.
(5.4)
Moreover, Tf = lime+oTJ exists in L P ( R " ) 1, < p < 00, and it also satisfies the estimate (5.4). Furthermore, TEfand Tf are well defined for arbitrary f in LP(R"),and the norm inequality (5.4) holds for these functions as well. T, and T are called the truncated and the Calder6n-Zygmund singular operator associated to k
Proof. Fix 0 < E < N and forfin C P ( R " )put TF.Nf(x)= h * f ( x ) ,where h = ke.N as usual. By Lemma 5.3, 11 TE,Nfl12 S ~ l l f 1 1 ~ , c independent of E, N and, by Lemma 5.2, h satisfies Hormander's condition also uniformly in E, N. Therefore, by Theorem 3.1, T E , N fL~P ( R " ) ,1 < p < 00, and there is a constant c = cp so that (5.4) holds with Tefreplaced by Te,NJ Now, since T,f(x) = TE,Nf(~)for every x in R" for N 2 No(sUppfl, it readily follows by Fatou's lemma that (5.4) holds. In fact, a simple limiting argument shows that (5.4) holds for arbitrary L P ( R " )functions as well. Next, and to insure that Tf exists, we verify that { T e n is Cauchy in L P ( R " )for each f in CF(R").Let E > q > 0 be given and observe that T a x ) - Tf(x) =
=
I
v
j
W l Y Is6
=Z+J,
k(ylf(x - Y ) dY k(y)(f(x - Y ) - f ( x ) ) dY
(5.5)
XI. Calderbn-Zygmund Singular Integral Operators
290
say. Moreover, since in our case [,.lf(x - y ) - f ( x ) l p dx s clyIp, by Minkowski's inequality it readily follows that
ll~ll,s cJ
as
Iyllk(y)I dy s C C ~ E= o(1)
E +
0.
IYlSE
As for the J term, note that by property (i) of CZ kernels lim,+o J,,lyl, 0. Whence
IlJllP
k ( y ) dv exists, and consequently ~imE,,+olJ,,<~y~~, k ( y ) dyl=
s
I
k ( Y ) dY rl'lYl==&
I
IIfll,
=41)
as
779
E
+
0,
and our claim is proved. Let Tf = lim c + o T,f denote the Lp limit whose existence we have just proved; clearly, 11 Tfll, S cllfll, as well. To show that the same holds for an arbitrary L P ( R " )function J; put f = g + h,where g is in C?(R") and llhll, s S is arbitrarily small. Then IIT,f- TEfllpS IIT,(f-g)llp+ IIT,g- Tsgllp+ I I T , ( f - g ) l l p s 2 c ~ + o ( l ) as E , V + O . Since 6 is arbitrary, {TEA is also Cauchy in L P ( R " ) lim,+o , TEf= Tf exists in Lp and it also verifies (5.4). As for p = 1 we have
* Theorem 5.5 (Calder6n-Zygmund). following additional property:
Suppose the CZ kernel k verifies the
(iv) If x l , x,, x 3 , y are such that x1 - x21, Ix, - x31, Ix, - X3I s R/2 and Ixl 1x2 - yl, 1x3 - 3 R, then
YI,
YI
where c4 is independent of the points involved and R. Then the mapping T,. defined in Theorem 5.4 is of weak-type (1, l ) , with norm independent of E, lim,+o TJ = Tf exists in measure and in the pointwise sense a.e. Furthermore, Al{lTeA > A l l s
Cllflll,
(5.7)
AI(1TY-I > A l l s cllfll1,
(5.8)
c independent of A, E,J; and
with c independent of A, f: Proof. Assumption (iv) insures that the proof given in Theorems 1.1 and 2.12 in Chapter V for the Hilbert transform also works in this case with minor adjustments. Another way to go about this is to observe that the
6. Maximal Caldero'n-Zygmund Singular Integral Operators
291
estimate (5.6) insures that hypothesis (ii) of Theorem 1.1 holds, and consequently that result also applies. (Also cf. Theorem 3.1 in Chapter XIII.) There still remains the question of the pointwise convergence of the truncated CZ singular integral operators. This requires the simultaneous control of T&,Nf;and is achieved in the next section with the consideration of the maximal singular integral operators. 6. MAXIMAL CALDERON-ZYGMUND SINGULAR INTEGRAL OPERATORS
For a CZ kernel k let
T* is called the maximal CZ singular integral operator (associated to k ) and our aim is to show that under appropriate conditions the statements analogous to Theorems 5.4 and 5.5 hold for T* as well. Lemma 6.1 (Cotlar). Suppose the CZ kernel k verifies properties (i) through (iv) of Definition 5.1 and Theorem 5.5. Then for 0 < 77 < 1 and Tf as in Theorem 5.4,
T*f(x) 4wI~fl")(x)"" + M f ( x ) ) , (6.2) where c = c" is independent off E C r ( R " ) and x. Proof. As indicated above, for compactly supported functions f the limit as N + m of TE,Nfcan be easily handled, so we may just consider Tef: Now given compactly supported functions f; g it is readily seen that there is a sequence cj + 0 so that lim T J w )
&,+O
=
Tf(w)
and
lim T,g(w) = g ( w )
EJ+0
(6.3)
exist simultaneously for almost every w in R". Fix x in R" and E > 0 and for a given f in C r ( R " )let g ( y ) = f ( y ) x e c x , , , ( ybe ) the restriction off to the ball centered at x of radius E. Next observe that TEf(x)=
I,
X-yI>&
( k ( x - u ) - k ( w - Y)lf(Y) dY
XI. Calderbn- Zygmund Singular Integral Operators
292
say. In (6.4) we have chosen w to be a point B(x, ~ / 4 where ) (6.3) holds. Clearly, by (the first limit in) (6.3) lim&J+o K = T f ( w ) .As for the J term, ) sj + 0, upon choosing E~ sufficiently small it follows since w E B ( x , ~ / 4 and = that B( w, E ~=) B(x, E),and, consequently, for those ~j’sf(y)~Rn\B(~&)(y) ~ ( ~ ) x R “ \ B ( ~ , & ) ( Y ) x ~ ( ~ , ~n~ ) u(sY )J. may be rewritten as -Ilw-yI,EJ k(w y ) g ( y )dy and by (the second limit in) (6.3) lim,J+oJ = - T ( ~ x B ( & ~ ) ) ( w ) . Since Z is independent of E ~by , letting E~ + 0 in (6.4), we obtain that for almost every w in B(x, .5/4) T&f(X)=
J;
(k(x - Y ) - k ( w - Y ) ) f ( Y ) dY
X-YI>E
- T ( f X ~ ( x , & ) ) ( wTf(W) ) =I say. Now, by property (iv) of k, it follows that
J
K,
(6.5)
where 4(x) is the radial, decreasing, integrable function (1 + IX~)-(“+~), 4,(x) = E - ” ~ ( x / E )and , by Proposition 2.3 in Chapter IV, (I1 S cMf(x). Whence by (6.5) we see that ~)I (6.6) IT&f(x)) cMf(x) + ) T ( ~ X B ( X , E ) ) (lTf(w)l for almost every w in B ( x , ~ / 4 ) .NOW,if TEf(x) = 0, then clearly (TEf(x)I is bounded by the right-hand side of (6.2). Otherwise, let 0 < A < ITJ(x)l, ) B and introduce El = { w E B: ITf(w)l> A / 3 } , E2 = put B(x, ~ / 4 = { w E B: IT(fxBCq&))(w)l> A / 3 } and E3 = 0 if cMf(x) S A / 3 and = B if cMf(x) > h / 3 ( c is the constant in (6.6)). From (6.6) it is clear that B = El u E2 u E,, and we pass now to estimate the measure of these sets. In the first place by Chebychev’s inequality
Similarly, and invoking Kolmogorov’s inequality 7.19 in Chapter IV and Theorem 5.5, we see that
and since lE21 is finite, we also have
6. Maximal Caldero'n-Zygmund Singular Integral Operators
293
As for E,, it either equals B, and in this case M f ( x ) / A > c > 1, or it is empty. In either case, P 3 1 6
lBlMf(x)/A.
Thus combining (6.7), (6.8) and (6.9) it follows that
IBI
=S cA-"
J i T f ( w ) l " d w + cA-'
I
lf(Y)ldY
B(x,E)
which, multiplying through by A / [ BI, in turn gives
+
s c(A'-"M((Tfl")(x) M f ( x ) ) .
(6.10)
+
Now, since from the inequality 0 < A G clA'-" c2 we readily get that A s max((2cl)'/", 2c2) s ( 2 ~ ~ ) "+" 2c2, by (6.10) we obtain A G c ( M ( ) T f ( " ) ( x ) ' / " M f ( x ) ) ,and (6.2) follows at once from this. H
+
Theorem 6.2. Assume the CZ kernel k verifies the assumption of Lemma 6.1. Then IIT*fllP
CllfllP,
1
< 00,
(6.11)
where c = cp is independent off:
Proof. For f in C ; ( R " ) , (6.11) follows at once from Lemma 6.1 and the maximal theorem. A by now well-known density argument gives the same result for arbitrary f in L P ( R " ) ,1 < p < CO. H Theorem 6.3. Assume the CZ kernel k verifies the assumptions of Lemma 6.1. Then Al{T*f> A l l s
cllfll1,
A
> 0,
(6.12)
for a constant c independent of A and f: Proof. One way to prove (6.12) is to repeat the argument of Theorem 2.14 in Chapter V. Another way is to note that on account of Lemma 6.1, it is enough to show that for f in C?(R"), A I ~ A= I AI{M(ITfl")(x)> A'II
cllfIIi,
Now, by 8.2 in Chapter IX, we have that 10Als cA-"
A
> 0.
(6.13)
I, I Tf(x)l"dx <
00,
294
XI. Calderbn-Zygmund Singular Integral Operators
and consequently by Kolmogorov's inequality laA[ G cA-'16,['-'(wk-L norm ITfl)" G c A - ' ~ O ~ / ' -and ~ ~we ~ ~are ~ ~done. ~, We are now in a position to prove the existence of the pointwise limit of the truncated Calderbn-Zygmund singular integral operators. Theorem 6.4. Suppose the CZ kernel k verifies the assumptions of Lemma 6.1. Then lim,,, T , f ( x ) exists a.e. for each f in L P ( R " ) ,1 < p < 00, is denoted by p.v. k * f ( x ) , and it coincides with T f ( x ) , the norm limit.
Proof. For real valued k and f let A ( f ) ( x )= lim sup,,, T E f ( x ) lim inf,,, T E f ( x ) 0. Since we can writef = g + h, g E C,"(R")and Ilh [Ip 4 8, S arbitrary, we also have A ( f ) ( X )= A ( h ) ( x ) ,since by (5.5) (and making use of (ii) in Definition (5.1)) it readily follows that A ( g ) ( x )= 0 everywhere. Thus, A ( f ) ( x ) s 2 T * h ( x ) , and, consequently, for each A > 0 / { A ( f )> A}I 9 I{T*h > A / 2 } (s cApS. Since S is arbitrary we immediately get that / { A ( f )> A } / = 0 for each A > 0. Thus A ( f ) ( x )= a.e.; in other words lim sup,,, T E f ( x )= lim inf,,, T E f ( x )a.e. and the limit exists for each f in L p ( R " ) .Furthermore, since it coincides with T f ( x ) for f in C;(R"), a simple argument along the lines of Theorem 2.2 in Chapter IV shows that the same is true for an arbitrary f in L P ( R " )and we have finished. I 7. SINGULAR INTEGRAL OPERATORS IN L"(R")
As in the periodic case the class BMO arises as the image of L" under CZ singular integral operators. Theorem 7.1. Suppose the CZ kernel k verifies the assumptions of Theorem 5.5, let k , ( x ) = k ( x ) if 1x1 > E and 0 otherwise, and for f in L"(R") set
KEf(X) = j
y
x - Y ) - kd-Y)lf(Y) dY.
(7.1)
Then lime,, K E f ( x )exists a.e. in x and is a BMO function; more precisely, there is a constant c independent off such that
IIKfll*
cllfllm(7.2) Proof. Observe first that, on account of property (iv) of CZ kernels, the integral in (7.1)converges absolutely for each E and x ; in fact, it is precisely for this reason that the term - k , ( - y ) was introduced. Also note that iff is compactly supported, then K E f ( x )differs from T , f ( x ) by a constant. Moreover, well-known arguments by now show that limE,, K , f ( x ) exists in the L2 norm on each finite cube as well as pointwise a.e. in R".
8. Notes; Further Results and Problems
295
Next consider K , f ( x ) - K N f ( x ) = kc,N* f ( x ) , where by Lemma 5.2 the integrable function kE,Nis a CZ kernel with constants uniformly bounded, independently of E and N. It is not hard to see that IIkc,N*fll* s C I I ~ I \ ~ , with c independent of E, N, and f ; in fact, the proof of this estimate is similar to that of Theorem 3.1 in Chapter VIII and is therefore omitted. Thus there is a constant c, independent of E, N, and f, so that
Next observe that if cN = IRn(kN(-Y) - k , ( - y ) ) f ( y ) dy, then K N f ( x ) C N = I p ( I C N ( x - y ) - k N ( - y ) ) f ( y ) dy tends to 0 uniformly as N + 00. Moreover, since the inequality in (7.3) remains unchanged if we replace K N f by K N f - cN, we get, by first letting N + CO and then E + 0,
8. NOTES; FURTHER RESULTS AND PROBLEMS Because of the many applications to other branches of analysis and PDE’s, the Calder6n-Zygmund theory of singular integral operators plays a basic role in harmonic analysis and lies at the heart of much of the work being done in this area nowadays. Although other mathematicians, most notably Giraud and Mikhlin, obtained n-dimensional results, it was only through the techniques introduced by Calderbn and Zygmund that the complete picture began to emerge. The classic 1952 Actu Mathemuticu and 1956 American Journal of Mathematics papers make inspiring reading and, even though they are quite well understood by now, there is yet much to be learned about the precise meaning of the various conditions discussed there. For instance, only recently Calderbn-Zygmund [19791 showed that in the case of kernels of the form k ( x ) = n(x’)/lxl”,n homogeneous of degree 0, the Hormander condition (iii) *of Definition 5.1 is actually equivalent to the following one: For a proper rotation p of R “ about the origin put /PI = suplx’ - px’l. Then if w , ( t ) = sup^^^^^ I,)k(px’) - k(x’)l dx’, ~ ~ o ,wl( l l t ) / t dt < 00. Also Calder6n and Capri [ 19841 have shown that if T is as in Theorem 5.4 and f and Tf are both integrable, then limE-,ollTJ Tflll = 0. The versatility of the methods discussed in this chapter is apparent in the consideration of the so-called CZ operators, corresponding to “variable”
296
XI. Calderbn- Zygmund Singular Integral Operators
kernels (also cf. Calder6n and Zygmund [ 1978]), and oscillatory singular integrals. Further Results and Problems 8.1 De Guzmin [1981] observed that the method of rotations applies to the Hardy-Littlewood maximal operator as well. In other words, assume that the 1-dimensional maximal operator is bounded in Lp, 1 < p < 00, and prove that the same is true for the n-dimensional maximal operator. What can be said for the case p = l ? 8.2 Suppose k ( x ) = f2(xr)/\xl", homogeneous of degree 0 and I,n ( x ' ) dx' = 0, is a CZ kernel and show that
lnll/cos
$1
T
- i-sgn(cos 4)
2 where $ denotes the angle between [ and x'. (Hint: we have
In polar coordinates
say. I is easily computed; as for R note that
+I
[ E COSl&'l,l)
(cos r - 1) - + dr r
I
[I/=)
dr cos r-, r
and take the limit as E + 0. The fact that jx f2(x') dx' = 0 is crucial.) 8.3 Suppose the kernel k verifies (ii) in Definition 5.1 and the mappings T , f ( x ) = k, * f ( x ) are bounded in some L P ( R " ) 1, < p < 00, uniformly in E. Then for each 0 < E < N, IJE
297
8. Notes; Further Results and Problems
In case k ( x ) = R(x')/lxl",this implies that Ij, R ( x ' ) dx'l ln(N/E) is bounded uniformly in E and N and consequently I ,Cn(x') dx' = 0. The last assertion follows upon writing, for f in Cr( R " ) , ,.
c
=
J
(AX E+lSN
- y ) - f ( x ) ) k ( y ) dy
+f(x)
J
k ( y ) dy EGlylGN
=Z+J, say, and noting that Z converges since the integrand there is absolutely summable. Results of this nature, and more general ones, are discussed by Jurkat and Sampson [ 19791.) 8.4 Suppose 4 is integrable and 141s k, where k is integrable and ( V k ( x ) (s c/(x("+'.Then the mapping T f ( x ) = ~ u p ~ , ~ ( q*5f ,( x ) (is of weak+(y) dy)f(x) type ( 1 , l ) and iff is integrable then lim,+m & * f ( x ) = a.e. (Hint: Since 19, * f ( x ) l s k, * f ( x ) , it suffices to show the weak-type estimate for 4 replaced by k By Theorem 2.2 it is enough to verify that
(IRn
This estimate follows at once from the mean value theorem. 26 [1978] extended this result to the setting I+(x)l G kl(lxll)k2((x21),where x = ( x l ,x2) E R", x1 E R"I denote the first n, components of x and x2 E R"2 the last n2 .) 8.5 Assume 4 is integrable in R and 141=sk, where supp k c [0,1], k is nondecreasing and k E Lln+ L[O, 11. Furthermore, let {A,} be a lacunary sequence, and put T f ( x ) = sup,,lkAn* f ( x ) l .Then T is of weak-type ( 1 , l ) and if f is locally integrable it also follows that limn+mkAn* f ( x ) = (jro,l, k(y) d y ) f ( x )a.e. By means of Lemma 6.4 in Chapter IV it is possible to construct a nonlacunary sequence {A,,} which increases to 00 and a locally integrable function f so that for k as above lim sup,,m kAn * f(x ) = +0O a.e. (Hint: To show that T is of weak-type ( 1 , l ) it suffices to verify that assumption (ii) in Theorem 2.2 is satisfied. This result is also from Z6's work [19761.) 8.6 Assume k ( x ) = Cn(x')/Ixl"is an odd, homogeneous CZ kernel of degree -n, so that j,D(x')l dx' < 00, and put h ( x ) = b(lxl)k(x), where b is a Fourier-Stieltjes transform. Let T , f ( x ) = p.v. h * f ( x ) and show that Tl verifies the same Lp continuity properties as T f ( x ) = p.v. k * f ( x ) does. (Hint: Let g( t ) be in LP(R), 1 < p < 00, and E ( S ) be an arbitrary, positive, measurable function in R Then by the results concerning the Hilbert transform in Section 3 of Chapter X, the expression e-irsjls-tl,r(s) e'"g( t ) / ( s - t ) dt represents afunction with Lp norm acllgllp.
298
XI. Calderbn-Zygmund Singular Integral Operators
Thus if p ( r ) is a function of bounded variation, from Minkowski's integral inequality it readily follows that the Lp norm of the function (of s) given by eirrg(t ) e-i's d t d p ( r ) s c(variation of p ) ( l g ( l p .
j, J;
S--II>E(S)
(s - t )
Now interchange the order of integration in the expression above and observe that since E ( S ) is arbitrary, we may conclude that, if
then also l\g*11, S cllgll,. To pass to the n-dimensional statement it suffices now to invoke the method of rotations, i.e., to use an argument similar to Theorem 3.1 in Chapter X; this result is from Calder6n-Zygmund's work [1956]. R. Fefferman [1979] observed that even in the case when b is an arbitrary bounded function the following is true: suppose that for each r > 0 we are given a function a, on X in such a way that the family {a,} is uniformly in the Dini class; i.e., if w ( t ) = sup{la,(x') - a,(y')l: Ix' - y'( < t, r > O}, then w( t ) / t dt < a;and also I ,a , ( x ' ) dx' = 0. Let h ( x ) = fllxl(x')/Ixln,then 1lp.v.h *fl12 s ~ l l f l 1 ~ .If in addition the Dini condition is replaced by a Lipschitz condition of some positive order, then also 1k.v. h *f",S cllfllp, 1 < p < a.The case p = 2 amounts to showing that h is bounded, but things get complicated when p # 2 since in general nothing - y ) - h(x)l dx. The proof relies can be said about integrals like ~lxlP21,,llh(~ then on the complex method of interpolation. Namazi [1984] relaxed the Lipschitz condition and characterized those b's for which the corresponding mapping is bounded from L"(R") into BMO(R").Also Shi [1985] proved results for more general CZ operators.) 8.7 Suppose that is a nonnegative function, supp c (1x1 s l}, such ,.+ ( x ) dx = 1. Let E > 0 and put & ( x ) = E - " + ( x / E ) and define that I 6 , ( x ) = T + € ( x )- k E ( x ) ,where k is a CZ singular integral kernel and T is the CZ operator associated to k. Show there exists a constant c > 0 such that 116,ll, s c, uniformly in E. (Hint: Suppose first 1x1 3 2 s and observe that by the Lebesgue dominated convergence theorem T+&) = JlylSE k ( x - Y ) & ( Y ) dy. Consequently, = jl,,lSE(k(x- Y ) k ( x ) ) + , ( y ) d y and the appropriate estimate for j l X 1 2 2 B 1 8 Edx ( ~follows )I from Fubini's theorem and condition (iii) in Definition 5.1. On the other hand
+
I,
X1S2E
18,(X)l dx
+
I,
XIS28
I W € ( X ) I dx +
j
lk<.>I dx
=
I + J,
E
say. To estimate I we invoke the fact that T is bounded in L2,and to bound J we use condition (ii) in Definition 5.1. This represents the first step in showing that, if f; Tf E L ( R " ) ,then lim,,,J~ TJ - Tflll= 0 (cf. Calder6n and Capri [1984]).)
299
8. Notes; Further Results and Problems
8.8 There is yet another way to estimate T * f ( x ) under somewhat weaker conditions than those of Lemma 6.1. Rather than assuming condition (iv) of CZ kernels in Theorem 5.5, suppose that k verifies for Ix - y ( > E
where # satisfies the assumptions of Corollary 2.3. Show that under this hypothesis T * f ( x ) s c ( K f ( x ) M(lAr)(x)"rf M ( T f ) ( x ) ) ,where K is a mapping of weak-type (1,l) and type ( p , p) for 1 < p < 00, and 1 < r < 00. (Hint: We proceed as Lemma 6.1 and integrate (6.5) over w in B(x, ~ / 4 ) to obtain
+
I ~ € f ( X )=s l
c(
I,
If(Y)I&-"
X-yl>E
+ E-"
I,
l ~ ( f X B ( d ( W ) ldw
X--WIGE/4
=A
l u x - Y ) - k ( w - Y)I dw dY Ix--w(rs/4
+ E-"
I,
X--WISE/4
lTf(w)ldw)
+ B + C,
say. Clearly, A s supEm* 4 E ( = ~ K) f ( x ) , and by Corollary 2.3, K is as it should be. B is estimated by applying Holder's inequality and Theorem 5.4 and the bound for C is immediately.) 8.9 Let T, be a z-weakly measurable and uniformly bounded family of operators in L2(R"), 11 Tzll s M for all z in a measure space (2, dz). If the inequalities 11 TzT$lI, 11 TTTz.ll d h2(z,z') hold with a function h ( z , z') which is the kernel of a bounded integral operator H in L2(R")with norm A, then the operator T = T, d z is bounded in L2(R " ) with norm 11 TI1 d A. This variant of Cotlar's lemma is crucial in proving the L2 continuity of pseudo-diff erential operators (cf. Calder6n and Vaillancourt [ 19711). 8.10 Cotlar's lemma is quite useful when the Fourier transform is not available. For instance, for x # y in R let the kernel k(x, y) verify the following conditions: (i) D " ( ( x - y ) k ( x , y ) ) + 0 at infinity for each a, (ii) IWx, y)I 1/lx - Y I , (iii) I(a/ax)(k(x,Y)I l / l x - yI2. (iv) k ( r y ) = -k(y, x ) and (v) p.v. ~ l x - - y l s 4 m k(x, y) d y = 0 for each integer , and x E R Then the operator T f ( x ) = lime,,, jlx--yl,a k(x, y ) f ( y ) d y is bounded in L2 ( R ) .(Hint: For each integer j put = characteristic function of (4' s lx - yl d 4'+'}, &(x, y ) = k(x, y ) x j and denote by lj the integral operator corresponding to 4. Since for f E CF( R)IIC,"=-, Zjf - Tfl12-* 0 as N + 00 it suffices to show that C Il ,:-_, Zjll is bounded, uniformly in N. By (a variant of) Cotlar's lemma 4.1, and since on account of (iv) Ti*= -Ti and since the norm of an operator and that of its adjoint coincide, it is enough to verify that for m G j , 11 ljTm11 =s a ( j - m)', where C a ( j ) < 00. To do this we invoke the well-known and readily verified fact that if s(x, y) is locally
I
XI. Calderbn-Zygmund Singular Integral Operators
300
integrable in R2 and j R l s ( x ,y)I dy, jRIs(x,y)l dx 1 (a.e.) then the operator with kernel s ( x , y) is bounded in L 2 ( R )with norm ~ 1This . gives at once that 11 TqII = 11 ?[ I 2 s 100. On the other hand, if m <j, then the kernel sj,,,(x, y) of T T , is given by j R 4 ( x , t)k,(y, t ) dt and the following estimates hold:
This allows us to observe that ~ s j , , , ( x , yG) ~uj,,(x - y ) , where a , , ( t ) = 0 if It[ > 4'+' 4"+', a , , ( t ) s 16.4-' if It f 6 4"'+', u , , ( t ) G 4-2J+mif 4' + 4,+' s It I s 4J+' - 4'"+', finally a.(, t ) = 0 if It1 < 4' - 4"+', q mt() s 16.4-J if It + 4'1 s 4"+'. Consequently, f R a',,,( t ) dt s 50.4-'+" = a ( j - m ) , which is precisely what we wanted to show. This result is from David's work
+
[1982].)
8.11 Motivated by 8.10 and the results in this section we propose the following definitions: we say that a possibly complex-valued, continuous function k ( x , y) defined for x # y is a Calderbn-Zygmund kernel provided the following two conditions are satisfied: (i) Ik(x, r)lc CIX - yl-". (ii) The distributional derivatives D"k(x, y ) , IaI = 1, coincide with -n-1 . locally bounded functions in x # y and verify ID"k(x, y)I S Ix - yl Associated to k we define the operator T by means of the formula T f ( x ) = Pev*I R n k ( x 7 y ) . f ( y )dy = lirn~;rOjI~-yI>~ k ( x , y)f(y) d y 7 f E C?(R"), and we say that T is a Calderbn-Zygmund operator provided T admits a continuous k(x, y ) f ( y ) dy extension to L2(R").As expected we denote T , f ( x ) = IIX-yl,E and T * f ( x ) = sup,) T,f(x)l. Prove that Calderbn-Zygmund operators are bounded on L P ( R " )1, < p < 00, and map L ( R " )into wk-L(R"). Also prove that the same result holds for 7'' and T * . (Hint: The proofs in Section 5 apply to this setting as well; the notation, as well as the formulation of the next four results, is due to Coifman and Meyer [1978].) 8.12 Show that the conclusion of 8.11 holds under the following assumptions on k in place of (i) and (ii) there: (iii) there exist a constant c and a number 0 < S c 1, such that, if Iy - yo[c r and ( x - yo/ 2 2r(x, y , yo E R", r > 0) we have Ik(x, y)I s cIx - yl-" and Ik(x, y ) - k ( x , yo)l, Ik(y, x ) k ( y o ,x)l s cr 6 Ix - yol-n-6. In fact, Yabuta [1985] has shown that the k suffices: Ik(x, y ) ( s cIx - yl-" following assumption on and lk(x, y ) - k ( x 7 yO))+)k(y, k(y07 x ) \ C ~ x - ~ o ~ - " w ( ~ ~ - ~ for all x, y, yo with 21y -yo[ < Ix -yo\, where w is a nonnegative, nondecreasing function with j(o,llw( t ) / t dt < a.
~ ~ / ~ x - ~
301
8. Notes; Further Results and Problems
8.13 Suppose T is a Calder6n-Zygmund operator which verifies the assumptions of either 8.11 or 8.12. Then for each function f in L P ( R " ) , 1 < p < CO, lim,,o T , f ( x ) exists and coincides a.e. with T f ( x ) defined as 4 k l l p -,0. follows: Tf = limit in Lp norm of TcPkwhere 4kE C r ( R " ) and 8.14 If T is a Calder6n-Zygmund operator a n d f e C r ( R " ) ,then for each x in R" we have T ' ( x ) ~ c l l T J J M ( l f l ~ ) ( x ) ' where '~, l
[If-
I,.(
suPsuP[l x
,
U l S l
I,
Ik,(X + U, x + y ) - k, (x + V, x + y)I du dV S 4 ( y ) ,
U(G1
where as usual k,(x, y) = v - " k ( x / 7, y / v ) and for IyI 2 N, some large value, 4 ( y ) is a radial, nondecreasing, integrable function. Then if T f ( x )= p.v. k(x, y)f(y) dy is of weak-type (1, l), and a < a,, is sufficiently small, M c , T f ( x )S c M f ( x ) , where c = c,,+ is a constant independent of x and J (Hint: For convenience we assume that all maximal functions are centered, i.e., the sup at x is defined over all open cubes centered at x. Let then I be an open cube centered at x,. For a fixed locally integrable function f we put fl =fxn1/2NI, f 2 = f - f 1 . Since T is of weak-type ( 1 , l ) we have / { Y E I: ITf,(y)l>A}l
I,.
302
XI. Calderc5n-Zygmund Singular Integral Operators
We estimate the innermost integral A in the preceeding inequality. The cube I is obviously contained in a ball with the same center as I and with radius 6 = diam Q/2. Hence by changing variables we see that
Whence the right-hand side in the above inequality is majorized by c ( I (IRn(f2(y)(46(xo- y ) dy/A 9 c(I(Mf(x,)/A, and this estimate is also of the right order provided that A > cMf(xo). Since I is arbitrary our proof 4 ( y ) lnlyl dy < 00 is complete. A similar argument shows that, if IlylSEN instead, then the stronger inequality M & Tf(x) d cM#f(x) holds. These results, as well as related ones, are in Jawerth and Torchinsky's work [19851.) 8.17 Let k E Y ' ( R " ) have compact support and let 0 < 8 < 1 be given. Further, suppose that ,k coincides with a locallyAintegrable function away and from the origin, that k is a function and that Ik(S)l d A(l + 1~$1)-"' / ~ - y ) - k(x)) dx d c for lyl d 1. Then the convolution operator jlxl,21yl~-~,lk(~ T'= p.v. k *J;is bounded in L P ( R " ) ,1 < p < 00, and maps L"(R") into BMO(R"). (Hint: We may assume that k is integrable by replacing, if necessary, k by k * 4€,where 4 is a C,"(R")function with integral 1, and observing that the above conditions are satisfied by k * 4€,uniformly in E. We show first that T maps L" into BMO. Let I be a cube of dianeter 6, which we may assume is centered at the origin. Of the two cases, 6 S 1 or 6 > 1, we only do 6 d 1. Write f =f,+ f 2 , where f,= f in the ball 1x1 d 26'-', f 2 = f -4, and u1 = Tfl, u2 = Tfi. In terms of Fourier transforms n0/2 * GI([) = )5(-"e/2k([)1S1 f,([), where according to our assumptions $(t)I#'e/2 is bounded. Thus, by (the n-dimensional variant of) Theorem 2.1 in Chaptzr VI, u ^ , j s the FouGer transform of an Lp function with norm ~All~(S)~S~"""f1(S)ll2 cllfll12 cllf,l12, with l l p = 1/2 - 8/2. in other words Thus IrIul(x)pdx d cllf,ll; d CllfIlmNow let a, = k(-ylf,(y) dy. Since UZ(X) (l/lIl) f,IU1(X>1dx a, = jRn(k(X- y ) - k ( - y ) ) f , ( y ) dy, if 1x1 d 6 (which is the case if x E I), we get that IuAx) - a,( (Ilyl,21xll-elk(~- v) - k(-y)l dy)llfllm. Clearly T is bounded in Lz, and by Theorem 4.2 in Chapter VIII, T is also continuous in L P ( R " )for 2 < p < 03. The statement for 1 < p < 2 follows by duality. These operators were introduced by Fefferman [19701, who also proved that they are of weak-type ( 1 , l ) . The fact that they map L" continuously into BMO was proved by Fefferman and Stein [1972].)
CHAFTER
XI1 The Littlewood-Paley Theory
1. VECTOR-VALUED INEQUALITIES It is often possible to extend inequalities involving scalar valued functions to functions which take values in a Banach space and thus obtain not only a more general result but also one which can be applied to other situations. The purpose of this chapter is to take systematic advantage of this fact. We begin by giving two important examples, one concerning maximal functions and the other Calder6n-Zygmund singular integral operators. In each case , c: p < Q), and the applications will be discussed the Banach space is l P ( Z ) 1 later on.
Theorem 1.1. (Fefferman-Stein). Let f = (fi,. . . , f k , . . .) be a sequence of functions defined on R " and, corresponding to f, consider the sequence Mf = ( Mfl . . . ,Mfk, . . .) whose kth term is the Hardy-Littlewood maximal function Mfk offk. Then II II~fkIlI'llp CII Ilfkllrdlp7 1 < r7 P < Q), (1.1) where c = c,,, is independent of$ Also, and with a constant c = c,,~independent off,
NlMfkllI' > All cll llfklll,lllY 1 < r < Q). (1.2) Proof. To simplify notations put F ( x ) = Ilfk(x)lllr and m F ( x ) = IIMkf(x)I(,r.We consider separately the cases p < r, p = r, and p > r. When p = r (1.1) follows at once from the maximal theorem since
(1.3)
XII. The Littlewood -Paley Theory
304
where dJ E L'P/"'(R")and has norm S l . To estimate the integral in (1.4) we invoke 8.23 in Chapter IX and note that it is dominated by "
I f k ( x ) l ' ~ 4 ( xdx )
s
~ l l ~ l l ~ l l ~ sl lc~l l Fp l l/ i *r ~ ~
Therefore the right-hand side of (1.4) is bounded by cllFilp, which is precisely what we wanted to show. Finally since the remaining cases of (1.1) follow from (1.2) and the Marcinkiewicz interpolation theorem, we show (1.2). Consider the Calder6n-Zygmund decomposition of F at level A and in particular consider a family of disjoint, open cubes ( 4 )such that if R = 4, then ~ R ~ S ~ ~ F ~ ~ , / A , F ( x ) 6 A for x in R"\R and ( l / l 4 l ) IrJF ( x ) dx s 2"A, all j . Let now fk = g k + hk, where gk =f xXR" \Cl, hk and put G ( x ) = Ilgk(x)IIIr,rnG(x)= IIkfgk(x)l(lr andsimilarlyfor H and rnH. Since Mfk(x)s Mgk(x) + Mhk(X), all x and k, it suffices to show that rnG and rnH are in wk - L ( R " ) , with norm s c 11 FII 1 . This is immediate for m G since 11 G 11 zs cA 1) FII and by (1.3) ((rnG((, zs cllGllr; whence A'({rnG> All cA'-'llFll~. The estimate for H requires some work. In the first place let f k ( x )= Cj((l/141) j j , f k ( y )dy)xrJ(X)and P(x), rnF(x) as usual. Observe that supp F c a, and for x E 4, by Minkowski's inequality, we, have F ( x ) s (1/I4I) Ir,IIh(~)IIi~d~ = (~/IJI) IjJ F ( Y )d ~ 2 " 5 ~ - Thus IIFII: s CAW s c A ' - ' J J F I J ~ and as above we see that Al{F > A}l 6 cllFII,. Our proof will (2n4), then for all k and thus be complete once we show that, if 6 = with a constant c independent of k,
u
uj
kfhk(x)zs ckffk(x),
a.e. in
~"\6.
(1.5)
To show (1.5) fix a cube Z containing x and note that
where the sum is only extended over J = {those j ' s so that I n 4 # 0).In this case, since x E Z \ 6 c I \ 2 n 4 , by the geometry of the situation, it follows
305
1. Vector-Valued Inequalities that I j G 2nI. Therefore, the right-hand side of (1.6) does not exceed
Since I is arbitrary we conclude that for x E R"\fi, Mh,(x) s cMfk(x)and we are done. A similar result is true for CZ singular integral operators, the key observation being that a statement analogous to 8.23 in Chapter IX holds in this case as well. More precisely, we have
Theorem 1.2 (C6rdoba-Fefferman). Assume k is a CZ kernel which verifies the assumptions of Chapter XI. If T denotes the CZ singular integral operator associated to k and w is a nonnegative function so that w s is locally integrable for some s > 1, then
"I,[ for all f
E
~ f ( X ) l " W ( X ) dx
s c [R"lf(x)lpM(w s ) ( x ) l / dx s
L P ( R " ) 1, < p < co, and a constant c
=
(1.7)
cp,sindependent off:
Proof. We begin by pointing out a variant of Theorem 7.1 in Chapter XI, namely, TfX(x)s c M ( l j y ) ( x ) 1 / q 7 1 < q < co, (1.8) with c = cq independent off: To see this fix a cube I containing x and put f = fx21+ fXRn\2I = fl + f 2 , say. Then Tf = Tfl + Tf2and it suffices to show (1.8) with f l and f 2 in place off in the left-hand side of that inequality. In the first place, by Holder's inequality and Theorem 5.4 in Chapter XI,
and this estimate is of the right order. Also for y in I,
s cM(lj-y)(x)'/",
and consequently the estimate (1.8) holds.
XII. The Littlewood- Paley Theory
306
Now since by Proposition 3.3 in Chapter IX,M ( w S ) ( x ) ’ / ’ E A,, from (a simple variant of) Theorem 4.4 in Chapter X and (1.8) it follows that
.1
I,. == 1.“
I T f ( x ) l ” w ( x ) dx <
I T f ( x ) l ” M ( w ” ) ( x ) ’ / ”dx Tf”Y(x),M( w ’ ) ( x ) l / ’ dx
=z
1..
M ( Iflq)( X ) ” / ~w’)( M (x ) ’ ~ dx. ’
(1.9)
Suppose now that 1 < q < p, then p / q > 1 and by Theorem 4.1 in Chapter IX we see that the righthand side of (1.9) is dominated by c ~ , . ~ f ( x ) ~ p M ( w ” ) ( xdx, ) ‘ ~and ” the proof is complete. 4 We are now in a position to prove Theorem 1.3 (C6rdoba-Fefferman). Let (4)be a sequence of CZ kernels with unformly bounded CZ constants and let {Ti} denote the sequence of CZ singular integral operators which correspond to the 4’s. Then
where c = c,.,
II Il~LllrIl,c cll II.6III~llP9 1 < r,P < 00% is independent off = (fl, . . . ,A,. . .).
(1.10)
Proof. Since a simple duality argument shows that the estimate (1.10) holds with indices p, r if and only if it holds with indices p’, r‘, l/p + l/p’ = l / r + l / r ’ = 1, we may assume that p 3 r. The case p = r is a simple sequence of Theorem 5.4 in Chapter XI.On the other hand, if p > r, then the left-hand side of (1.10) equals
where g E C , “ ( R “ )and ~ ~ g ~ S~ ~1. Now p , r by ~ rTheorem 1.2, and with 1 < s < ( p/ r)’ there,
IlfjIIV l l ~ l l ~ ~ l ~ l s ~ ~ ~ s l l ~ ~ CII II.6IIr 1; llglk,/rY,
sz CII
and we are done. We consider next a general result in the direction of Theorem 1.4 and some of its applications.
2. Vector-Valued Singular Integral Operators
307
2. VECTOR-VALUED SINGULAR INTEGRAL OPERATORS We begin by discussing some preliminary results; we intend to be brief. Given a separable Hilbert space H with inner product (,) and norm lhlH = Ihl = (h, h)"2, we say that a functionfdefined on R" and with values in H is measurable (or weakly measurable) if the scalar function ( f ( x ) ,h ) is Lebesgue measurable for every h in H. The class Lp(R",H ) consists of those measurable f with Ilfll, = ( j , . l f ( x ) l P d ~ ) < " a, ~ 1 p s 00, and similarly ~ ~ =f ess ~ sup,nlfl ~ m denotes the norm in L"(R", H). For a couple of separable Hilbert spaces HI, H2 let B( HI,H2) be the (Banach) space of bounded, linear operators T from HI into H2 endowed with the norm ITIB(H,,H2)= IT1 = ~ ~ ~ h e H , ( l ~ l H ~ / l h l H , ) . We say that a functionfon R" and with values in B( H1,H 2 )is measurable if f ( x ) h is an H2 valued, measurable function or each h in HI. In this case IflB(H,,H,, is also Lebesgue measurable and the spaces LP(R",B ( H , , H 2 ) ) may be defined exactly as above. The usual facts concerning operations of functions hold in this general setting as well. For instance, suppose that a function k defined on R" and with values in B ( H I ,H2) is integrable, and for f in LP(R",H,) put
Then the integral in (2.1), as an element in H 2 , converges weakly in H2 for d ~Furthermore, . almost every x, and l g ( X ) l H , IRntHx- Y)IB(H,,H,J~(Y)IH, llgllp s Il~lllllfll, 1 P Another important property concerns the Fourjer transformation. For f in L(R", H)we define its Fourier transform bzf(5) = jRne - i 2 T x ' v ( xdx. ) In this case is also H valued and clearly IIfllg, s llflll. Futhermore, if f E L(R",H ) n LZ(R",H),by means of an appropriate limiting process as was done in Chapter X, also f E L2(R",H) and Plancherel's identity is valid for these functions. This is readily seen by expressing the elements of the Hilbert space in terms of an orthonormal basis and then proceeding as in the scalar case. To further illustrate the fact that the results we need in this setting are simple extensions of the scalar case we prove the Marcinkiewicz interpolation theorem. Theorem 2.1. Let A be a sublinear operator defined on LF(R",HI), i.e., compactly supported, bounded H,-valued functions, with values in M(R", H2), i.e., the space of measurable, H2-valued functions. Suppose in Hl)AI{IAflH, > A)I 6 c l ~ ~ fand ~ ~ ArI{IAflH, l, > addition that forfin hm(R", A)[ s c ~ ~where ~ fc1 and ~ ~c, are ~ ,independent of A and f: Then for each
XII. The Littlewood - Paley Theory
308
1 < p < r, we have that Af E LP(Rn,H2) wheneverf E LP(R",H , ) and there is a constant c = cl,,,, independent off such that IIAfII, s cllfll,. Prmf. Let F ( x ) = (If(x)lH,)-'f(x) wheneverf(x) # 0 and 0 otherwise. For a scalar valued function g consider Bg(x) = jA(F(x)g)l,,. Clearly B is a sublinear mapping, simultaneously of weak-types ( 1 , l ) and (r, r), with norm s cl, c,, respectively. By the Marcinkiewicz interpolation theorem 4.1 in Chapter IV there is a constant c as indicated above so that llBgllpS cJJgJJ,, 1 < p < r. Upon setting g(x) = If(x)lH,our proof is complete. W An important result for our purposes is the following extension of Theorem 1.1 in Chapter XI,
Theorem 2.2. Suppose a linear operator A defined in LT( R", Hl) and with verifies values in M ( R " ,H2)
(9 ~ ' l { I A f l >~ 1 1 C l l l f l l r , some r > 1. (ii) Iff has support in B(x,,, R) and integral 0, then there are constants c2, c3 > 1 independent off so that
I
R " w x O .c2R )
IAf(x)l dx
C3llflll.
Then also Al{lAA > A}[ s cllfll, and by Theorem 2.1 also IIAfll, for 1 < p < r.
cllfll,
Since the proof is identical to that of the cited result, it is omitted. In the same vein we have Theorem 2.3. Let k be a function on R" whose values are bounded linear operators from H , to H,; we assume k to be measurable and integrable on compact sets. For f~ L,"(R", H , ) put
r If for some r > 1 and f in L'( R ",H,)the inequality 11 Tfll and
I
Ik(x - y ) - k(x)l dx
S ~ 2 ,
y
E
llfll ,holds,
c1
R",
lXl*2IYl
then Tf E LP(R",H 2 )for all 1 < p < 00 and 11 Tfll, s cllfll, where c depends on c,, c2 and p but is otherwise independent off:
3. The Littlewood-Paley g Function
309
The proof is identical to that of Theorem 3.1 in Chapter XI and is omitted. As for the vector valued singular integrals we have Definition 2.4. We say that a function k on R" whose values are bounded operators from H1to H2 is a vector-valued Calder6n-Zygmund integral kernel provided that (i) k is measurable and integrable on compact sets not containing the origin. (ii) For 0 < E < N, (jEclxl
The first application we consider is to the Littlewood-Paley theory. For this purpose we let Hl = C, the complex numbers, and H2= L2(R+,d t l t ) , the Hilbert space of square integrable functions on the positive half-line with respect to the measure d t / t , and norm
Definition 3.1. We say that a scalar valued function 6 on R" is a LittlewoodPaley function provided it satisfies
+
E L ( R " ) , ~ ,+ . ( x ) dx = 0. (i) (ii) I+(x)l s c(1 + JX~)-("+O),some a > 0. (iii) f , n l @ ( x + y ) - +(x)l dx d clyl', y in R", some y > 0.
XU. The Littlewood -Paley Theory
310
Clearly any Schwartz function with vanishing integral verifies (i)-(iii). We also have PIoposition3.2. Suppose I)is a Littlewood-Paley function and 5 E R". Then
I$( 81H2s c*
Proof. We begin by showing that
1$(&>1
s c min(l~la'(n+l+a) 121-y), 9
(3.1)
where c is independent of 5. Since by identity (5.3) in Chapter XI $(2) = ~ j , . ( $ ( x )- $ ( x + y))e-"'*dx, y = .rr&/1@, by (iii) above it follows s c1,$1-'. Furthermore, since I) has vanishing immediately that l$(.$)I integral, we also have =I ,.$(x)(e-"'* - 1) dx, and consequently
$(e)
I$(S)l s 2 1,"I$(X)l min(lxl 121,1) dx s 2121
I
IxlI$(x)I dx + 2
IXlS?
I
IXI'?
II)(x)l dx
=I+J, say. Now since I C cl,$clq"+' and J C ccl j l x l > q l ~ I - ( n + adx ) = cq-O1, we obtain at once that I$(.$)I c c(I(lq"+' + q-"), and (3.1) follows upon minimizing with respect to 7. To complete the proof we invoke (3.1) and estimate
~$(.S>I'H, s c
j
min((tltl)a'(n+l+a),
dt ( t l 5 1 ) - " ) 2 y s c.
10.~)
Let now k ( x ) E L(C, L2(R+,d t l t ) ) be given by k ( x ) a = t - " $ ( x / t ) a = $,(x)a, where x E R", a is a complex scalar and $ is a Littlewood-Paley function. Corresponding to k we consider the singular integral operator
= lim E'O
J
- Y M Y ) dy.
(3.2)
Jx-yI>s
We want to show that T falls within the scope of Theorem 2.5 and thus obtain its Lp continuity, 1 < p < 00. To get a feeling for the situation we do the L2 case first.
3. The Littlewood - Paley g Function
311
Proposition 3.3. T is bounded from L2(R") into L2(R", L2(R , ,dt/ t ) ) .
Proof. Observe that for f in Lz(R") and on account of Tonelli's theorem, Plancherel's identity, and Proposition 3.2 we have
In fact a more precise result holds in the particular case $ is radial, namely Proposition 3.4. Suppose $ is a radial Littlewood-Paley function, then
Proof. As above we see that
4
and sinceA is also radial the innermost integral in (3.4) is readily seen to be I[o,co,I+Cl(t)IZ/tdt*rn For the other values of p we have Theorem 3.5. Suppose T is given by (3.2). Then
II Tfll,
cllfllp,
1
<
m 9
whre c = cp is independent of J: Proof. We verify that (i)-(iv) in Definition 2.4 are satisfied. (i) is immediate. As for (ii), observe that since IlxlsR $ ( x ) dx = $ ( x ) dx, by property (ii) of Definition 3.1
-IIxIpR
XII. The Littlewood - Paley Theory
312
and consequently IjlxlsR + t ( x )dxl, d c, which gives (ii). On the other hand, from (ii) of Definition 3.1 it follows that lk(x)l d cIxI-" and (iii) also holds. Finally, to show that Hormander's condition is satisfied let 0 < E < min(cy, y, n) and observe that (XI-(n+f)/2(IXl(n+E)'21k(X
- y ) - k ( x ) l )dx
We want to verify that the integral in (3.5) does not exceed place note that it is bounded by
Moreover, I+((x - y ) / t ) - +(X/t)l d c ( l +(I. =s c ( l
1~1"'~.
In first
- yl/t))-'"+"'+ c ( l + ( I x l / t ) ) - ( " + " )
+ (Ixl/t))-("+")s c(t/lxl)"+'.
Thus the expression in (3.6) is bounded by
= cly1"/2.
rn
Theorem 2.5 in this context is best expressed as follows: For a LittlewoodPaley function andfin L P ( R " )1, < p < co,put F ( x , t ) = f * + t ( x ) and let
+
(3.7) denote the Littlewood-Paley g function of E Then g ( F ) is in L P ( R " )and there is a constant c = cp,, independent off so that IlS(F)llP
CllfIlRL
1
< 00-
(3.8)
It is useful to point out that the inequality opposite to (3.8) also holds. This is easiesi seen for the particular case when is radial, and normalized so that jro,oo)l+(t)12/f dt = ( 2 ~ ) "In. this case by (3.3) we have that llg(F)112= llfllz and consequently by polarization it follows that
+
(fi,f2) = (fl*+,,A* +A
=(
F l y
F2),
(3.9)
3. The Littlewood-Paley g Function
313
where the first inner product in (3.9) is that of L2(R")and the second one that in L2(R",L2(R+,dtlt)). Suppose now thatf, E L 2 ( R " )n L P ( R " ) 1, < p < 00, andf, E C?(R"),llf211D,s 1. Then by (3.9), Holder's inequality and (3.8) it readily follows that
I
[Rnfl(x)z(x) dxl
=Z
[[ R"
IFl(x, t)l IF2(x, t)l
dt t dx
W,m)
I..
g ( 6)( X I g( F 2 ) (x) dx S IIg ( 4)IIp IIg ( F2)IIp'
cllg(~l)IIp.
Whence by the converse to Holder's inequality we immediately see that
Ilflll,
clIg(F1)IIp,
fl E
L 2 ( R " )n L P ( R " ) ,
(3.10)
and the same inequality holds for generalf in L P ( R " )as , a simple limiting argument shows. In particular our results apply to the function )I with Fourier transform $ ( I )= 161e-I*l; this corresponds to the classical Littlewood-Paley function $(x) = c(a/at)( t/( t2 I X ) ~ ) ( " + ~ ) ' ~ ) ] ~ _ obtained , by differentiating the Poisson kernel. It is also important to incorporate into the theory the space of the Poisson kernel. There are derivatives $j(x) = (a/ax,)(l + IXI~)-("+')'~ two djfficulties in proving (3.10) for these functions, i.e., $j is not radial, = c,$e-l*I vanishes identically along ,$ = 0; clearly, there is no and $,(I) problem with (3.8). The way to overcome this is to consider instead the gradient of the Poisson kernel whose Fourier transform is the vector ce-l*lf. Indeed, since jro,m,( t1,$1)2e-2"*'/tdt = 2 it readily follows that for sufficiently smooth functions f , ,f 2
+
X I . The Littlewood- Paley Theory
3 14
4. THE LUSIN AREA FUNCTION AND THE LITTLEWOOD-PALEY g: FUNCTION In order to consider the next application we set H , = C and H2 = {b:lblH2= ( l / u a " ) ~ ~ O , m ) ~ , y lt)12/tdydt)1/2< <,~h(~, a},where a > 0 and u = volume of the unit ball of R". Let now k ( x ) E L(C, H2) be given by k ( x ) a = t-"$(x/t - y ) a , where x E R", ( y , t ) E R:+', a is a complex scalar and $ is a Littlewood-Paley function. Corresponding to k we consider again the singular integral operator
r
= lim E'O
[
$t(x - tY - w ) f ( w )dw.
(4.1)
I.Y- - H .I>F
We then set F ( x , t ) = f * & ( x ) and ITf(x)l = S,(F)(x), the Lusin (or area) function of F (with opening a). If we denote by T,(x) = { ( y , t ) E R:+': Ix - yl < at} the cone with vertex at x and opening a, it follows immediately that
As we did in case of the g function it may be readily seen that llSa(F)[[2 S cllfl12. Indeed, it suffices to observe that if y, denotes the characteristic function of the unit interval then
(4.3)
and the assertion follows at once from Proposition 3.3. In fact the above argument shows that under the normalization of (3.9), also IISJllz = Ilf112. Also an argument quite similar to that of Theorem 3.5 shows that k verifies (i)-(iv) in Definition 2.4 and consequently
IISJll,
ZS
cllfll,
1 < P < a,
(4.4)
4. Lusin Area Function and Littlewood-Paley gf Function
315
where c = cp,, is indepedent off: To prove the inequality opposite to (4.4) we proceed exactly as in Section 3, so we say no more. Returning to the constant in (4.4) it is of interest to consider its dependence on a. It is best to approach this question from a geometric point of view and in order to do this we need the following observation Lemma 4.1. Let 0 be an open set in R" and for a > 1 associate to it % = { x E R " : Mx,(x) > 1/2a"}.
Then if T,(R"\%) T(R"\O), we have
=
UxeRn\, T,(x),
and similarly for T,(R"\O) =
(i) If (y, t ) E T,(R"\%), then IWy, t)l s 21B(y, t ) n (R"\Q)I. (ii) T,(R"\%) s T(R"\O). Proof. If ( y , t ) E T,(R"\%) there is x g % with ly - X I < at, or x E B ( y , a t ) . Thus IB(x t ) n O I I I W y , t)l s a"lB(y, a t ) n Ol/lB(y, at)l s a"Mx&) s a"/2a" = f, and (i) holds. On the other hand if (y, t ) is in I',(R"\%), (i) implies in particular that there is w E B ( y , t ) n (R"\O) # 0. In this case (y, t ) E T(w),'with w in R"\0, which gives (ii) as well. We are now in a position to show Lemma 4.2. Suppose O is an open set of finite measure and let % be associated to 0 as in Lemma 4.1. Then for a 2 1 and with S , ( F ) = S ( F ) ,
I,"\,
S , ( F ) ( x ) 2dx s 2
I,"\,
S ( F ) ( x ) 2dx-
(4.5)
Proof. From the definition of Lusin function we readily see that
I,.,,
S , ( F ) ( X )dx ~
=-
j
dt m y , t)121B(Y,a t ) n (R"\Wl(at)-" d y t
r,(R"\Q)
(4.6)
and
Now since by Proposition 4.1, T,(R"\%) E T(R"\0) and IB(y, at) n (R"\%)l/v(at)" S f l B ( y , t ) n (R"\O)l/ut" for ( y , t ) in T,(R"\%), the desired conclusion follows by simply comparing (4.6) and (4.7). W We distinguish now two cases, in first place we show Theorem 4.3. Suppose a
3
1 and 0 < p s 2. Then
~ ~ s , (s F ca"(1/P-1/2) ) ~ ~ ~ llS(F)IlP9 where c is an absolute constant.
(4.8)
XII. The Littlewood -Paley Theory
316
Proof. The case p = 2 follows immediately from (4.3). Otherwise let 0,be the open set of finite measure { S ( F )> A} and associate to it %A as in Lemma 4.1. If the reader prefers not to show that 0,is open, the argument given below still works if OA is an open set with measure (arbitrarily) close to { S ( F )> A}. Furthermore, let Sl,= { S , ( F ) > A} and note that
+ Is:,
IsiAl
=I
n’(R”\QA)(
+ J,
(4.9)
say. From Chebychev’s inequality and Lemma 3.2 it follows that J s (s~)-’
J
s,(F)(x)’ dx s 2(sA)-’
J
R”\%
s(F)(x)’ dx. (4.10) R”\OA
Also by the maximal theorem we see that
Thus combining (4.9), (4.10) and (4.11) we get s-”IIS,(F)II;
=
s
J
I G I dAp
I
C09)
CU”
loAldAp+ 2s-’
L0.m)
I
A-’
jRn,OA
S ( F ) ( X dxdh” )~
[OF)
= L + M,
(4.12)
say. Clearly L = ca”llS(F)J1;.On the other hand,
M
= 2ps-’
=
CS-~
jRn
1..
A”-’ dA dx
S(F)(x)’ [S(F)(x),m)
S ( F ) ( X ) ~ + ( ” dx -’)= C S - ’ ~ ~ S ( F ) ~ ~ ~ .
Whence by (4.12) we obtain IIS,(F)JI;s c(a”sP + S”-~)IIS(F)II;and (4.8) follows upon minimizing the right-hand side of the above inequality with respect to s. H As for the case p > 2 we have
(4.13)
where c is an absolute constant.
4. Lusin Area Function and Littlewood-Paley g f Function
317
Proof. Since p / 2 > 1 we may invoke the converse to Holder's inequality
and compare the integrals
" ) norm s 1. First, observe where g is a nonnegative function in L ( p / 2 ) ' ( Rwith tha since
it readily follows that
Thus
1 6 Ils(F)II;II~glJ(P/',~ 6 clls(F)ll;3 IISa(F)'IIp/Z
= IIsa(F)II; c clIS(F)II;,
and we are done. There is yet another important function we consider, namely, the Littlewood-Paley g: function. It is defined forfin Lp(R") and a LittlewoodPaley function q5 by setting F(y, t ) = f * q5r(y) and
Since S ( F ) ( x )4 cg:(F)(x), c independent of F, by the known results for ~ p~ < p ,00. As the Lusin function we have l f&, s cllS(F)IJ,s c ~ ~ g f ( F 1) < for the opposite inequality we have Theorem 4.5. The inequality
XII. The Littlewood - Paley Theory
318
holds, with c = cP,*independent of F, provided either 0 < p < 2 and h > n / p or 2 < p < 00 and A > n / 2 . P m f . We do the case 0 < p < 2 first. Observe that (1
+
(v))-2A 2-'".(&), x - Y l
(4.16)
k=O
where x denotes the characteristic function of the interval [0,1]. Thus multiplying (4.16) through by IF(y, t)12t-" and integrating over R:+' with respect to d y d t / t it readily follows that m
g T ( F ) ( x ) 2s c
2-k(2h--n) S2k(F)(X)2.
(4.17)
k=O
Since p / 2 C 1, (4.17) gives at once m
g f ( F ) ( x ) P< c 12--k(2*--n)p/2 S2k(F)(x)P.
(4.18)
k=O
Whence integrating (4.18) over R" and invoking Theorem 4.3 we readily obtain
II S ( F )IE, k=O
k=O
where the above series converges, since pA - n > 0. On the other hand, if p > 2, then p / 2 > 1, and Minkowski's inequality applied to (4.17) gives
c m
c
Ilg:(F)II; = llg:(F)211p/2
2-k(2A--n) IIs2k(F)211p/2
k=O
-
m
1 2-k(2A-n)IlS2k(F)1; k=O
1 2-k(2*\-n)IlW)II;, m
<
k=O
where once again the series converges since 2A - n > 0 now. These results have numerous applications. We discuss multipliers next. 5. HORMANDER'S MULTIPLIER THEOREM A function m defined in R"\(O) is said to satisfy a Hormander condition of order k provided that lm(5)I
5 s
c
in
R"\(O)
(5.1)
3 19
5. Hormander's Multiplier Theorem and
I
R21 I-," Q
I ~ Q m ( o l ' &=s c
(5.2)
R<151<2R
for all multi-indices a with I a I s k and c independent of R > 0. Associated to m we introduce, as usual, the muliplier operator =
d:a
m(5)1(5),
f E
Y(R")
seek to estaPlish its Lp continuity properties. For this purpose let
4(5) = 151e-151,$(5) = 1t1k+1e-151 and put F ( x , t ) = f * 4 , ( x ) , G ( x , t ) = Tf*$ t ( x ) . We then have Theorem 5.1. Suppose the multiplier m verifies a Hormander condition of order k Then S ( G ) ( x )s cgZ(F)(x), where c
=
(5.3)
ckm is independent off E Y ( R " ) .
Proof. With the notation I?(&, t ) = (t1e1)ke-'151m(e) it is readily seen that we may rewrite t ) = 2k+1&5, t/2)12(5, t / 2 ) , or
&e,
G ( w ,t ) = c
I,.
F ( w - Y , t / 2 ) H ( Y , t / 2 ) dY.
(5.4)
Thus by a change of variables and Holder's inequality from (5.4) it readily follows that IG(x + w, t)l' zs c R"
x =
IH(w + Y , t/2)IZ(1+ (IYl/t))2k dY)
(JR"IF(X-
I * J,
Y, f/2)12(1+ ( l Y l / r ) ) 2 * d f )
(5.5)
say. We show below that I c ct-". Suppose for the moment this has been done. Then, by multiplying (5.5) through by l / v t " and integrating the resulting inequality over (w, t ) E r(0)with respect to dw d t / t, we see at once that
X l l . The Littlewood - Paley Theory
320
which is precisely (5.3). So it only remains to estimate I. Since (1 + ( l y l / t ) ) 2 ks c(1 ( I w l / t ) ) 2 k+ c(lw + y l / t ) 2 ks c + c(ly + ~ l / t ) ' ~we , see that
+
=
Il + 12,
say. To bound Il we note it equals
1,.
( t1(1)2ke-"*'lm(()12 d(
= ct-"
I,.
l6lZke-'"lm((/t)I2 d( s ct-",
which is of the right order. As for I2 note that it does not exceed
In other words, it is bounded by expressions involving integrals of the form r
+
+
Let a = al + a2+ a3,lall IazI la31= k Then the derivatives in (5.6) are linear combinations of monomials D"l(161k)D"2(e-r1t'~z)D"3m( () each of which can be dominated by
(1
c~ k-b,l tl~,le-'ItI/2 I D ~ ~ ~ ( s ) I .
(5.7)
Thus substituting (5.7) in the integral (5.6) we observe it suffices to estimate expressions of the form
I,.
d(.
( t1(1)21"2'e-'1*'(1(1'"3'~D"3m(()~)z
(5.8)
A quick way of completing the proof at this stage would be to assume 1#"'1D"m(()1 c, la1 s k, for then it follows immediately that the integral in (5.8) is of order ct-". These assumptions are stricter than (5.2) but sufficient for many of the applications. Returning to the proof, then, by (5.2) it is enough to bound integrals of the form
(tl(l)Je-r161c$(()d t ,
0sj
S
2k,
(5.9)
6. Notes; Further Results and Problems
32 1
where 4 is a nonnegative function which verifies
R"
J
+(t)d~cc,
all
R >0
R<151<2R
or equivalently
I
+ ( t / R ) d 5 c c,
all
R > 0.
(5.10)
14514
Now changing variables in (5.9) gives that the integral there is (5.11)
so we inust show that the integral in (5.11) is bounded independently of r. In order to do this break up this integral
By (5.10) this expression does not exceed
h=-m
whence (5.9) holds and we are done.
Corollary 5.2. Suppose the multiplier rn verifies a Hormander condition of order k > n / 2 . Then the mulplier operator associated to rn is bounded in L P ( R " ) ,1 < p < 00.
Proof. It is enough to show that rn is an L P ( R " )multiplier for 2 e p < 00. Let TfA(6) = rn( S)f( 0,f E 9 '(R") and observe that on account of Theorem 5.1, S ( G ) ( x )s c g Z ( F ) ( x ) ,and consequently by Thorem 4.5, IIS(G)II, s cllgz(F)IJ,c cllS(F)II, s cllfll,,, provided 2 < p < 00 and k > n / 2 . In other
words, for those functions 1) Tfll, c cllfll, and T admits a bounded extension to LP(R").The case p = 2 follows at once from assumption 5.1.
6. NOTES; FURTHER RESULTS AND PROBLEMS Marcinkiewicz and Zygmund noted in 1939 that for an arbitrary linear operator T which is bounded in L P ( R " ) with , norm 11 Tll. the inequality
II(cI~f2)1'zllP I1 7-11ll~~l~12~1'211p
(6.1)
Xzz. The Littlewood - Paley Theory
322
also holds. This chapter deals with variants and extensions of this estimate. Rubio de Francia [1982] recently observed that some results of Maurey concerning factorization of operators can be used to show that vector-valued inequalities are, to some extent, equivalent to weighted inequalities. In particular, he showed that given a sequence {'I;.} of sublinear operators bounded from L P ( R " )into L q ( R " ) ,and given a = p / r , p = q / r < 1, the ' ) ~ if' ~ and ~ [ only ~ if for every estimate ~ ~ ( ~ ~ T J J rC) Cl '~r ~~ (~ ~q ~ ~ Jholds nonnegative function u in Lp'(R")there exists a nonnegative function U in L*'(R"), l / a + l / a f = l / p + l/pf = 1, such that (1 tYlla,C [lulls. and jRnITf(x)l'u(x)dx s C ! ~ ~ I ~ $ ( X ) I ~dx, ~ Yall ( Xj ). A similar statement holds in case a,p < 1. In the general context of Banach space valued CZ singular integral operators, the theory was developed by Benedek, Calderh, and Panzone [ 19621 and Riviire [ 19711. The proof of Theorem 5.1 is due to Stein. Further Results and problems 6.1 Prove (6.1). (Hint: It suffices to prove the estimate when6 = 0, j 3 N, some large N. Let C denote the unit sphere in R N , put f ( x ) = ( f i ( x ) ,. . . , ~ N ( x ) ) , T f ( x ) = (Tfl(x), . . . , T f N ( x ) )and observe that by the linearity of T we have T(y' . f ( x ) )= y f . T f ( x ) .Thus
We now invoke the following property: if w E RN\(0), then . w J pdy' = cII wll? with c # 0 independent of w ; the possible dependence on N and p is irrelevant here since c cancels itself out. Thus integrating the above inequality over C it follows that r r 6.2
Let {Ik} be a sequence of disjoint, open cubes in R" and put& A simple computation gives that
=
x,,.
where yk denotes the center of z k and T~ is a simple modification of the classical Marcinkiewicz integral of order r corresponding to the cubes {Ik}. More precisely, if dk = diameter of Ik and 7 2 n ( r - l), then
c
d ;+" d;+"
IX - ykln+"-k
6. Notes; Further Results and Problems is bounded by case gives
T,(x)
323
(cf. 5.26 in Chapter V). Theorem 1.1 applied to this
(i) F o r l / r < q < W , 1 1 T r l l z S CClZ/cl, r A}l 5 cCIZkl, and (ii) A 1 / r l { ~> (iii) If I is a finite cube with I k s I , then over I (extrapolation from (i)).
u
T~ is
exponentially integrable
This interesting application of Theorem 1.1 is also due to Fefferman and Stein [1971]. 6.3 There is, of course, a weighted version of Theorem 1.1. More precisely, with the notation of that theorem and d p ( x ) = w ( x ) dx we have (i) If 1 s p < 00, there is a constant c such that APp({IIMfl),r> A}) G if and only if w E Ap (ii) If 1 < p < 00, thereis aconstant c such that 11 ~ ~ M f ~S ~cII l~~ ~~ ~ fL ;[ if and only if w E Ap. (iii) If w E A , and I is a finite cube then IIMfll;r is exponentially integrable over I (with respect to dp) whenever Ilf(x)ll,r < 00 and supported on Z.
cJI
llflllr114
These results are included in the work of Anderson and John [1980]; Heinig [1976] considered results in the range 0 < p < 1 for w E Al . 6.4 Anderson and John observed that (i) and (ii) in 6.2 hold with the Lebesgue measure replaced by dp ( x ) = w ( x ) dx provided w E A,, and also (iii) holds provided that w E A,. 6.5 An operator T defined in some Lp space is said to be linearizable if given any f in Lp there is a linear operator U = U, on Lp and that I Tfl = I Ufl and I Ugl S I Tgl for every g in Lp. Maximal operators corresponding to a sequence of linear operators and operators of the form T f ( x ) = ( ~ , ~ T , , , f ( ~ ) ~ ' 1d c w )r ~ 00, ~ , where each T, is linear, are examples of linearizable operators. Suppose now that { 7 '') is a sequence of linearizable operators which verifies the following property: there is a fixed r, 1 S r < 00, so that 11 TJll G cllfll L;, all k and d p ( x ) = w ( x ) dx, w E A,, with c = c,, independent of k and$ Then, if f ( x ) = { f k ( x ) }and T f ( x ) = { T&(x)}, also 11 (1 Tfllr1, S CII ~ ~ f ~ 1 ~< pr <~a, ~ pwith , c = c , , ~ independent of f: (Hint: There are three cases, i.e., p < r, p = r, p > r, and we only discuss the case 1 < p < r here. We need the following observation: Assume a linear mapping U is bounded on L'(R"), 1 < r < co,and let U* denote its adjoint. Then if 11 Ufll 6 cIlflL;, with c = c , , ~whenever d p ( x ) = w ( x ) dx, w E A,, we also have [U*fll L; d cllfllL; whenever d v ( x ) = u ( x ) dx, u E A,,, l / r + l/r' = 1. With this observation out of the way fix f = {A}and let { V,} be the sequence of linear operators corresponding to f and Tf:Then for some Lr
~
XII. The Littlewood - Paley Theory
324
1I llfllf~ll;1I II u*4lf4l;,= 1 . J, say. Now J < 00 since the operators { U t } verify the hypothesis with r replaced by r f and p by p’, and in this case rf < p f < m. The proof may now be completed by invoking the uniform boundedness principle, Theorem 2.3 in Chapter I. This result is from Rubio de Francia’s work [1980].) 6.6 State and prove the vector-valued version of Theorem 7.1 in Chapter XI. 6.7 For an open interval I c R (finite or not), let S,f demote th,e linear operator corresponding to the multiplier XI, i.e., S,fA(5) = xr(r)f((),f E L’( R), say. Suppose { I k } is a sequence of open, disjoint intervals contained in R and let Sf = { s l f k } , where f = {fk} is a sequence of Cp( R ) functions. Show that (1 IISfllf211pS cII llfl[ ,JP 1 < p < 00. (Hint: If Z = (a, co), then S ~ f ( x=) c l f ( x ) + c2eiX‘aH( e-”Off(t ) ) ( x ) ,where H = Hilbert transform; and similarly for I = (-00, b ) and I = (a, b ) since then S,f = S ( a , m ) S ( - m , b ) f ( ~ ) . Thus the conclusion is a simple consequence of the boundedness of the Hilbert transform and Theorem 3.1. Was the fact that the I k ’ s are disjoint used?) 6.8 Let I k = (2k,2 k + 1 ) ,J k -- ( - 2 k + 1 ,-2k), -a < k < co and let A denote the collection of disjoint intervals {&, J k } . This is called dyadic decomposition of R, although strictly speaking a set of measure 0 has been left out. Let now s A f ( x ) = { s l k f ; S J k f } , and show that I I s A f l l p I l f l l p , 1 < P < (Hint: The re:ults in Section 3 admit the following “discrete” formulation: let 4 E Y ( R ) ,4(5) = 1 if S 151 s 1, + k ( X ) = 2 k 4 ( 2 k ~and ) , put g ( f ) ( x )= ( x k l f * (bk(X)12)’/2. It then fOllOWS that Ilg(f)llp C l l f l l , 1 < p < 00. With this result in mind note that S , , f ( x ) = S r k ( f * & + l ) ( X ) , similarly for SJkf; and consequently by 6.7 and the discrete Littlewood-Paley result we immediately have IISAfllpS cllfll,. To prove the oppo$te inequality use the fact that C SI,f + SJkf= f; for f smooth and with f(0) = 0, and use duality.) 6.9 For n > 1, the dyadic decomposition of R ” is obtained by taking the product of the dyadic decomposition of R in each direction. In other words, we write R ” as the union of disjoint “rectangles,” each of which is a product of intervals which occur in the dyadic decomposition of the coordinate axes. This family of rectangles p is denoted by A. Show that if S, denotes the operator corresponding to the mutiplier xp and f E L p (R “ ) , 1 < p < 00, then II(~,,AlSpf12)1/211p Ilfllp. (Hint: As usual it suffices to prove
-
-
325
6. Notes; Further Results and Problems
ll(C,,als$12)1/211p cllfllp, 1 < p < 00, and then dualize. There are several proofs of this. A way to go about it is by using induction over the number of variables and Theorem 2.5 in its full strength. Let Zl, Z2,. . .be an arbitrary enumeration of the dyadic intervals of R and observe that each p in A is of the form Zm, x * * x 1,. ; we call such a rect_anglep m , rn ( ml,. .. ,rn,,). Now as in 6.8 we observe that (S,J (5) = ~ ~ , ( 5 ) 4 ( 5 ~ / 2 "* ' ~ + ~ ) 3(5n/2mn+1)j.(5). Thus IISAfllP d IIG(f)ll, where G ( f ) ( x )= (~m+,,l,...,mn)lf * $m(x)12)1/2 and $ r n ( X ) = 2 " 1 4 ( 2 " 1 ~* ~- ) 2"n4(2"nx,,).Let H 1 = 12(2"-'), the space of ( n - 1)-tuples of square summable sequences, m' = (m2,. . . , rn,,), and apply 6.8, i.e., the one-dimensional result, to f * $,,,(x) as a sequence of functions of x1 indexed by ml and with values in Hl. This idea is from Rivibre's work [1971].) 6.10 The following limiting case of Theorem 4.5 holds: suppose 0 < p < 2, and A = n / p , then t P J { g f ( F> ) t}l d cllS(F)IIi. (Hint: let E = { M ( S ( F ) ' ) > t P / 2 } , = { S ( F )> 2"k'pt} and %k = (kf(X0,)> 1/2"k+1}. First notice that %k c E, all k. Indeed, if x E %k, then there is a ball B(y, r ) which contains x and such that 1B(y, r ) n 4 1> IB(y, r)l/2"k+'.Therefore =A
-
-
I
S( F ) (x ) dx ~ 2 tp'2
S ( F ) ( X ) ~3~ X B(w)
and
x
E
E.
B(w)nQk
On the other hand, by Chebychev's inequality we also have that I = t 2 ) { x E R"\E: gf(F)(x) > t}l =Z m
r
m
2-k(h2--n)
d c k=O
S ( F ) ( x ) 2dx
R"\ffk
Let h be the smallest integer k so that x E R"\Ok. Then the sum in the above integral is of order 2-h'App-n) and from the definition of h it also follows ~ -= "''" that S ( F ) ( x )d 2"h'pt. Thus I s cl,. S ( F ) ( X ) ~ ( S ( F ) ( X ) / ~ ) - ~ ' "dx Ct~("2-n)/n S ( F ) ( X dx. ) ~ These bounds combine to give the desired conclusion. The proof given here is due to Aguilera and Segovia [1977] and extends some results of Fefferman [1970].) 6.11 Given f E Y ' ( R " )and a Littlewood-Paley function 4, let F(x, t) = f* and Put
I,.
326
XII. The Littlewood - Paley Theory
where 4 is integrable. Determine the continuity properties of G ( F ) as we did for the particular case of the function g f ( F ) . The results of Madych [1974] are relevant here. 6.12 Let m be a measurable function which verifies ~ ~ m B~ and ~ m s J,ldm(5)1 C B for every dyadic interval I of R Then rn is a bounded depends only on B and multiplier in L P ( R ) ,1 < p < 00, with norm w!cih p . (Hint: For f in C F ( R ) put $([) = m ( f ) f ( ( ) and for an interval p in the dyadic decomposition A of R _and w E p setpp,w(y)= x ( { y E R : y E p, y < w } ) . Furthermore, let (SP,,f) (5)= ~ , , ~ ( & ) f ( fand ) if p = (2k,2k+1), say, set
Since F'( w ) = f(w)eixwa.e. integrating by parts the expression
and
To complete the proof it now only remains to bound the integral above, and this will follow from the estimate
with a-constant c indetendent of N. In first place notice that for 5 E p, ( S J ) ( y ) = (Sp,c(Spfl)(y), so that actually SP,*f is a partial sum of SJ
6. Notes; Further Results and Problems
327
NOW,divide each pi whch appears in the sums of (6.3) into k equal parts by partitions [ ; , j = 0,1,. . . , k, i = 1,. . . , N. By 6.8,
which letting k + co gives (6.3) and we are done. For further details and related results the reader may consult Kurtz's work [ 19801). 6.13 We think, now of R" as divided into 2" "quadrants" by the coordinate axes, the first quadrant being the set {x = (x,, . . . ,x,) :xi > 0, i = 1,. . . ,n } and so on. Let m be a measurable function which verifies 11 m ) ) m S Bym E C" in each quadrant of R" and so that
. . ,5"). If 1 < p < 00, show that rn is a bounded multiplier in L P ( R " ) with , norm which depends only on B and p . (Hint: The proof is similar to that of 6.12. Indeed we decompose Spg into a sum of 2" pieces now, each of which is handled as before. This result, which has many important applications, is known as the Marcinkiewicz multiplier theorem.) 6.14 Rivikre [ 19711 observed that there is a theory of vector valued multipliers as well. These general results have many interesting applications. p any dyadic rectangle in Rk, and any permutation of (if1,.
CHAPTER
XI11 The Good A Principle
1. GOOD A INEQUALITIES A good A inequality is a principle which allows us to derive norm and even local or pointwise estimates of one operator in terms of another provided they satisfy an a priori relation of probabilistic or measure theoretic nature. We have already considered some instances of this principle in 4.20 in Chapter VI and Theorem 4.4 in Chapter X.
Definition 1.1. Given a positive, doubling, regular Bore1 measure p on R" we say that the operators TI, T2verify a good A inequality with respect to p provided the following three properties hold: (i)
TI, T2 are sublinear and positive.
(ii) { Tlf > t } is an open set of finite Lebesgue measure for each f in C F ( R " )and t > 0. (iii) If a ball B contains a point x where T l f ( x )s A, then to each 0 < 7 < 1 there corresponds y = y ( TI, T 2 ,7 )independent of A, B and f
so that P({Y
E
'
B : TIf(Y) 3 4 T2f(Y) s
rA))s T P ( B ) .
(1.1)
(1.1) expresses the control in measure alluded to above and the norm estimate is given by Theorem 1.2. Suppose TI, T2 verify a good A inequality with respect to p and assume that 11 TlfllL:< 00, 0 < p < CO, for f in C:(R"). Then there is a constant c = c,,~ independent off E C:(R") so (hat
II Tlfll L:
c 328
1I T*fllL.:
*
(1.2)
1. Good A Inequalities
329
Prmf. Let f E C,"(R")and assume that 11 T2fllL;< 00, for otherwise there is nothing to prove. OA = { Tlf> A} is an open set of finite Lebesgue measure and consequently to each y in OA we may assign a ball B(y, r,,) centered at y and of radius r,, so that B(y,
s OA,
B(y, 3ry)
(R"\6A)
f
0.
(1.3)
Let = {Tif> 3A,
%A
T2f s YA},
( 1.4)
where y is a constant yet to be chosen; clearly, %A 5: 0,.To estimate ~ ( 9 . l ~ ) we consider K, an arbitrary compact subset of a,,. Since K c_ B ( y , r,,) there exist finitely many balls among the B ( y , r,,)'s so that actually
uYEoA
K
s Ufinitely many B(Y, ry).
(1.5)
Let now B, ,. . . ,Bmbe a disjoint subfamily of the family in (1.5) such that m
K E
u 3Bj,
j=1
and let 0 < 7 < 1 be another constant yet to be selected. Since we will invoke the good A principle, y in (1.4) will automatically be determined by property (iii) in Definition 1.1 once 7 is chosen. Now, since K E %, we can sharpen (1.6) to
K E
ij( { y
j=l
E
3 ~ j ~: 1 f ( y>) 3 4
s
~ 2 f ( y )
y~}).
(1.7)
Since it is clear from (1.3) that each ball 3Bj contains a point xi where T , f ( x j )s A, by the good A principle (still with 7 to be chosen and with y to be determined by (1.1)) on account of ( l . l ) , we have that
where the last estimate follows since p is doubling, and c and 17 are independent of A. Furthermore, since the Bj's are disjoint balls totally contained in OA, and K is an arbitrary compact subset of %A, from (1.8) we immediately see that
330
XIII. The Good A Principle
This is all we need to complete the proof. Indeed, first observe that by (1.9)
= C + P I I T1.mE+ ( 3 / y ) p 1T 1 ~~IIQ.
(1.10)
We now choose 77 so that ~ 7 7 = 3 ~1 and y so that (1.1) holds. With this choice, and since by assumption IITlfllL;< 00, we may rewrite (1.10) as 11 Tlfll%;S 2 ( 3 / y ) p11 Tzfll p,L; and we have finished.
2. WEIGHTED NORM INEQUALITIES FOR MAXIMAL CZ SINGULAR INTEGRAL OPERATORS
In considering the estimates of interest to us, it is important to decide what restrictions to impose on the weights. In view of the following observation our basic assumption will be the Ap condition. Proposition 2.1. Let Hf denote the Hilbert transform off: If p is a nonnegative, regular, Bore1 measure and H is bounded from LP,(R) into wk-LP,(R), 1 s p < 00, then (i) p is doubling, G ~ ( M , ( l f l ~ ) ( x ) )and "~, (ii) Mf(x) (iii) p is absolutely continuous with respect to Lebesgue measure and dp(x) = w(x) dx, where w is an Ap weight. Proof. Fix an interval I and let I, and Il denote the abutting intervals to I, of equal diameter, which lie to the right and to the left of I respectively. Clearly (i) follows from the estimates
p ( I r ) ,~ ( I I )C P ( I )
(2.1)
2. Maximal CZ Singular Integral Operators
331
with c independent of I, which we now prove. For a nonidentically 0 function f in LP,(R) consider the restriction of Ifl to I. Clearly lAxl E LP,(R) and for x E I, we have H ( l f l x r ) ( X ) 3 ((1/211l) Jrlf(u)l dY)xr,(x). I r E {IH(IAxr)l> (1/2111) Jrlf(Y)l d ~and )
Obviously a similar estimate holds for p ( l l ) .By puttingf = in (2.2) we immediately see that p ( I , ) S cp(1) and (2.1) holds. Now that we know p is doubling we may rewrite (2.2) as
and (ii) follows. Moreover, since p is doubling and regular, by virtue of (ii) and Theorem 1.1 in Chapter IX the Hardy-Littlewood maximal operator maps LP,(R) into wk-LP,(R) and, by Theorem 2.1 in Chapter IX, p is absolutely continuous with respect to Lebesgue measure and dp ( x ) = w ( x ) dx, w E A p . We pass now to consider the weighted norm inequalities for CZ singular integral operators. Since we will invoke the good A principle it is convenient to deal with the maximal CZ operators directly. Theorem 2.2. Suppose the CZ kernel k verifies assumptions (i)-(iv) in Chapter XI and in addition
(v) Ik(x)(s c5(x(-",x f 0. (2.3) Furthermore, let T* denote the maximal CZ singular integral operator associated to k and let d p ( x ) = w ( x ) dx, w E Ap.Then there is a constant c = cp such that
II T*fllL:: cllflL: ,
1 < P < 00. (2.4) Proof. We verify that the good A principle holds for TI = T* and T2 = M; in other words, we check that properties (i)-(iii) in Definition 1.1 hold for these operators. (i) Suppose f E C,"(R")and observe that since T* is of weak-type (1, l), = I{ T*f > A}( is finite for each A > 0. To see that OA is open let then 10A( {x,} be a sequence of points in R" so that T*f(x,) =sA and x,,, + x ; we claim that also T * f ( x ) 6 A. First, put TxX)
=
I
k ( y ) ( f ( x - y ) - f ( X m - Y ) ) dy
lYl=-E
+
I,,.
k(Y)f(xm - Y ) d~ = I r n + J m ,
XIII. The Good A Principle
332
say, and note that I, + 0 as rn + 0O and IJ,,,] c A, all rn. The latter is easy to check since lJ,l = ITEf(xm))ld A , all rn. As for the former observe that for each E > 0 the function k E ( y )f( ( x - y ) - f ( x m - y ) ) tends to 0 as rn + my is integrable, and is pointwise majorized by the integrable function C ~ ~ , ( Y ) I X ~ (N ~ ,=~ N ) ((Yf )sufficiently , large. Thus by the Lebesgue dominated convergence theorem it follows that I,,,+ 0 as rn + 00. This in turn implies that I T f ( x ) (d A for every E > 0 and consequently T * f ( x )d A as well. (ii) Let B = B(0, R) be a ball with large enough radius so that it contains the support o f f E C?(R") in its interior. Then
say. To estimate I note that by Holder's inequality and Theorem 6.2 in Chapter XI,
Since w E RH,, for some r > 1, with this choice of r it follows that I < co. As for J, observe that for X E R"\lOB and by (v) above T * f ( x ) d jlylrRlk(x- y)ll f ( y ) l dy d c5IxI-"Ilfll1.Consequently, by Proposition 4.4 in p 00. Chapter IX J d c ~ R ~ \ l o B ( dx p~(-x~) c (iii) This is the heart of the matter. Suppose B contains a point w so that T * f ( w )S A and let E = { x E B: T * f ( x ) > 3A, M f ( x ) d yA}, where y is a constant yet to be chosen. Recall that by Proposition 4.4 in Chapter IX there are constants c = cp, r, independent of E, B, so that p ( E ) / p ( B )d c(IEI/\BI)~.Thus it suffices to verify (iii) for the Lebesgue measure instead. Write f = fxzB + fXRn\2B = f l + f 2 , say and observe that E E { x E B: T * f l ( x )> A } u { y E B : T*f2(x)> 2A, M f ( x ) S yA} = El u E 2 , say. We will show that, given 0 < r] < 1, there is y = y ( 7 ) sufficiently small that simultaneously lEll d r](BIand E2 = 0;once this is achieved the proof will be complete. In the first place observe that since T* is of weak-type (1,l) AIEll
Cllfilll =
J
2B
lf(v)l dY.
(2.5)
-
Let I be a cube concentric with B such that 2B c I and ) I [ IBI. Then the right-hand side of (2.5) is dominated by
#
[ ) f ( y ) I dy d clBl iFf Mf d cIBI inf B MJ:
(2.6)
2. Maximal CZ Singular Integral Operators
333
If E = 0 there is nothing to prove. If on the other hand E # 0, then infs Mf d infE Mf d yA. Consequently, by (2.5) and (2.6),
IElI 4 B I , (2.7) where c is an absolute constant independent of E, B, and f: Next we show that E2 is empty provided y is judiciously chosen. For this purpose we estimate TAX) =
+ +
(I, (I,
k ( x - Y ) f 2 ( Y ) dY X-Yl>E
I, Lw-yl>E w --y
k ( x - Y l f d Y ) dv -
W-yJ>E
I,w-y,>c
k ( w - Y ) f i ( Y ) dY
=
>L
k ( x - Y ) f z ( Y ) dY)
k ( w - Y ) f 2 ( Y ) dY)
I +J + K
say. We consider J first and observe that
I,
IJI
Ik(x - Y ) - k ( w - y)I Ih(y)l dy
W-yl>
E
where 3 E E, and in particular Mf(3)d yA. Now Ix - wI of By and from (2.8) we see at once that
S
cry r = radius
where cJ is independent of B andf: To bound K we distinguish two cases, namely, (i) E < 2r and (ii) E 2 2r. If (i) holds, then fi = f in the integral and IKI d T * f ( w )d A. If on the other hand we are in case (ii), then we may also assume that E 3 r for otherwise the part of the integral between E and r vanishes. Thus
11,
IKI
k ( w - Y ) f 2 ( Y ) dY -
w-y)>r
+
,!I
I,
w-yl>
k ( w - Y l f A Y ) dYl 3r
k ( w - V ) f i ( Y ) dyl = lKll+ IK2L w-yl>3r
say. Clearly lKzl d A. As for lKll it is bounded by
I
r
d
Ik(w - Y)I If(Y)I du
c(3r)-"
Q
cs
I
Iw - Yl-"lf(Y)l dY
r<)w-y1<3r
If(y)l dy s c izf A@S c ~ ~ A .
XIII. The Good A Principle
334
Thus collecting the estimates we get
IKI
S
A
+ cKyA,
(2.10)
again with cK indepedent of A, B, and$ ) It only remains to estimate I. Since xRn\B(&&) - x R " \ B ( ~ , ~ = it readily follows that
- xB(&&)
c
Moreover, since X R ~ \ Z B ( . Y ) ( X B ( ~ , & ) ( Y-) , Y B ( ~ , & ) ( Y ) ) vanishes for E < r, we may assume E 2kr, k = 0, 1, . . . . On the other hand, if this function is not 0, it readily follows that also Ix - yI 2kr. Hence
-
1I1d c
-
I,
IWx - Y)I If(Y)l dY
C(2kr)-"
s c inf Mf
I,
If(Y)ldY
x-yl-2kr
x-yl-2lr
(2.11)
d cIYA,
E
where c, is an absolute constant. Thus combining (2.9), (2.10) and (2.11) we see immediately that I T,f2(x)I s yA ( c , c, c K ) A, all E > 0. It is at this point that we pick y so that y ( c I + c, + c K ) < 1, in addition y must be small enough so that cy < 7 , where 0 < 7 < 1 is given and c is the constant in (2.7). In other < 2A, which in turn words, we have proved that for x in E,, supE(Tef2(x)( implies E2 = 0, and that lEll d 71BI.
+ +
+
3. WEIGHTED WEAK-TYPE ( 1 , l ) FOR CZ SINGULAR INTEGRAL OPERATORS
Since the proof follows along the lines of Theorem 2.14 in Chapter V, we shall be brief.
Theorem 3.1. Suppose the CZ kernel k verifies the assumptions of Theorem 2.2 and d p ( x ) = w ( x ) dx, w E A , . Iff E L,(R"), then T*fE wk-L,(R"), and there is a constant c independent off such that A P ( { T * f > A})
S cllfllL,,
A > 0-
(3.1)
Proof. Let ( 4 ) be the Calder6n-Zygmund (interval) decomposition of Ifl at level Ah, where A is yet to be chosen, and set R = U 4, and f = g + b, where g and b are the good and bad parts off corresponding to the 4's.
3. Weighted Weak-Typefor CZ Singular Integral Operators
335
respectively. Clearly T * f ( x ) c T* g ( x )+ T * b ( x ) and it suffices to show ( 3 . 1 ) with f replaced by g and b on the left-hand side there. The estimate for g is straightforward. Observe that since w E A l ,
Therefore, since also w
AZtL({T*g> A))
E
AZ,by Theorem 2.2 and (3.2) it follows that
cllglli;
s cAA llfIlL.+, which leads to an estimate of the right order. (3.2) also implies that if = u j ( 2 4 ) , then p(a1) s cII f l l L , / A , and consequently it is enough to show that AP.({R"\Rl: T*b For this purpose fix x in R"\O,,
cJ
E
'A)) c
CllfllL,.
(3.3)
> 0, and consider
c
T N ~ =)
j
k ( x - Y M y ) dy.
(3.4)
(R"\W%jc))nI,
We separate the 4 ' s into three subfamilies, to wit (i) those 4's contained in R"\B(x, E ) , (ii) those 4's contained in B(x, E ) , and (iii) the rest. Since b ( y ) dy = 0 and Ib(y)l s If ( y ) l + cAA, the sum in (3.4) extended over the j ' s in the first family is readily seen to be dominated, in absolute value, by
I,
where yj denotes the center of 4. All summands corresponding to the second family vanish. As for the third family, note that if l, belongs there, then 4 n B ( x , E ) # 0 and 4 n (R"\B(x, E ) ) # 0 simultaneously. Moreover, since E > 2Lj = 2 (sidelength of I j ) , there is R > 0 so that I j s B(x, 2R)\B(x, R / 2 ) . Now let
u
XIII. The Good A Principle
336
and observe that (3.7)
From (3.6) it also readily follows that lcil s cAA.
(3.8)
To estimate the sum in (3.4) extended over the j ' s in the third family we note that it is bounded, in absolute value, by
x I k ( x - U ) - k ( x - yj>I(If(Y)I + CAA)d~ IJ
+ cAA
I
Ik(x - Y)I dY-
(3.9)
B(%2R)\B(x,R/2)
Furthermore, observe that the last integral in (3.9) is dominated by c5 ~e(x,2R)\B(x,R/2)1~ - y ( - " dy s c, and consequently the last summand there by cAA. (3.10)
Thus choosing A so that CA< f, where c is the constant in (3.10), and combining (3.5) and (3.9) it readily follows that T * b ( x )S
xI
~ k (x y ) - k ( x - Yj>l(lf
i
A
dy + 2
= 44x1 + A/2,
say, and consequently {T*b > A} c { + ( x ) > A/2}, x by Chebychev's inequality we get that
E
R"\n,. Moreover,
(3.11)
say. We take a closer look at the inner integrals in (3.11). If Lj = sidelength of 4, then Ik(x - y) - k ( x - y j ) (< c 4 ( L j / ( x- yl"+l),and we claim that each
4. Notes; Further Results and Problems
337
integral is bounded by
Indeed, first observe that
c 02
6
(2kLj)++1)P (B (Y, 2kLj))*
k=l
Also, since w E A l , by (2.9) in Chapter IX, p ( B ( y , 2kLj))/(2kLj)n s c p ( B ( y ,L j ) ) / L ; < cp(4)/141, and consequently N c cp(4)/141Lj, as anticipated. Substituting now (3.12) into (3.11), gives that
s cllfllL: + C A P 1 s cllflL:,
and the proof is complete. 4. NOTES; FURTHER RESULTS AND PROBLEMS
In 1970 Burkholder and Gundy introduced a technique that has since been used quite effectively in establishing the continuity of various kinds of operators, namely the so-called good-A inequalities. The main application of this idea in this chapter, following Coifman and Fefferman [19741, is to the boundedness of CZ singular integral operators in weighted Lp spaces. In the particular case of the Hilbert transform this result is due to Hunt, Muckenhoupt and Wheeden [ 19731. Further Results and Problems Suppose j - C~? ( R " ) and d p ( x ) = w ( x ) dx, with w E A,. Show that IIMfllq < cllMZZfll~:,1 < p < 00, where c = cP+ is independent of f: ( H i n t : It suffices to show that Tl = M and T, = M # verify conditions (iii) in Definition 1.1, and this is not hard. Since w E A,, as in Theorem 2.2, we see that in fact we may restrict ourselves to the Lebesgue measure.
4.1
XIII. The Good A Principle
338
We show then that given an open ball B and y > O , [El = I{x E B : M f ( x ) > 3A, M # f ( x ) G yA}l s cylB(, where c is a dimensional constant independent of B, A, y, f, provided B contains a point w where M f ( w ) s A. Note that this last condition implies that S A for every open cube I containing B, so if now I denotes a fixed open cube concentric with and containing B, 1I1 IB), and x E E, then also M ( f X I ) ( x )> 3A and M ( ( f - , f r ) X , ) ( x ) > 2A. Therefore either E is empty or else (El s I { M ( ( f - h ) X r ) > 2 ~ 1 1s cIrlf(y) -frI ~ Y / A = c y l ~ l - Since for f ( x ) = c a.e. we have M f ( x ) = c and M # f ( x ) = 0, it is clear that the result does not hold in general unless some restrictions are placed on $ Some of these restrictions are: f~ L z ( R " ) ,some q < p, Fefferman-Stein [1972], I{Mf> &}I < 00 for each E > 0, Calder6n and Scott [1978], and inf(1, Mf)E Lp, JournC [1983].) 4.2 The assumption )ITlfllL;< co is essential for the validity of Theorem 1.2. The following pertinent example is due to Miyachi and Yabuta [1984]: Suppose a > 1, 6, p , a > 0 and 1 S / p s a'. Then there exist nonnegative, measurable functionsf, g on R" such that I { f > ah, g s yA}lG y ' I { f > A}l for all y, A > 0, llgllp < 00, A}l = O ( e " - " ) as A + 0, and Ilfll, = CO. To see this choose a disjoint sequence { E k } of measurable subsets of R" with lEkl = eak" and define { y k } by y",EkI = IEk-ll. Then put f = a - k and g = a-(k+l)yk+l on Ek and f = g = o outside Uz=,,Ek. 4.3 Under the usual assumptions on the vector valued CZ kernel k, Theorem 2.2 and 3.1 remain valid. In other words, the Littlewood-Paley and Lusin functions are bounded in LP,(R"),d p ( x ) = w ( x ) dx, w E Ap, 1 < p < 00, and of weak-type ( 1 , l ) on LP,(R")when w E A l . As for the g: function, one must be careful with range of the parameter A. These and related results are discussed in full detail in the work of Stromberg and Torchinsky [1980]. An immediate corollary to these results and Theorem 5.1 in Chapter XI1 is a weighted version of the Hormander multiplier theorem. Another application is to the Marcinkiewicz multiplier theorem 6.13 in Chapter XII. For instance, the proof given in 6.12, Chapter XII, for the case n = 1, extends immediately to the weighted setting, provided w E Ap,by simply using the corresponding weighted inequalities in estimates such as (6.2) there (cf. Kurtz [1980]). 4.4 The conclusion of 6.5 in Chapter XI1 also applies to the Lusin and g: functions, for instance. We must be careful, however, with the range of values of A (cf. Rubio de Francia [1980]). 4.5 The following estimates hold for the Calderbn-Zygmund operators T introduced in 8.11-8.12 in Chapter XI: Ap({ITfl > A}) G cllfllL,, d p ( x ) = =)4 x 1 dx, w E A p , 1 < P < w ( x ) dx, w E A,, and IITfllL; cllfllL:, 4 . 4 ~ 00. Also, and with the same assumptions on T and p as above, Ap ({ 11 Tfk11 I' > A}) cII IlfkllI'IIL, and 11 IITfkIII'IIL; cII IlfklIl'IlL;, < < O0 (cf*
-
CIBIYA/ A
+
I{f>
4. Notes; Further Results and Problems
339
Hernandez [1984]). As for the weighted version of Theorem 1.3 in Chapter XII, cf. Andersen and John [ 19801 and Jawerth and Torchinsky [1985]. 4.6 It is convenient to have a way to decompose open sets in R" so that it will then be easy to set the stage for the good A procedure to work. A way to go about it is as follows: Let R be an open set of finite Lebesgue measure in R". Then there exists a collection of closed cubes {Qk} so that (i) UkQk = R, (ii) if I k = interior of Qk, then 4 n I k = 0 , j # k, and (iii) there are absolute constants cl, c,, independent of R, such that c1 diam Qk S dist(Qk, R"\R) s c2 diam Qk. This is the proof First divide R" into a mesh of congruent closed cubes, with pairwise disjoint interiors, each of measure 3lRl/2; in this way none of the cubes may be totally contained in SZ. Next discard any cube in the mesh which does not intersect R and subdivide each of the remaining cubes into 2" congruent closed cubes, again with disjoint interiors, by bisecting the sides. Once again discard any cube in this new mesh which does not intersect R and separate those cubes Q of this mesh which are totally contained in Q and which in addition verify . . . ,etc. As for those dist(Q, R"\R)/diam Q 2 1, and rename them Q1, Qs, cubes which are left, and these are cubes which either intersect both R and R"\R, or they are totally contained in R and dist(Q, R"\R)/diam Q < 1, subdivide them again into 2" congruent cubes as before and repeat the selection process. It is not hard to check that (i)-(iii) above hold for the family {Qk} thus selected. It is also possible to be a bit more careful and give a proof that works for arbitrary open sets R c R", whether they have finite measure or not. This result is called the Whitney decomposition and has numerous applications.
CHAPTER
XIV Hardy Spaces of Several Real Variables
1. ATOMIC DECOMPOSITION When discussing in Chapter XI1 the norm relations between the S and < 00. This means, in particular, that the Hormander multiplier theorem remains true for those functions whose Lusin integral is in L P ( R " )0, < p < 00. When 1 < p < 03 these classes of functions coincide with the usual L P ( R " )spaces, but what can we say in case 0 < p d 1? More precisely, which classes of functions, or even tempered distributions, are characterized by the fact that their Lusin integral is in L P ( R " ) ,0 < p s l ? They are precisely the Hardy H P ( R " ) spaces of several real variables. In fact, elements in these spaces have the remarkable property that they can be written as sums of elementary components, or atoms. In a sense a very sophisticated Calderbn-Zygmund decomposition holds in these spaces. We begin our discussion by giving examples of atoms and then proceed to show how they combine to span the Hardy spaces. g: functions, we presented our results in the range 0 < p
Definition 1.1. Let p, q, N be subject to the following conditions
where [ ] denotes, as usual, the "greatest integer not exceeding" function. We then say that a function a is a (p, q, N) atom provided that (i) a ( x ) = 0 off I (some open cube depending on a), (ii) Ilallq < 00, and 340
1. Atomic Decomposition
341
(iii) I , x'a(x) dx = 0, for all multi-indices rw with la1 d N. To somehow normalize the atoms, we introduce the quantity la/,or atomic norm of a, by la1 = infl4 I
I/p--l/q
Ilallq,
(1.2)
where the infimum is taken over those cubes I which verify (i), (iii) above. We then have
+
Proposition 1.2. Let a be a (p, q, N ) atom and suppose that is a Littlewood-Paley function which satisfies, in addition to conditions (i)-(iii) in ) Definition 3.1 in Chapter XII, the following property: E C N + ' ( R n and ID"+(X)ls c(1 + IxI)-("+e+N+')for all multi-indices rw with la1 = N + 1, and some E > 0. Then, if A(x, t ) = a * & ( x ) , S ( A ) E LP(R"),and there is a constant c = cP,$ independent of a so that
+
IIS(A>IIPs cl.1.
(1.3)
Proof. By translating a if necessary we may assume that the cube I, which verifies (i)-(iii) above, is centered at the origin. We estimate
say. To bound J, note that, by Holder's inequality with indices q/p and its conjugate and by (4.4) in Chapter XII, J s ~ 2 1 / ' - p ~ q ~s ~S(A)~~~
(1.4)
which is an estimate of the right order. To bound K requires some work. By Taylor's expansion formula we have that $(x
Wol
+ w, =
+ R N ( X W)Y ~
-D"+(x)
(1.5)
lalSN
with IRN(x,w)l s c1wIN+' suplD"+(x + vw)I, where the sup is taken over IrwI = N + 1 and 0 d 7 s 1. Therefore, in our case
Now, by (iii) above and (1.5) it is clear that
-Ic La !( y ) m D " + ( $ ) d ~
A(y,t)=[,a(w)t-"(+(~) =
J-,a(w)t-"R,(;,-) Y --w
o1IS
dw.
N
(1.7)
XIK Hardy Spaces of Several Real Variables
342
We must estimate the integrand in the last integral in (1.7)for w E I and (y, t ) E T(x), x 21. Observe first that under these conditions (t+Ixl)
t-"(R,(y/t, -w/t)l
S
ct"lwlN+'(t + IxI)-("+E+N+')
(1.9) and this is the estimate we need. Indeed, substituting (1.9) into (1.7) we see that IA(y, t)l s c t E (t
+ Ix[)-("+"+~+') \Ila(w)llwlN+' dw.
(1.10)
Now, by Holder's inequality we readily get that the integral in (1.10) Ilallq' ) / "Con)-'/~ does not exceed ( ~ , I w I ( ~ + ~ ) ~ 'dw)'/q'llal(qs ~ ~ 1 ) ( ' + ( ~ + sequently, a straightforward estimation gives S(A)(x)2
C11)2(('+(N+l)/")-l/9)
s
llall;
I,.,
t2"(t+ 1.1)-
2(n+e+N+1)
t
I I ~ ~ ~ ; I X I - ~ ( ~ ,+ N + ~ )
(1.11) which is all we need to bound K . Indeed, by substituting (1.11)into the definition of K we get C1112(('+(N+')/"-l/9)
K < C(l(P(('+(N+l)/n)-'/q)
11 a 1;
\
I X I - ~ ( " + ~ + ' )dx,
R"\21
and it suffices to bound the last integral above. But since by (1.1)-p(n + N + 1) < -n, we readily see that this integral S C I Z ~ ' - ~ ( ' + ( ~ + ' ) /,"and ) finally K < c(llyP-l/q) II a IMP-
(1.12)
Thus combining (1.4)and (1.12)and taking the inf over all open cubes I which contain the support of a we get at once that 11 S ( A)pI l p < clalp, which is precisely what we wanted to show. W To discuss the convergence of a sum of atoms in Y'we need a preliminary result. Lemma 1.3. Suppose a is a ( p , q, N ) atom and let rl, be integrable and satisfy (@IN+l= ClollsN+lll~P+llOO < a.Then
Ia
where c is a constant independent of a and
+.
(1.13)
1. Atomic Decomposition
343
Proof. We may, and do, assume that the cube I which contains the support of a is centered at the origin. We distinguish two cases, namely, 111 > 1 and 111 s 1. The former case is obvious since by Holder's inequality and the fact that 111 s I I ( l / pnow,
la<$)\
11
$110011~111
cIl
~
~
\
o
o
\
~ c I~~ ~ ~ N + I- \ l \"" p ~ - l / q~llallq' ~ ~
~
~
As for the latter case it requires some work. As in (1.7) we see that
I
< cl$lN+I la(y)llylN+' dy c c ~ $ ~ " ~ ~ ~ ~ " + ( N + " ' nII"a' II' 99 r
and this estimate is also of the right order since by ( l . l ) , N and now ) I ) ,p s 1. H
+ 1 > n( l / p - 1)
We are now ready to describe the convergence of sums of atoms.
Theorem 1.4. Suppose { a k } is a sequence of ( p , q, N ) atoms and that Ckla,lP= AP < co. Then a k cQnverges in the sense of distributions to a sum f E Y ' ( R " ) .Moreover, the convergence is unconditional, i.e., independent of the order of the summands, and f is a distribution of order N + 1 which satisfies the following two properties. (i) If 4 is integrable and ) D " + ( x ) )ZG c ( 1 + 1 ~ 1 ) - ( " + ~ + ' ~ ' ) , some E > 0, + 1, then F ( x , t) = f * c$,(x) is well defined and limt+mlF(x,t)l = 0, uniformly in x. (ii) If II, is a Littlewood-Paley function and in addition ID"$(x)l s c ( l + IxI)-(n+E+14+l) some E > 0, la1 s N + 1, and G(x, t) = f * II,,(x), A k ( x , t ) = ak * II,*(x), then S ( G )E L p ( R " ) and there is a constant c, independent o f f , such that [IS(G)IIp cA. la1 s N
Proof. The unconditional convergence of the sum C ak to a distribution f follows at once from the fact that if c$ is as in (i) above, then
I
= xlak(c$)l <
(1.14)
k
To show (1.14), since p c 1 Lemma 1.3 gives
Moreover, as it also readily follows that (1.15)
~
344
XIV: Hardy Spaces of Several Real Variables
we have that I f * +,(x)l d c ~ ~ I ~ + ~ where c ~ ( ~c p)( tA)=, o(1) as t + 00, uniformly in x. This gives (i). As for (ii) note that by (1.15) with 4 replaced by $ there and Minkowski's inequality we obtain S ( G ) ( x )d 1,S ( A , ) ( x ) ,which in turn gives, since p ss 1, (1.16)
Whence, by integrating (1.16) over R" and invoking Proposition 1.2 we get that 11 S( G) 1; d cAp, which is precisely what we wanted to show. H Remark 1.5. Observe that implicit in the above argument is the following fact (1.17) ca
Indeed, Theorem 1.4 applied to f ak = 1k = N + l ak gives immediately A,)((;s c l T = N + I ( ( I k ( p , and this last expression,'being the that IIS(G - I,"==, tail of a convergent series, goes to 0 as N + 00. The following converse to Theorem 1.4 is true: Given f E 9"(R"), we set u(x, t ) = t(a/at)f* P f ( x ) where , P , ( x ) denotes the Poisson kernel. If S ( u ) E LP(R"),0 < p S 1, thenf can be written as a sum of ( p , q, N ) atoms which satisfy all the conditions of Theorem 1.4. We choose to work with the Littlewood-Paley function t(a/ar)P,(x) here only as a matter of convenience, for then we have the theory of harmonic functions at our disposal. In fact, it is worthwhile to note that the property S ( u ) E L P ( R " )is intrinsic to f: More precisely, given smooth Littlewood-Paley functions i+h and 7 , S(f * $,) E L P ( R " ) if and only if S(f * vf) E L P (R " ), IIS(f * t,bf)lIp IIS(f * vr)llpand the constants involved are independent off, 0 < p 1. Before we proceed with the atomic decomposition we need some preliminary results.
-
Lemma 1.6. Suppose that for f Then (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) C~~
E
Y ' ( R " )we have S ( u ) E L P ( R " )0, < p s 1.
(u(x,t)l d c S ( u ) ( x ) ,c independent of x, t, f: lu(x, t)l d ct-"/PIIS(u)llp,c independent of x, t, j L n l u ( x , t)l' dx < 00. f( 6 ) coincides with a continuous function in R" and verifies (j( s S ( U ) ~ ~ ~c is ~ independent ~ ~ " ( " ~ -of~ 6) and ; f:
Proof. Since ( d / a t ) f * P f ( x ) is harmonic in R:+', we may invoke (an appropriate version of) the Hardy-Littlewood mean-value inequality 5.4 in
1. Atomic Decomposition
345
Chapter VII, and thus obtain
where B is a ball centered at (x, t) totally contained in R:+' and c = cq is independent of B and f. If we actually choose for B the ball with radius t / 2 , then we have B = I'(x). Indeed, if (y, s) E B, then ( x - y(' + ( t - s ) ' S t2/4, which in turn gives t - s s t / 2 , or t / 2 S s. Moreover, since also Ix - t ( s t / 2 , then Ix - yl s s and (y, s) E I'(x). So with q = 2 in (1.18) and since for (y, s) E B also s S 3 t / 2 , we obtain that
S)I'S-~ dy-dsS = cS(U)(X)',
l~(y,
which is precisely (i). To show (ii) we invoke (1.18) once again, this time with q = p. In this case, and by (i), we have that (u(x,t ) p
s
ct-("+')
,. J
[0,3r/2]
c
J
( ~ ( ys)Ip , dy ds R"
s ct-("+')tll S( v)lli, which gives (ii) immediately. As for (iii) note that, if q 2 p, by (i) and (ii) we have
s
IIS(v) .1; Here, (iii) corresponds to the choice q = 2. To prove (iv) we useAq = 1 instead in conjunction with the obvious facts that I((a/at)f* P r ) (5)l S Il(a/at)f* Pt( * ) I l l and that the Fourier transform of an integrable function is continuous. Thus for 5 = 0 I-?(5))t151e-"*'
Ct"('-4/P)
s lRn1v(x,t ) l dx s ctfl('-'/P)IIS(4llP
and (iv) follows upon setting t
=
l/l[l.
Lemma 1.7. There is a radial, real-valued, Cp( R") function t,b which satisfies the following properties: (i) sup^ t,b s B(0, l), the unit ball centered at 0. = 0, la1 G N, N an arbitrary, fixed, integer. (ii) D"t,b(5)]5=0 (iii) IIO,m) e-'t,b(t) dt = -1.
XIK Hardy Spaces of Several Real Variables
346
Proof. Let 7 be any real-valued, not identically 0, radial function supported = ~151~~i,?(5), in B(O,$) and let v1 = AM^, for some integer M. Since i,?,(t) v1 is also radial and 1i,?1(5)1c c15IzM. We claim that for an appropriate constant c and M, $(x) = cvl * vl(x) will do. (i) and (ii) are readily verified. Also note that jfo,m) e-ri,?l(t)' dt # 0, and consequently we may choose c so that (iii) holds as well. Corollary 1.8. Let $ be the function of Proposition 1.7, then
J'
dt $(t151)t151e-'1*1-t
=
-1 ,
520.
[O,W)
Proposition 1.9. Supposef E Y ' ( R " )verifies S ( v ) E L P ( R " )0, < p s 1, and let 77 be a Schwartz function with vanishing integral. Then with as in Proposition 1.7 we have
+
(1.19) In other words
f
=
J'
dt
v ( y , t ) + , ( y - .) d y y
(Y'/polynomials).
R:+'
Proof. Since by Lemma 1.6(iii) v(y, t ) E L 2 ( R " )for almost every t E R + , by Proposition 1.8 in Chapter X it follows that, if < ( y ) = v ( - y ) , then
J
R"
u(v, t)v * $r(v) dv
=
-(2r)-"
J
~ ( 5 ) ~ ( 5 ) ~ ( t 1 5 1 ) t 1 5 1 edt- r l * l(1.20) R"
Moreoverl since both of the functions u(y, t)v * $,(y) and f ( ( ) $ ( & ) + (t151)tlele-'1*1are absolutely integrable with respect to the measures dy dt/ t and d t dt/ t, respectively, we may interchange the order of integration freely in (1.20). Whence, integrating first with respect to t the right-hand side of (1.20) we get
Since ;(O) = 0 we may invoke CorplFry 1.8 and thus obtain that the right-hand side above equals ( 2 ~ ) - ~ f ( = v )(2r)-"f($) =f(v). We are now ready to go ahead with the main result of this section, namely, the atomic decomposition.
1. Atomic Decomposition
347
Theorem 1.10. Suppose f E Y ' ( R " )verifies that S ( u ) E L P ( R " ) ,0 < p s 1, and that f * P , ( x ) + 0 as t + 00. Then given 1 < q < 00 and an integer N 3 [ n ( l / p - l ) ] there exists a sequence { a j } of ( p , q, N) atoms such that (i) (ii)
1lujlp S cllS(u)lJi, where c is independent of J; and 1aj = f ( Y ) .
Moreover, if Aj(x, t ) = t(a/az)aj * P , ( x ) , then also IJS(u- 1 ,:' Aj)llp+ 0 as m + co and IIS(u)llz infClujlp, where the inf is taken over all possible decompositions off into ( p , q, N) atoms.
-
Proof. In order to facilitate the understanding of the proof, which is geometric in nature, we first carry it out in the case n = 1 and then indicate the minor changes needed to make it work for arbitrary dimensions. Also since f is fixed we simply put S( v ) ( x ) = S ( x ) in what follows. Let J??k = { s> 2k}, k = 0, & I , . .. and 4 = { M ( X E > ~ )f}. Note that by the Lebesgue differentiation theorem Ek E o k a.e. and by the maximal 41s clEkl, c independent of k. Observe that Ek decreases from theorem 1 R to 0 as k increases from -00 to 00, and similarly for 0,. For each (y, t) in the upper half plan R: let I ( y , t) = { w E R : ly - wI < t} denote the interval centered at y of diameter 2 t and let 4: R: +. 2 be the function given by + ( y , t) = largest integer k so that
'
(1.21) II(y, t ) n E k l Il(y, t)1/2Clearly, by the above observations 4 is well defined. We list now some properties of the sets + - ' ( k ) , to wit:
(a) The sets 4-'(k) are pairwise disjoint and U k 4 - ' ( k ) = R:. (b) If ( y , t) E 4 - ' ( k ) , then I ( y , t ) E o k . (C) If ( y , t ) E + - ' ( k ) , then Il(Y, t ) n (R\Ek+l)l 3 Il(Y, t)1/2(a) is obvious. Also, if (y, t ) E 4 - ' ( k ) , then (1.21) holds and consequently inf1(,,,)MxEk> 4, thus proving (b). (c) is equivalent to ( I ( y ,t) n Ek+'(S l l ( y , t ) ( / 2 , which also holds on account of the definition of 4. Since is open it may be written as a countable, disjoint union of open intervals, o k = U j 4,kr say. This allows to localize the situation at hand by setting 'T;;k = {(y, t ) E + - ' ( k ) : y E 4 . k ) . It is clear that the q , k ' s are also pairwise disjoint and that u j q,k
= d-'(k),U j , k
q , k = R:.
+
These observations are all that is needed to complete the proof. Let be the function constructed in Proposition 1.7 corresponding to the value N in the hypothesis and put
XIK Hardy Spaces of Several Real Variables
348
We claim that the aj,k’s satisfy the following three properties, to wit: (i) If aj,k(x) # 0, then x E 3 4 , k . (ii) N moments of a,, vanish. (iii) [laj,kllqs C2k14,k11’q,1 < q < 00, c independent ofj, k. Assume for the moment that (i)-(iii) have been verified. Then, since 14,i,k11’P-1’qllaj,kIlq s C2k14,,k11’p,we immediately see that
d
Whence ( 1.22) j,k
k
To bound the sum in the right-hand side of (1.22) we note that it equals
I
c
jsNl,(kl=zN2
P
;I,,,,.,
dx
2kp
I S(G-
=
2”dx s c
R (k:S(x)sZk}
-0
as
IRn
S(x)pdx.
N1,N2+w.
Thus we will be finished once we show that f = g; this is not hard. Indeed, by the unconditional convergence of 1 aj,, we readily see that its sum actually is I,: v(y, t)t,bt(y- x)/t dydt(Y’). Therefore, by Proposition 1.9 it follows that f(7) = g ( v ) for every Schwartz function 7 with vanishing integral. By Proposition 1.6 in Chapter X this means that f - g is a polynomial 9 (that is, the Fourier transform of a distribution supported at the origin). But by assumption and Proposition 1.4 both the Poisson integrals off and g go to 0 as t + co. This implies that for every x, 9 * P r ( x )+ 0 as t + 00, and so 9 0. Thus to complete the proof it only remains to verify that properties (i)-(iii) of the aj,k’shold. (i) If aj,kz 0,there exists (y, t ) in T , k , and y in 4 , k , so that ly - XI s t for otherwise + ( ( y - x)/ t ) vanishes identically. Moreover, since I ( y , t ) E o k in this case, we actually have that I ( y , t ) G 4,,k and consequently t s (diam 4,,)/2. Thus letting yj,k = center of 4&, we see that Ix - Yj,kl s Ix - yl and we have finished.
+ ( y - &,k( s t + diam I j k s 3 diam(4,,)/2
(1.23)
349
1. Atomic Decomposition
(ii) The moments of aj,k coincide with those of $. (iii) We use the expression l l a j , k l l q = sup)jRa j , k ( X ) T ( X ) dxl, where the sup is taken over those functions with 1 ( ~ 1 1 S ~ , 1, l / q + l/q' = 1. So putting g(y, t ) = TJ * q t ( y ) we estimate I = ljq,ku(y, t ) g ( y , t ) / t dy dtl. BY(c) above we immediately get
6 2 1
( 1.24)
S ( x ) S ( g ) ( x )dx.
(R\Ek+i)n3Ij.k
Now, since S ( x ) 4 2k+1on R\Ek+l, and by (4.4) in Chapter XII,
(1.24) gives immediately I s C2k1h,k11/q, all j , k Clearly, the same estimate holds for I I a j , k l l q , and (iii) also holds. Next we indicate the minor modifications needed for arbitrary dimension n. The first change comes in the definition of 4, where we now let I ( y , t ) be the open cube centered at y of sidelength t ; this is a minor change. More important, however, we note that the decomposition of Ok = 4 , k given above is no longer valid. This is not a serious obstacle as we can use the Whitney decomposition 4.6 in Chapter XI11 instead. Let then { Q j , k ) be the Whitney'decomposition of o k and let 4 , k = interior of Qj&, all j, k T j , k and aj,k are defined exactly as before and the only property that has to be checked is (i) concerning the support of 4j.k. But as in (1.23) observe that if yj,k = center of h , k , then a j , k ( X ) # 0 implies there is ( y , t ) in T j , k such that
u
XIV. Hardy Spaces of Several Real Variables
3 50
X I s t and y E 4,k. Then Jx- y j k l s Jx- yl + Jy- Yj,kl s t + diam 4 , k s c dist(h,,, R"\Ok) + diam 4.k d c diam 4,k, since 4.k corresponds to a Whitney cube in the decomposition of 0,. This completes the proof. ly -
=
2. MAXIMAL FUNCTION CHARACTERIZATION OF HARDY SPACES In Chapter VII we considered the nontangential maximal function corresponding to a harmonic function in the disk and introduced the Hardy H P (T) spaces. Similar definitions hold for functions of several real variables. More precisely, given a function u(y, t) defined in R:+' we set Na(u)(x) =
a > 0.
SUP lu(y, r)l,
(2.1)
(y,t)Er.(X)
N. ( u ) is called the nontangential maximal function, of opening a, corresponding to u. We are interested in those classes of functions, or more generally, distributions, f which verify the following property: if u(y, t ) = f * P,(y) is the Poisson integral o f f , then Na(u) E L P ( R " )0 , < p < co. A straightforward argument shows that this last condition is independent of a (cf. 6.2 below), and for this reason we work with N , ( u ) = N ( u ) in what follows. A deeper fact, due to Fefferman-Stein [1972], is that the Poisson kernel above may be replaced by any sufficiently smooth function with nonvanishing integral and still obtain the same classes. Now suppose that a is a ( q, N) atom and is an integrable function, I D " + ( X ) ( ZG c(1 lxl)-( "+'+Iu! some E > 0, and la[s N + 1. If A(y, t ) = a * + t ( x ) , then an argument similar to, but simpler than, Proposition 1.2 gives that IIN(A)II, S clal, where c = cp is independent of a. For f E Y ( R " ) which verifies the assumptions of Theorem 1.10, let f = C aj(.Y') be the atomic decomposition given there and put F(y, t ) = f * + , ( y ) and Ai(y, t ) = aj * t,bt(y). We clearly have that N ( F ) ( X )s~1 N(A,)(x)" and also IIN(F)(Igs cClajp G cllS(v)ll$, c = cp independent off: In other words, the assumption S ( u ) E LP(R",0 < p < 1, implies that the nontangential maximal function associated to extensions off to R?+' by convolution with . about the dilations of appropriate functions also belongs to L P ( R " )What , the same true of S ( v ) ? the converse to this statement: If N ( F ) E L P ( R " )is A way to go about this question is to show that, if u is harmonic in R:+' and N ( u ) E L P ( R " ) ,0 < p d 1, then u = f * P,, where the distribution f admits an atomic decomposition; then apply Theorem 1.4. Although this approach works (cf. 6.5), we prefer to give a direct proof by means of a distribution function inequality we show first.
+
+
+
+
2. Maximal Function Characterization of Hardy Spaces
351
Lemma 2.1. Suppose u(y, t ) = f * P , ( y ) is the Poisson integral of an L2 function f and let V ( y ,t ) = ( t ( a / a t ) u ( y ,t ) , t Vu(y, t ) ) , where V = (d/ayl,. . . ,d/dy,). Then if EA = { N ( y )> A},
where c is independent of A and f:
Proof. Let OA = {N(,yEA* 6,)> f},where the infinitely differentiable function 6 has support in the unit ball and integral 1 and all its moments of first order vanish. Clearly, EAc OA a.e., and by a simple extension of Theorem 2.2 in Chapter VII loA/ < clEAl,with c independent of A. Let now (y, t ) E T(R"\OA) = U x c R n \ o , T(x). Then ly - < t for some x in R"\OA and consequently xEA* 4 , ( y )s f, or, equivalently,
XI
g(Y, t ) = x R " \ E A * +,(Y)
3
t-
(2.3)
Next consider
I =
I
S( V)(x)' dx
R"\c%
Observe that the innermost expression in (2.4) is bounded and that it does not vanish only for those (y, t ) in T(R"\OA). Therefore, by (2.3)
say. Since g s 1, by Proposition 3.4 in Chapter XII, J S cIlfll; < 00. We estimate J by considering separately the integrals corresponding to t ( a / d t ) u ( y , t ) = u ( y , t) and t V u ( y , t). We begin with the former. First, note that for 0 < F < 7 < co we have dt
352
XIV. Hardy Spaces of Several Real Variables
By Corollary 2.4 in Chapter IV, for almost every y E R", lims,o u(y, 6 ) =
f (y), lims+ov(y, 6) = 0, and lims,o g ( y , 6) = x ~ ~ , ~ ~Thus ( Y the ) . lower limit of the integrated term above goes to 0 with 6. As for the upper limit we need the estimates (2.6)
l U ( Y , t)l d C t - " ' P l l w ) l l p
Inequality (2.7) is a particular case of Proposition 2.3 in Chapter IV and (2.6) follows immediately from the estimate lub,
01
$5,
Nu),
(2.8)
where B ( y , t ) denotes the ball centered at y of radius t. Thus also limq,m u ( y , v ) v ( y ,v ) g ( y , 7)' = 0 and the integrated term vanishes. This gives at once that
-2
I
a
U(Y,
t)V(Y,M Y , t ) ;g(Y,
t ) dv dt.
R :+I
(2.9) Similarly, but integrating with respect to the space variables first and letting A denote the Laplacian in these variables, we get that
353
2. Maximal Function Characterization of Hardy Spaces
= J1
+ 52 + 3 3 ,
(2.11)
say. Since J2 and J3 are handled in a similar fashion we only estimate J2. Let T ( E A )= {(y, t ) E R:+’: d ( y , Rn\EA) < t } . T(EA) looks roughly like a collection of inverted cones based on the components of the open set EA. Now g ( y , t ) vanishes on T(EA) and so do all its derivatives. Furthermore, {(y, t ) E R?+’: ) u ( y , t ) l > A} G EA, and N Y , t)l
A
a.e. on
Rn\EA.
(2.12)
+
From the easily verified estimate *2ab s &a2 E - l b ’ , for arbitrary real numbers, it follows then at once that
E
> 0 and a, b
(2.13) The first summand in (2.13) does not exceed EJ.As for the second summand, by (2.12) it is bounded by &-‘A2
R:+’
( t $ g ( y , t ) ) 2 dy?.
Furthermore, since g ( y , t ) = 1 - xE, * + t ( y ) ,by Proposition 3.4 in Chapter XI1 this last expression is dominated by C E - ’ A ~ ~ 112’ ~ X=~CE-’A~~E,I , which is also a bound of the right order. In other words,
I J ~ ~ + I J ~ I s ~ E +J C E - ’ A ~ ~ E , I ,
E
> 0.
(2.14)
To complete the proof we only need to estimate J1;this integral looks like J2 but there are no derivatives acting on g. In first place note that
XZV. Hardy Spaces of Several Real Variables
3 54
On account of (2.6) limq+mu ( y , q ) g ( y , q ) = 0. Also since lirn6+,, g ( y , = ~ p \ ~ , ( y ) , it readily follows that Ilims+ou ( y , 6 ) 2 g ( y ,6)'l 6 N ( u ) ( Y ) ~ x ~ -and \ ~ ~consequently (~)
= 54
+ J5,
(2.15)
say. J,is all right. To bound J5we need another expression for ( a / a t ) g ( y ,t ) = -(a/at)(xE, * + l ) ( y ) . This is easiest obtained by taking Fourier transforms. Indeed, since (a/at)g(& t ) = -&(.f)(V+(t() * it readily follows that
e),
(2.16)
where qj is the C; ( R" ) function, supported in the unit ball, such that Gj(&) = (a/agi)&e). By the moment condition on clearly, q j ( y ) dy = 0, 1 S j s n. Returning to J5,by using (2.16) and integrating by parts we obtain that it equals
+,
= J6
I,.
(2.17)
37,
say. A moment's thought suffices to realize that J6 is a sum of integrals each of which is similar to J3, and consequently also
1 4 1 s EJ + C A ' ( EI.~
(2.18)
Moreover, since
2
+j = 1
xEA
* (?,)r(y)')xR:"\TIE,)(y,
t),
J, can be estimated as the second summand in (2.13), that is, by cA21EAl. Finally, combining (2.11), (2.14), (2.15), (2.18) and the above observations, and choosing E sufficiently small, we get that J s i J + c J R n , E , N ( u ) ( y ) ' dy + cA21EAl.But since J < CO, from (2.5) we obtain at once that Z S C J S C
I
R"\.%
N ( u ) ( y ) 2dy + cA21EAI.
(2.19)
2. Maximal Function Characterization of Hardy Spaces
355
We are now ready to prove Theorem 2.2. Suppose u(x, t) is harmonic in RI;+' and N ( u ) E L P ( R " ) , 0 < p < 2. Then if u(y, t) = t ( d / d t ) u ( y , f ) , also S ( u ) E L P ( R " )and there is a constant c = cp independent of u such that IIS(u)ll, s C ~ ~ N ( U ) ~ ~ ~ .
Proof. Assume first that u(y, t ) = f * P , ( y ) is the Poisson integral of an L2 function f: Then by multiplying (2.2) through by AP-' and integrating, it follows that
and by Theorem 3.3 in Chapter VII there is an L2 function f (which depends on E ) so that u(y, t + E ) = f * P , ( y ) . Therefore, by the first part of the theorem S ( t , (d/dt)f* P , ) ( x ) satisfies
XIV. Hardy Spaces of Several Real Variables
356
where c is independent of E. To complete the proof we observe that liminf,,, S(t(a/at)f*P , ) ( x )= S ( u ) ( x ) and invoke Fatou's lemma.
Remark 2.3. If u is harmonic in R:+' and ~up,,~j,~IU(y, t)("dy< 00 for some p > 0, then lim,,o u( t ) = f exists in the sense of distributions and u(y, t ) = f * P,(y)(Y').Indeed, as in Lemma 1.6 it is readily seen that also jRmIu(y, t)l dy d ct"-"'p, where c depends on u. Moreover, for any E > 0 the function u(y, t E ) is bounded and harmonic in R:+' and continuous in the closure of this set, and, consequently, u(y, t + E ) is the Poisson integral of u( , E ) . By taking Fourier transforms we have that I?(,$, t + E ) = I?(& E)e-r'*l and I?(,$, t ) = g([)e-'If' where a ,
+
-
Ig(5)l d erl*l I , i " ( y , t ) l dy s t"-"'Pe-'l*l.
Taking t = l/lSl it follows that g has tempered growth and consequently g E 9"(R " ) . Let f = inverse Fourier transform of g. Since limr+oG( -,t ) = g ( Y ) , we also have lim,,, u( t ) = f ( 9 " ) , as we wished to show. a ,
Remark 2.4. Combining the results of this chapter with those of Chapters IV and XI1 we have proved in particular that the following statements are equivalent forf E Y ( R " )and 0 < p < co: Let u(x, t ) = f * P , ( x ) denote the Poisson integral off and u(x, t ) = t ( a / a t ) u ( x , t ) . Then (i) limr,m u(x, t) = 0 and S ( u ) E L P ( R " ) . (ii) N ( u ) E LP(R").
-
Furthermore, IIS(u)ll, ~ ~ N ( and U )the ~ ~ constants ~ , involved in this norm equivalence are independent off: We introduce the Hardy spaces H P (R " ) of several real variables to consist of those tempered distributions f for which (ii) and consequently also (i) holds and set l l f l l H p = 11 N ( u)llp, 0 < p < CO. It is clear that for 1 < p < 00 the H P ( R " )spaces coincide with the usual Lebesgue L P ( R " )classes and that the norms are equivalent. The most interesting case occurs then when 0 < p d 1 and we pass on to consider some of the natural questions in this setting, including the relation to systems of conjugate harmonic functions, boundedness of multipliers, and interpolation.
3. SYSTEMS OF CONJUGATE FUNCHONS
+
Suppose ( n - l)/n < p < co. We say that the ( n 1)tuple of harmonic functions U = (u, u l , . . . , u,,) E HP(R:+') if it is a system of conjugate
357
3. Systems of Conjugate Functions
functions as defined in Section 3 of Chapter X, i.e., it verifies the generalized Cauchy-Riemann equations, and if in addition
We remark first that in this case u essentially determines U. In fact when p > 1 we observed that the uj's could be obtained from u by means of the Riesz transform, that u(x, t) = f * P,(x) and n
I
UIHP
IMIp
+
C IIRjfIIp - IIfIIp.
(3.2)
j=l
In this sense HP(R;+')can be identified with L P ( R " )What . is the situation for 0 < p s l ? The reason we restrict our discussion to the case p > (n - l ) / n is that the integrand IU(x, t)lp of (3.1) is subharmonic when p L ( n - l)/n. For the other values of p we must consider tensor functions of rank > 1, satisfying additional conditions. We do not discuss this general case and refer the reader to Fefferman-Stein [1972] where the full picture is presented. Note that if U E HP(R:+') a simple extension of Theorem 4.9 in Chapter VII gives that N ( u ) , N ( u , ) , . . . , N ( u , ) are in L P ( R " )and \lN(u)\\p,l \ N ( u l ) \ l p , *
* *
> IIN(un)llp
clulHp,
(3.3)
where c is independent of U. Our next observation is along the lines of Theorem 4.12 in Chapter VII.
Lemma 3.1. Suppose u is harmonic in R;+' and N ( u ) E L ( R " ) . Then u(x, t) = f * P,(x), where f and its Riesz transform RjJ 1 s j C n, are integrable. Furthermore, there is a constant c independent of u so that n
I I ~ I+I ~EIIRjfIIl 6 C I I N ( ~ ) I I ~ *
(3.4)
j=1
Proof. Since jRnIu(x,t)l dx s ~ ~ N ( by U the ) ~ analogue ~ ~ , of Theorem 3.4 in Chapter VII there is a finite measure p so that u (x, t) = p * P , ( x ) and lim,,,, u(x, t) = f ( x ) exists a.e. Moreover, since lf(x)I, I.(, t)(s N(u)(x), also lu(x, t) - f ( x ) l s 2 N ( u ) ( x )E L(R"), and, by the Lebesgue convergence theorem, lim,,ollu( -,t) -fIl1 = 0. This gives immediately that { u ( *, t)} is Cauchy in L(R")as t + 0 and consequently p actually coincides with the integrable function J: But this means that f~ H ' ( R " ) and by Theorem 1.10 there is a sequence { a k } of ( 1 , 2 , 0 ) atoms such that f = C a d y ' ) , Cbkl s ~ l l f l l ~=1cllN(u)ll1, and IlCc=, G - f l l ~ l + 0 as m + 00.
358
XIV. Hardy Spaces of Several Real Variables
In order to obtain (3.4), since the Riesz transforms are linear, we are then reduced to showing that for each such atom a,
IIRjaIIl s clal,
1d j
d
n,
(3.5)
where c is independent of a. This inequality looks like estimate (1.3) and is proved in a similar fashion. This is not surprising since both results involve estimating a singular integral operator. The details of this verification are therefore left for the reader. A more general result involving multipliers will be discussed in the next section. We are now ready to prove that (3.2) still holds for p S 1 provided we replace the last expression there by 11f l i p . For simplicity we do only the case p = 1, but clearly the argument extends to ( n - 1)/ n < p d 1 as well. Theorem 3.2. The following statements are equivalent (a) U = ( u , v l , . . . ,v,) E H'(R:+'). (b) There exists an integrable functionf, with integrable Riesz transform, sothat u = f * P t , v j = R j f * P , , lSjdn,andIUIH~-Ilf()~+C,n=,IIR,flll. (c) There is a distribution f so that u = f * P,,f E HI( R " ) ,vj = Rjf * P,, 1 d j s n and 1 ~ 1 ~ 111 fllH'. -
Proof. (a) implies (b). Since by (3.3) N ( u ) , N ( v l ) ,..., N ( v , ) are . . ,fn such integrable, by Lemma 3.1 there are integrable functions ifl,. that u = f * P,, vj = h * P,, 1 d j S n, and Rjf E L ( R " ) ,1 S j S n. Consider now the system of conjugate functions V = (f*P,, R 1f * P,, . . . , R J * Pt); clearly V E H'( R:+'). So U - V is also a system of conjugate functions in H'( R;+') and its first component is 0. Therefore by the generalized CauchyRiemann equations it follows that 5 * P , ( x ) - Rjf * P , ( x ) = cj, 1 S j s n, where cj is some constant. Furthermore, since I$ * P , ( x ) - Rjf * P,(x)(d c( Ilf;lll + IIRjflll)t-" + 0 as t + co,cj = 0, and U = V. The equivalence of the norms follows at once from Lemma 3.1 and an argument similar to Theorem 4.10 in Chapter VII. (b) implies (c). BY (3.3), N ( u ) E L ( R " )and IIN(u)lll = I l f l l ~ s ~ cIUIH,. The opposite inequality follows from Lemma 3.1. (c) implies (a). Because of Lemma 3.1 it is obvious. Remark 3.3. Theorem 3.2, in its version for ( n - 1)/ n < p s 1, contains the other half of the Burkholder-Gundy-Silverstein theorem. Indeed, if f E H P ( R " ) ,then, by Lemma 3.1, Rjf E L P ( R " ) ,and consequently by the implication (c) + (a), U = (f*P,, R l f * P , , . .. ,R J * P,) E HP(R:+'). For n = 1this covers the whole range 0 < p s 1, for n > 1 we must also consider Riesz transforms of higher order.
4. Multipliers
359 4. MULTIPLIERS
Theorems 5.1 and 4.5 in Chapter XI1 combine to give that if 0 < p s 1 and m satisfies a Honnander condition of order L > n / p and we denote this by m E M(2, L), then m is a bounded H P ( R " )multiplier. In other , by Theorem 1.10 words, the mapping T given by T f A ( ( )= m ( t ) - f ( ( ) which we may think to be originally defined for those f E CT(R " ) which are finite , c independent of sums of (p, 2, N) atoms, satisfies 11 TfllHps ~ l l f l l ~ pwith f; and consequently admits a bounded extension to H P ( R " )with the same bound. But this result is not sharp in the sense that we demand too many derivatives on the multiplier m. The atomic decomposition gives a more precise value of L and we discuss this next. We begin with some definitions. The notation k is reserved for the kernel obtained as the Fourier transform, in the sense of distributions, of m. First we consider what behavior of k is reflected from the M(2, L) condition on m. For this purpose we say that k verifies the G(2, L) condition, and write k E G(2, L ) , if
(1
RslxlsZR
1/2
IDBk(x)I2d x )
s cR-("/~+~~I)
for R > 0 and p any multi-index with IpI < L, and in addition if largest integer strictly less than L and L = + 3: then
(1
(4.1)
is the
(DBk(x) D P k ( x- y)(z dx
Rslxls2R
for all lyl < R / 2 , R > 0 and multi-indices p with IpI = i.The infimum over the constants c for which (4.1) and (4.2) hold is called the constant of the kernel k; similarly for the constant of m. A convenient notation is to denote by 1x1 R the annulus { a R s 1x1 s bR}, where 0 < a < b < 00 are fixed numbers which are unimportant in the conclusions. For instance, a = 1, b = 2 in (4.1) and (4.2). An important relation is given by
-
Lemma 4.1. Suppose m E M(2, L ) , L > n/2. Then k
E
G ( 2 , L - n/2).
Proof. We begin with some observations. Note first that, if 7 E 9 ' ( R"), then multiplication of either m or k by 7 only increases the constants of these
XIV. Hardy Spaces of Several Real Variables
360
new functions by c = c,. This is readily seen by using the product rule for differentiation and it is especially simple when q is supported in an annulus Ix,( R, which is the only case of concern to us. Also the conditions M and M are invariant under dilations of the form rn(5) + rn(t5) and k ( x ) + t - " k ( x / t ) , t > 0. Hence if rn satisfies an M condition, so does q ( t f ) r n ( S ) , with constant bounded uniformly in t. Now by the dilation invariance we may assume that R = 1 and show that the expressions on the right-hand side of (4.1) and (4.2) are finite. Let 4 be a nonnegative, Cm function, supported in {;< IyI < 2) so that C,"_-,4(2-'y) = 1 for y # 0. Such functions are easy to construct (cf. 6.1). Put now q ( 5 ) = 1 I,:, + ( T i t ) , and let rno(5) = q ( Z ) r n ( 5 )and mi(() = 4(2-'5)rn(t),i = 1 , 2 , . . . If ki denotes the distributional Fourier transform of mi, i = 0, 1 , .. ., we estimate first the expressions corresponding to the different ki's and then add them up.
-
.
Case i = 0. We estimate D B b ( xand ) DBki,(x) - DBb(x- y ) , which have and t8q(5)(1Fourier transform essentially equal to [@q(&)rn(@) eieY)rn((),respectively. First, since 0 < q < 1 and supp q E ((61d 2}, it readily follows that
with c = c., When estimating the difference we also have the factor ( 1 - e i * y ) in the Fourier transform side, and since ( 1 - eieYld 21y( on the support of q, we get that
Cave i
> 0. Since Clal=LI~OLI 2 c > 0 when 1x1
- 1, we get that
Furthermore, since t p d ( 5 )E Y ( R " ) , we see immediately that 2-'IS1tSrni(5) = (2-'5)B4(2-i5)rn(5) E M ( 2 , L ) , with constant bounded uniformly in i, and that this last function is supported 151 2'. Therefore, for
-
361
4. Multipliers
each a the corresponding term in the above sum is bounded by and we conclude that
(I,
lopki(x)l' dx)
1/2
C2i(n/2+I@I-L).
(4.5)
XI-1
The term involving the difference is estimated as before, and we get that
when IyI s 1. Notice that when ly12' > 1, we get a better estimate by using the triangle inequality and (4.5) instead. Now sum. From (4.3) and (4.5) we see immediately that
and this expression is finite provided that 1/31 < L - n/2, which is our assumption. Similarly, by adding (4.4) and (4.6), we observe that when I/?[ = L'= largest integer strictly less than L - n/2, the difference in (4.2) is bounded by clyl
+ clyl
1 "=1/Iyl
2i(1-y)+
1
2'y,
(4.7)
2'>1/lYl
where 0 < y = L - n/2 - L' s 1. It is now a simple matter to sum (4.7) and to note that for lyl s 1 it does not exceed c(yIy when 0 < y < 1 and clyl ln(2/lyl) when y = 1. We are now ready to consider the action of multiplier on atoms.
Lemma 4.2. Let 0 < p c 1 and m E M(2, L), where L > n(l/p - 1/2) 3 n/2. Suppose u is a ( p , 2, N) atom, supp a E I c B(x,, R ) , where R is of order sidelength of I and ~ I / 1 ~ p - 1S~21~1, 2 ~ ~and u ~for ~ 24 as in Lemma 4.1 set ki(x) = +(x/2'+'R)k(x), i = 1 , 2 , . . . . Then b i ( x )= k, * a ( x ) is also a ( p , 2, N )atom and lbil s C ~ - ~ ~ I U / where , c is independent of a, i, and E > 0. Proof. As it is readily seen that supp bi c B(x,, 2i+4R) and that the moments of bi coincide with those of u and thus vanish up to order N, it only remains to bound Ilbil12appropriately. First, note that by Lemma 4.1, ki E G(2, L - n/2), with constant bounded uniformly in i and R. Now let be the largest integer s N so that I? < L - n/2. Furthermore, let Ri(x,y) denote the remainder in the Taylor expansion of ki(x - y), as a function of y, about x, of order fi - 1. Then we can write Ri(x, y) as
*
r
XIV. Hardy Spaces of Several Real Variables
362
and ki(xo- y ) - Ri(x,y ) is a polynomial of degree at most k - 1 when considered as a function of y. Hence, by the moment condition on a, it follows that b i ( x ) actually equals
x { D ' ~ ( x- X O - S ( Y - x O ) ) - DPki(x- x O ) } dy ds.
(4.8)
Thus, to estimate 11 bill2,we may invoke Minkowski's inequality and consider the L2 norm of the expression in {. . .} in (4.8) above as a function of x for each 0 s s s 1 and y in supp a. Since sly - xol s R and Ix - xol S 2i+2R, is bounded by we see from the G ( 2 , L - n / 2 ) condition on k, that II{. .
i
c(2iR)n/~-n-A(sly - X012iR)L-n/2-A
,.(2iR)n/2-n- A
if L - n / 2 - 1 < k < L - n / 2 ,
' ~ ) - xol) (sly - ~ ~ 1 2ln(2'~/sly
,(2iR)n/~-n-G(sly - x 0 1 / 2 ' ~ )
if
if
k = L - n/2 - 1,
fi < L - n / 2 - 1.
The first two estimates are immediate and the third follows @omthe mean value theorem and the bounds for the derivatives of ki E M ( 2 , L - n / 2 ) . There are then three possible kinds of terms that will appear in estimating (4.8), one corresponding to each of the above expressions. Because all terms are handled in a similar fashion we only do one of them, the first one. In this case the corresponding expression in (4.8) is less than or equal to
c(~~+~~)-~(~/~-~/2)~-~(~-~(l/~-l/2))~n(l/~-~/2) 112.
Ila
In this case
E
= L - n ( l / p - 1 / 2 ) > 0 and Rn(l/P-l/2)
Ilal12~ c
[
~
~s clal. ~ ~
~
-
~
As the other two terms lead to similar expressions and since supp bi E open cube Q of sidelength of order 2'+4R,from the above estimate it follows that (bil s ~ Q ~ 1 ~ P - 1s~ 2 ~ ~ b i ~ ~ 2 S C~-~'IDI, and we are done. We also need Lemma 4.3. For rn, a, and as in Lemma 4.2 let 4 0 ( x )= 14 ( x / 2 ' + 'R ) and put b ( x ) = + o ( x ) k ( x ) Then . b o ( x )= b * a ( x ) is a ( p , 2, N) atom and lbol s cIaI, where c is independent of a.
~
~
5. Interpolation
363
Proof. Observe that supp bo E B ( x o ,24R) and that the support of the ki * a's is disjoint with that ball as long as i 3 4 . Since the moment condition is not disturbed by convolutions, it only remains to bound ~ ~ b o ~ ~ 2 appropriately, but this is not hard. First, by the above remarks it readily follows that lbo(x)l s ITu(x)l + C:=,lki * a ( x ) l , where T is the multiplier operator associated to in. Clearly, 11 Tall, s cllal12, and consequently (24R)n(l/P-1/2) 11 Ta 112 s clul. That a similar estimate holds for the other three summands follows at once from Lemma 4.2 and we have finished. We are now ready to prove
Theorem 4.4. Let 0 < p G 1 and rn E M ( 2 , L ) , where L > n ( l / p - 1/2). Then rn is a bounded multiplier on H P ( R " ) . Proof. Suppose first that f E H P ( R " )is a finite sum of ( p , 2, N) atoms, N > L, f ( x ) = I:=, a j ( x ) , say, so that Cjh=l\ajJ'5 cllfll"H. Then T(f) = C,h=, T (aj).Moreover, by Lemmas 4.2 and 4.3, and with a different decomposition for the kernel k adjusted to the support of each aj, we have that m ._
Taj(x)=
n . .
1ki * a j ( x ) = i=O
bi,j(x), i=O
say, where the bi,j's are ( 2 , p , N ) atoms and m
m
i=O
i=O
with c independent of j . Therefore, by Theorem 1.4, Taj E H P ( R " ) , IITaj((P,ps c(uj(p,and the same is true for Tf with h
IITTIIL~ s c CIujIp s C I I ~ I I L P . j=1
To obtain the same result for a general f in H P ( R " )we invoke Theorem 1.10 and 6.13 below. W
5. INTERPOLATION
We discuss one more application of the atomic decomposition, this time to a simple interpolation result especially suited to multipliers. We need a preliminary fact.
XIV. Hardy Spaces of Several Real Variables
364
Proposition 5.1. Let 0 < po s 1 < p < 2 and f E LP(R").Then given A > 0 we may write f ( x ) = X ( x )+ f A ( x ) ,where f A E HPo(R"), E L2(R") and
cAPocpIIfIIpP, independent off and A. IIfAIIzpo
with c
d
IIfAII2'S
cA2-PIIfIIpP,
hf. The proof is a slight variant of that of Theorem 1.10. Let v(y, t ) = t(a/at)f* p t ( y ) and for the given A put Ek = { ~ ( v>) A 2 k } and 0, = {M(xEt> ) $}. Here M is the Hardy maximal function defined with respect
to balls. Let = U jQ , k be a Whitney decomposition of 4, and 4 , k = interior of Qik. Then T j , k and aj,k(x)are defined as in Theorem 1.10 with N > n(l/po - 1); we claim that k=l j
k=-cn
j
will do. To compute the L2 norm of X we use duality. If 11q112= 1 and, with the notation of Theorem 1.10, g(y, t ) = 7 * $ t ( y ) , then
say. Clearly, K
11 [I2 d c. As for J, first, observe that
d c 7
J dc
I
s ( u ) ( x ) 2dx.
R"\E~
Indeed, if u,, denotes the volume of the unit ball, then
By definition, however, if (y, t ) E %, then I{x E R"\Eo: (y, t ) E T(x)}lt-"/v. > ;, and the last integral above is greater than or equal to 1.9. By the converse to Holder's inequality and (5.1) we get that r
as we wanted to show.
5. Interpolation
365
To estimate I l f A l l H ~ o , observe that if laj,kl denotes the atomic ( p o ,2, N) norm of aj,k,then as in (1.22) of Theorem 1.10 we have that
Furthermore, since when S ( u ) ( x ) / A> 1 we also have S ( U ) ( X = )~~ A ~ O ( S ( V ) ( X ) /sA Apo-pS(u)(x)p, )~O (5.2) and Theorem 1.4 yield llfA G C A ~ ~ - ~ I I S S( U~ )A~~ o~- ;~ I l f l l i .
llzpo
We are now ready to prove Theorem 5.2. Suppose T is a sublinear operator of weak-type (2,2) and bounded from HPo(R")into wk-LPo(R"), 0 < po 5 1. Then if po < p < 2, T maps H P ( R " )continuously into L P ( R " ) .
Proof. Suppose first p > 1. Given f E L P ( R " )and A > 0, write f = & + f A as in Lemma 5.1. Then {ITfl> A} c {IT&[ > A/2} u {ITf*l> A/2}, and consequently
1{1 Tfl > A l l G cA-*ll& 112' + cA-"0llfA
IIzPo
< ~ A - ~ A ~ - ~ I l f l l+ p P~ A - ~ o A ~ o - ~ I l f l l p= P ~A-~IlfllpP. Thus T is of weak-type (p, p) for 1 < p < 2 and also of type (p, p) in the same range of p's as a simple application of the Marcinkiewicz interpolation theorem gives. Consider next the case po < p G 1. We claim that if a is a ( p, 2, N) atom, then 11 Ta IIp s clal, where c is independent of a. Indeed, first observe that and there is an open cube Z so that supp a c I and I I a I I H p 0 s 21Z11/Po-1/Plal 1 1 ~ 1 s1 ~ 2 l ~ / ~ / ~ - ~Whence /~lal.
11~~11;
=.(I +I f0.r)
S c j L0.r)
)Ap-'l{lTal> AIldA
[r,m)
A P - l A - P o l l u I ( ~ PdA O +c
AP-1A-211al12'dA Ir.00)
s c( 111 l--PdPrP--Pola [Po + II 1 1 - 2 / ~ y ~ - 2 a1 1).'
(5.3) Setting r = in (5.3), we see immediately that IITaIIi G clap, as anticipated. Let n o w f e H P ( R " )be a finite sum 1 ui of (p, 2, N) atoms so
366
XIV. Hardy Spaces of Several Real Variables
that Clajlps 211f11;~. Since p s 1 we see that ITf(x)lps CITaj(x)lp and 1 1Tail/; s c Clajlp s c l l f l l % p . The general case folconsequently 11 ~ f l l ; s 1 lows easily by a simple limiting argument.
6. NOTES: FURTHER RESULTS AND PROBLEMS The classical theory of H P spaces is essentially part of complex analysis with many connections to harmonic functions and Fourier analysis. New methods are therefore needed to rid the theory of one-dimensional techniques such as conformal mapping, and extend the results to several dimensions. The recent n-dimensional real theory was started by Stein and Weiss [1960]; a crucial observation in this context is the fact that, if F = ( u o ,u l , . . . ,u,) is a (M. Riesz) system of conjugate functions, then IF(q is subharmonic for q > n/(n - 1). In the late 1960s important new developments took place, culminating in the Fefferman-Stein [ 19721 theory of H Pspaces of several real variables. We single out three such developments here. (i) Results concerning the boundedness of certain singular integral operators can be extended from Lp(R " ) , 1 < p < 00, to the H P (R " ) spaces, 0 < p s 1, and especially H ' ( R " ) . The methods used involve auxilliary functions such as the Lusin integral, a (vector-valued) singular integral itself. (ii) The result of Burkholder and Gundy and Silverstein[19711concerning the characterization of the Hardy space HP,(R:) in terms of nontangential maximal functions. This remarkable theorem, proved by probabilistic methods involving Brownian motion, raised many interesting questions, including the possibility of extending these results to R" and what role the Poisson kernel plays in all of this. (iii) Fefferman's identification of the dual of H ' ( R " ) with B M O ( R " ) [1971].
One of the main results of Fefferman and Stein is that the H P classes can be characterized without any recourse to conjugacy of harmonic functions or Poisson integrals. Elements u in H P ( R " )can be considered in terms of their boundary values f and have an intrinsic meaning: u is in H P ( R " )if and only if N ( f * + t ) ( x )E L P ( R " )whenever is a sufficiently smooth function, small at infinity, and has nonvanishing integral; in fact, it suffices to consider the radial maximal function N o ( f * &)(XI = sup,,olf* 44x11. In a different direction Calder6n and Torchinsky [ 19751established a similar characterization in terms of the Lusin integral S(f * $ , ) ( x ) corresponding to a smooth function $, small at infinity and with vanishing integral. The atomic decomposition is due to Coifman [1974] when n = 1 and to Latter
+
6. Notes; Further Results and Problems
367
[ 19781 for general n. Both of these results make use of the characterization of H P ( R " )in terms of maximal functions, and a relatively simple proof along these lines is discussed in 6.5 below. The atomic decomposition given here is based on ideas of Calder6n [ 1977b], Chang and R. Fefferman [1982], and, especially, Cohen [ 19821. Fefferman-Stein [ 19721, Burkholder and Gundy [ 19721, and Calder6n and Torchinsky [19751, considered the distribution function inequalities which allow for the control of the Lusin integral in terms of the nontangential maximal function, and vice uersa. The proof of Lemma 2.1 is based on some ideas of Merryfield [1985]. The results in Section 3 are due to Stein and Weiss [1960]; the work of Wheeden [1976] is also relevant here. The multiplier results in Section 4, which are due to Calder6n and Torchinsky [19771, can be extended in several directions (cf. Taibleson and Weiss [ 19801, for instance). The proof given here follows along the lines of Stromberg and Torchinsky [1980]; the sharp version of this result is due to Baernstein and Sawyer [1985]. The decomposition in Section 5 is essentially due to Chang and R. Fefferman [1982].
Further Results and Problems
There is a C:( R " ) function 4 supported in {fS 1x1 S 2) and such that 4(2-'x) = 1, x # 0. (Hint: If 7 is nonnegative, nonidentically 0, C,"(R") function supported in {fS 1x1 S 2}, then C,"_-, ~ ( 2 - j # ~0 ) for 77(2-'x).) x # 0. Look at 4 ( x ) = 7(x)/EJ:-, 6.2 Letf be defined on R:+' and suppose 0 < a < b < 00. Then I{ N b ( F ) > A}l d c(b/a)"l{N,(F) > A}I, all A > 0, where c is an absolute constant. (Hint: Let 0 = { N , ( F ) > A } and put 6, = {M,yo > ( a / ( a+ b))"}.As it is not hard to see that { N b ( F )> A} c_ 0,the conclusion follows at once from S the maximal theorem. Clearly, this result implies l[Nb(F)\lp c(b/a)"/PIIN,(F)IIp,0 < p < 00 (cf. Theorem 4.3 in Chapter XII).) 6.3 In case u is harmonic in R:+', then u E H P ( R " )if and only if the radial maximal function No(u ) E Lp(R") and 11 u 11 H~ 11 No(u ) I I p , 0 < p < 00. This statement corresponds to Proposition 5.5 in Chapter VII. The general result is the following: Let F(x, t ) be continuously differentiable with respect to the x variables in t > 0 and suppose that for some a, b > 0, N , ( F ) and Nb(lt V F I ) are in L P ( R " ) 0, < p < 0O. Then there is a constant c, depending VFI)(I"'(p+") on a, b, and p such that IIN,(F)IIPs cllNo(F)II~"P+"'IINb(~t if l l ~ o ( F ) l l p IINdlt VFI)IIp and l l W F ) l I p S ~llNo(F)llp otherwise. (Hint: On account of 6.2 it suffices to prove our assertion for a = 1, b = 2. = The desired inequalities follow without difficulty from the estimate I{ N ( F ) > A, N 2 ( ) V t F I ) S r-l'pA}l S cr-"/"I{No(F)> A/2}1 = I % ol , where r 6.1
El:-,
-
XIV. Hardy Spaces of Several Real Variables
368
is a number between 0 and 1. To show this estimate observe that if x E then there exists (y, t ) with ( x - y l < t and ( F ( z ,t ) l > h / 2 for ( y - zI s 4r””t. Thus, Q1 E {Mx%> (( r1lp/2)(1 r1/p/2))-1)”} and the estimate follows from the maximal theorem. The result is from the work of Calder6n and Torchinsky [ 19751.) 6.4 Suppose N ( F ) E L P ( R ” ) , 0 < p < m, and let N f ( F ) ( x )= SUP(y,:,)IF(Y, t)l(l + Ix -Yl/t)-”. Then IIN:(F)IlP s C l l N ( F ) I I P if A n / P andI{Nf(F) > t}l C ct-p(INf(F)II;ifh = n / p . ( H i n t : NotethatNT(F)(x)-c c sUPk 2 - * k ~ 2 k ( ~ ) ( which ~), in turn implies { N : ( F ) > t } c U z = 0 { N 2 k ( F> ) ~ 2 ” ~and t } then use 6.2.) 6.5 Suppose u(x, t ) = f * P,(x) is harmonic in R:+’ and N ( u ) E L P ( R ” ) , 0 < p c 1. Then f admits an atomic decomposition f = C a j ( Y ) into ( p , q, N) atoms and IIN(u)llg inf ClajIp,where the inf is taken over all possible decompositions. (Hint: The proof follows along the lines of Theorem 1.10 and is best understood when n = 1. By 6.2 also N,(u)E L”, and the open sets 0, = {N,(u) > 2k} = Uj 4,k, where the 4 , k ’ s are disjoint, T(4,k), where T ( I ) = {(y, t ) E R:: ( y open intervals. Let T ( 6 k ) = t, y + t ) c I}and put ?;;k = T(4,k)\T((!&+l)* Then
+
’
-
ui
f=xj j,k
u(y, t ) ~ l ( x - U ) d dt Yt=C(I”k(X),
?.k
i,k
say. As in Theorem 1.10 the proof is reduced to estimate
(1
?.k
1/2
(tlvub, t)l2 + rlv(y, t)l’)
dYdt)
*
To do this we invoke Green’s identity (4.5) in Chapter VII, which applies since the boundary aq,, is smooth enough for Green’s theorem to apply, and observe that the term in question is less than or equal to
Since we are working with the level sets for N2(u),and u is harmonic, it readily follows that lu(y, t ) ( , tlVu(y, t ) l , tlv(y, t)l s ~2~ on aq,, and the desired bound follows with no difficulty from this. This proof is due to Wilson [1985].) 6.6 To deal with operators acting on the Hardy spaces it is often necessary to work with sums of atoms, whose sumorts are stacked one on top of another. More precisely, we say that a function M ( x )is a ( p , q, N) molecule based at the ball B(xo,r ) , 0 < p s 1 < q < m, N > n ( q / p - l ) , provided it satisfies the following three conditions: 9 d crn(l-q’P), (i) ( R n l M ( x ) (dx
6. Notes; Further Results and Problems
369
(ii) jRn1M(x)141x - xolNdx s crN+"('-q/P), and (iii) j R n M ( x ) dx = 0 (this condition makes sense since by (i) and (ii), M is integrable). ), the uj's Show that if (i)-(iii) hold, then M ( x ) = C j u j ( x ) ( L q ( R " ) where are ( p , q, N) atoms supported in B(xo,2&+'r)and ~ ~ S cM ClujIp,~where ~ c depends only on the constants in (i) and (ii). This concept is due to Coifman and Weiss [19771 and is quite useful since it reduces the discussion of the continuity of many operators to showing that map atoms into molecules (cf. Theorem 4.4). 6.7 Show that, if, for 0 < p s 1, f E H P ( R " )n L ( R " ) ,then f ( x ) dx = 0. 6.8 Show that for each fixed ( x o ,t ) E R:+', P,(xo- x ) - P , ( x ) E H ' ( R " ) (as a function of x ) . Also iff is integrable and vanishes off a compact set K not containing the origin, then f~ H ' ( R " ) . (Hint: xK([)&/((Iis the Fourier transform of an integrable function, 1 S j S n.) 6.9 Suppose 4 verifies the assumptions of Z6's Theorem 2.2 in Chapter XI and f E H'(R"). Show that N , ( f * 4,) E L(R").It is also easy to see that, if $ = x1,I unit cube in R", and N ( f * $,) E L ( R " ) ,then f = 0, a.e. Along these lines Uchiyama and Wilson [1983] have shown that there is a nonnegative kernel 4 such that (0) f H b ( R ) = { f L~( R ) : N ( f * 4,) E L ( R ) } and H i ( R ) # H ' ( R ) . 6.10 There is yet another characterization of the H P spaces involving maximal functions. Suppose u is harmonic in R:+' and let u p ( x )= 11 t - ( " + ' ) / P U(y, t)llwk-LP(r(x),dydt), 0 < p < 00. Show that U E H P ( R " )if and only if up E L P ( R " )and I I u I I H p ~ ~ u p0 < ~~ p < p ,00. (Hint: One implica+" tion follows at once from the estimate I{(y, t ) E T ( x ) :( N ( ~ ) ( x ) / h ) ~ " "> t}l S c ( N ( u ) ( x ) / h ) ' :To prove the converse we show that N l 1 2 ( u ) ( xS) cup(x).Indeed, let ( y , t ) E r l I 2 ( x )and note there is a ball B centered at (y, t ) and of radius - t such that B c T ( x ) .Then by the Hardy-Littlewood Theorem 5.4 in Chapter VII and the estimate 7.5 in Chapter IV, for 0 < q < p we have
1
-
and the desired estimate follows easily from this. The result is due to Semmes [19831.) 6.11 (Hardy-Littlewood Imbedding Theorem) Suppose F is defined in R:+' and N ( F ) E L P ( R " ) 0, < p < 00. Then for p < q < 00,
~
P
370
XIK Hardy Spaces of Several Real Variables
the desired inequality follows readily from this by multiplying through by t"(q/P-')and integrating. This proof, as well as some applications, is in the work of Calder6n and Torchinsky [1975].) 6.12 The following extension of Paley's inequality, Theorem 1.3 in Chapter VI, holds:
(Hint: From 6.11, applied to F(x, t ) = f * ~ J ~ (and x ) p < q = 1, it ceadily / ~ - ' )the . mapping f + is follows that Ij(S)l ~ l l f l l ~ ~ I & I " ( 'Thus bounded from L2(R") into L2(R",de/le12")and from H P ( R " )into wkLP(R",d5/1[12n).By (a simple variant of) Theorem 5.2 this mapping is also continuous from H P ( R " )into LP(R",d[/1e12"),0 < p S 1, which is the desired conclusion. A direct proof using atoms also works.) 6.13 Endowed with the metric d(J; g ) = Ilf - gllfp, H P ( R " )is a complete metric space, 0 < p s 1. (Hint: It suffices to show that, if {fk} c H P ( R " ) and ~ ~ = l ~
Iel"f(e)
~
[.f-n(l/p-l)f(e).
c:=,
6. Notes; Further Results and Problems
371
of the origin and let x ( y , t ) denote the characteristic function of R" x (0,l). Then h P ( R " )= { f Y~( R " ) :N(,y(y, t ) f * + , ( y ) ) ( x )E L P ( R " ) } 0, < p s 1, l l f l l h p = IIN(,yf* r,ht)[Ip.These spaces enjoy many important and useful properties, including the atomic decomposition. (Atoms with small support are the usual atoms; on the other hand, for atoms with large support the moment condition is dropped.) 6.17 Suppose 0 < a < n, k(x, y ) is C N for x # y and verifies
11,
- wISA
I,
Ik(x, y
(Ik(w,x)l + Ik(x, wl) dw s cAa,
+ w ) - k ( x - w, y)I dw S
A
> 0,
A
> 0,
x - ~ ~ ~ Z ~ W ~ , [ W [ S A
and
< cIx
- yl-"-N-l+a
A n+N+1 ,
A>0,
OSm
These estimates are assumed to hold uniformly for x, y in R". Furthermore, let n / ( n + N ) < p S 1, l/q = l/p - a / n . Then the operator T f x ) = k(x, y)f(y) dy, defined initially for atomsJ; extends to a bounded linear mapping from H P ( R " )into h 4 ( R " ) .If in addition k(x, y ) = k ( x - y ) , then T maps H P ( R " )into H q ( R " ) The . proof follows along the lines of Theorem 4.4 and is due to Krantz [1982]. 6.18 Let u be harmonic in R:+', lim,+mu(x, t ) = 0, and
I,.
(I,,,_, =f* f~
IVU(X, t)I2td t )
1/2
E
LP(R"),
0 < p < a.
Then u(x, t ) Pt(x), H P ( R " ) .(Hint: It suffices to show that S(tlVul)(x)E L P ( R " ) to ; do this we use the vector-valued version of Proposition 5.5 in Chapter VII. Let U ( x , t ) = V u ( x ,t + s ) , [ U ( x ,t)l = ( ~ ~ o , m ) ~ Vt u+( s)l' x , s ds)'". Our assumption is that No( U ) ( x )= Sup,>olU(X, t)l = (JLo,m)lVu(x, s)12s ds)'" E L P ( R " ) and , by Proposition 5.5 in Chapter VII also N(U ) ( x )E LP(R").It is not hard to see now that N ( U ) dominates the Lusin function of t Vu(x, t ) , and we are finished. The result is from Fefferman and Stein [1972]). 6.19 Suppose verifies the assumptions of Z6's Theorem 2.2 in Chapter XI and let N + ( f ) ( x )= ~ u p , > ~ l +,(x)l. f* Show that for 1 < r < a, 11 11 N+(fk)ll~.ll~c CJn=,ll IIRjjill~'IIThis, l. and related results, are in the work of Rubio de Francia, Ruiz and Torrea [1985]. 6.20 In addition to vector-valued inequalities, weighted estimates are of interest; the interested reader should consult the work of Stromberg and Torchinsky [ 19801.
+
CHAPTER
xv Carleson Measures
1. CARLESON MEASURES Suppose f(y, t ) is a measurable function on R:+' and that N ( f ) ( x )= supr(,,if(y, t ) l is lower semicontinuous. We are interested in finding under what conditions on the nonnegative Bore1 measure p on R;+' the inequality
holds. the constant in (1.1) is allowed to depend on p but not on f: A necessary condition for (1.1) is readily obtained as follows. Given an arbitrary subset E of R", we consider the tent T ( E ) over E described by T ( E ) = { ( y , t ) E R:+': B(y, t ) c E } = { ( y , t ) E R:+': d(y, E') > t}. Let now B denote an arbitrary open ball and observe that iff(y, t ) = xT(,&, t), then N ( f ) ( x )= x B ( x ) ,and, consequently, if (1.1) holds for some p, then also / - 4 T ( B ) )c cPIBI. (1.2) Two quick remarks about (1.2). First, it is easy to see that the family { T ( B ) } may be replaced by any other family which looks roughly like a tent over B. For instance, we may consider instead the collection of cylinders C (B) = {(y, t) E R:+': y E B(x, r ) ; 0 < t < r} since given any B there are balls B, c B c B2, with radius B 1 , radius B2 radius B, and so that C ( B , ) c T ( B ) c C ( B 2 ) .In other words, (1.2) is equivalent to
-
p ( C ( B ) )c clBI,
all B. (1.3) It is also the case that (1.2) is equivalent to the seemingly stronger statement all open sets 6 in R". ( 1.4) Indeed, given an open set 6 let {Q} be a Whitney decomposition of 6. p ( T ( 6 ) )=s ~161,
372
1. Carleson Measures
373
-
Then there are balls { B j } so that radius Bj sidelength Qi and T(Qi) E C ( B j ) .Whence, it follows at once that T(0)E Ui C ( B j )and P ( T ( o ) )s C p ( C ( B j ) )s CCIBjI s
CCIQjI=
cI01,
i
i
i
as claimed. Those measures which verify (1.2) are called Carleson measures and the infimum over those constants c p on the right-hand side is denoted by the constant of p. One of the reasons this concept is important is the following. Theorem 1.1. Suppose f(y, t ) is measurable and N ( f ) ( x )= sup,-(,.lf(y, t)l is lower semicontinuous. If p is a Carleson measure on R:+', then (1.1) holds with a constant which depends only on the constant of p and p . Thus, (1.1) holds if and only if p is a Carleson measure.
Proof. Given A > 0, let 0, = { N ( f )> A}; by assumption 0, is open and p ( T(0,)) ~10~1. Furthermore, since {lfl > A} c T(0,),then also p({lfl > A}) s p ( U G ) ) ~ l 0 A and l
,.
n
Before we go on we discuss some examples of Carleson measures. Proposition 1.2 (Fefferman). Suppose f E BMO and 16, is a LittlewoodPaley function. Then f * & ( y ) is well defined and * I,6,(y)I2(1/ t) dy dt is llfll~. a Carleson measure with constant
If
-
Proof. To show that f * & ( y ) is given by a convergent integral, write = ( f - h ) X r + (f - f [ ) X R " \ j +fi, where I is the open interval centered at y with sidelength t, and note that
f
f*
=
J (f(x) -
= A,
h ) ~ y x) dx
+
J
( f ( x ) - h ) l ~ l r ( y- X I dx R"\I
+ A2,
say. Clearly, \All s ct-" J , l f ( x ) -hl dx s cllfll,. As for the other term, observe that, by estimate (3.2) in Chapter VIII
X K Carleson Measures
374
Next let B be an open ball in R". We must show that, for some constant c independent of B,
Let I denote the smallest open cube concentric with B which contains B, and put f = ( f - h ) ~ z r+ ( f - h ) ~ R n \ z r + h = f i +fi + f r , say. Since h * t,bI(y) vanishes identically, it suffices to show that ( 1 . 5 ) holds with f replaced by fi and fi there. To bound ths term involving fi note that, on account of (3.8) in Chapter XI1 and Corollary 1.5 in Chapter VIII,
which is of the right order. As for the term involving fi, let r = radius of B and observe that we are interested in estimating fi * $ , ( y ) for 0 < t C r. An argument quite similar to the one used for the term A2 immediately ~ ~ ,consequently gives that Ifi * $l(y)( 6 c ( t / r ) " ~ ~ fand
which also is of the right order. W
Corollary 1.3. Suppose f, $ are as in Proposition 1.2 and 2 s q < 00. Then * $t(y)lq(1/ t ) dy dt is a Carleson measure with constant llfll
- z.
If
h.oOf. Since If*+r(y)l s ~llflJ*, If*$t(y)Iq(1/t)dydt s ~IlfIlz-~ x If * $,.(y)12(l/ t ) dy dt, and we have finished. 2. DUALS OF HARDY SPACES An important point we have left open is the determination of the dual space, or space of bounded linear functionals, of the Hardy H P (R") classes. We do the case p = 1 first.
2. Duals of Hardy Spaces
375
Theorem 2.1 (Fefferman). The dual of H ' ( R " ) is B M O ( R " ) in the following sense. Suppose f E BMO(R").Then the linear functional
defined initially for g E H ' ( R " ) n C,"(R")has a bounded extension to all of H'( R " ) with norm s cllfll*. Conversely, every bounded linear functional L on H ' ( R " ) can be written as (2.1) for every g E H ' ( R " ) n C:(R"). The function f is uniquely determined and belongs to BMO(R"),and 11fll, norm of L.
-
Proof. Givenf E BMO(R")and g E H ' ( R " ) n C ; ( R " ) , we show first that the expression L ( g ) in (2.1) is finite and that it, in fact, verifies IL(g)l C cllgllHI,with c 11fll*. Since this collection of g's is dense in H ' ( R " ) , the first part of our conclusion follows immediately from this. Let U ( y , t ) = t V(f* P , ) ( y ) , V ( y , t ) = t V(g * P , ) ( y ) and observe that, on account of (3.11) in Chapter XII,
-
Now let Ek = {S(V) > 2k}, 4 = { N ( x E k* 4,) > i},where 4 is a C m ( R " ) function supported in the unit ball with ihtegral 1, and put Ak = T (f!?k)\ T ( The following properties are then readily verified: Ak = RY+', and
u:=-*
1,.1
V(Y, t)12dY$S c
I
ok\
S( V)(x)' dx.
(2.3)
Ek+ I
Whence from (2.2) and (2.3) it follows that
k=-m
say. We examine each of the summands Jk in (2.4). By Proposition 1.2,
XK Carleson Measures
376
U ( y , t ) I 2 / t d y d t S cllfll',lt&l, and from the definition of the sets inOkl. consequently, volved it follows that jok,Ek+, s(V)(x)' d x s 22(k+1)l 1/2 k Jk ~ \ ~ . f ~ ~ lokk(1/2 * ~ ~ k C2klEkl ~ Ilfll*,and
2
k=-m
c m
Jk
cllfll*
2klEkl
cllfll*lls(v)IIl
c~~.f~~*~~g~~H1*
k=-m
Thus, by substituting in (2.4), we get ( L ( g ) lS Cllf(l*)lgllH1,as anticipated. To prove the converse, we use the characterization given in Theorem 3.2(b) in Chapter XIV and think of H ' ( R " ) as the subspace of L(R") consisting of those integrable functions with integrable Riesz transforms. Let B denote the Banach space consisting of the direct sum of n 1 copies ofL(R") normedby IlGll~ = ll(go, g 1 , . . ,gn)lls = C~=oIIgjIIl.ThenH'(R") can be identified with the closed subspace H of B consisting of those G's of the form ( g , R , g , . . . ,R,g), and by the Hahn-Banach theorem each bounded linear functional L,on H ' ( R " ) , or actually H, can be extended with no increment in its norm to a bounded linear functional, which we also denote by L, on B. Now the dual of B is essentially the direct sum of n + 1 copies of Lm(R") and consequently there exist L"(R") functions fo,. . . ,fn so that
+
UG) =
tJ
j=o
g i ( x ) ~ ( xdx, )
G E B,
(2.5)
R"
and ~ J " = o l l J ~ ~ m s norm of L. When restricted to those G's in H with g in C;(R"), the identity (2.5) reads
say. By Theorem 7.1 in Chapter XI, f~ BMO(R") and Ilfll, s c CJZollJllrn s c. norm of L. It thus only remains to show that f is uniquely determined by L. But this is not hard; first, the above representation is readily seen to hold whenever the integral converges and this is the case when g is, for instance, the H ' ( R " ) function P , ( x ) - P , ( x - y ) discussed in 6.8 in Chapter XIV. Whence, if I,. g ( x ) f ( x )dx = 0 for those g E H ' ( R " ) , it immediately follows that lim,+of* P , ( y ) =f(O) = c a.e. But constant functions f in BMO are actually (equivalent to) the 0 function and the uniqueness obtains. That the norm of L Ilfll* requires an easy argument using the first part of the proof. It seems natural to expect the atomic decomposition to play a role in the consideration of the dual to the Hardy spaces as well. In fact, even the
-
2. Duals of Hardy Spaces
377
proof of Theorem 2.1 can be simplified by invoking the atomic decomposition. We illustrate this in our next result.
Theorem 2.2. Suppose Lis bounded linear functional on H P ( R “ )0, < p =s 1. Then there exists a locally integrable function f such that
for every HP( R ” ) function g which is a finite linear combination of ( p , 2, N) atoms. Furthermore, f satisfies
where Pz (f)is a polynomial of degree s N = [n ( l / p - l)], and c is independent of the open cube I. The smallest constant c for which (2.7) holds for norm of L. Conversely, i f f verifies (2.7) and g is a finite every I is linear combination of ( p , 2, N) atoms, then the integral in (2.6) converges and IL(g)l s MllgllHP,where M the constant in (2.7) corresponding to$
-
-
Proof. We prove the second statement first. Let g = C J t laj be a finite sum of (p, 2, N) atoms, CJEllajlp Ilgll”H, and let 4 be open cubes containing lajl. j~~ Then 2 the support of aj with the property that & ~ 1 ’ p - 1 ’ 2 ~ ~ a
-
-
j=1
j=l
as we wanted to show. To discuss the representation of the functionals we start out by fixing an open cube I and consider the subspace H of L 2 ( I ) consisting of those functions with vanishing moments up to order N. Functions a in H belong 2 ~ ~ aif~ ~a 2E .H, then IL(a)l C to H P ( R “ ) and ))u)),P6 c ~ I ~ 1 ’ p - 1 ~ Thus c ~ I ~ 1 ~ p - 1and, ~ 2 by ~ ~the a ~Hahn-Banach ~2, theorem, L can be extended as a bounded linear functional to L 2 ( I ) with norm not exceeding C I I I ~ ’ ~ - ’ / ~ . By Proposition 3.2(ii) in Chapter I1 there is a function f E L2(I) such that llfll2 clI11’p-1’2and L ( g ) = JRnf(X)g(X)dx for g E L 2 ( I ) .Next we estimate ll(f- Pz(f))xz\\2,where Pz(f)is the polynomial of degree S N so
XV: Carleson Measures
378
that j r ( f ( x ) - P r ( f ) ( X ) ) X pdx = 0, IpI < N. For this purpose let h E L 2 ( I ) be a function in L 2 ( I ) with norm 1 so that Il(f- pI(f))xrII2s 2 l ( , ( f ( x ) - P I ( f ) ( x ) ) h ( x )dx(. Now, if P , ( h ) ( x ) denotes the polynomial of degree d N so that j r ( h ( x )- Pr(h)(X))Xpdx = 0 for S N, it is not hard to see that a ( x ) = ( h ( x ) - Pr(h)(x))Xr(x)is a ( p , 2 , N) atom with (a1S cl11 "P-1'2. Therefore,
which is equivalent to the estimate (2.7) for this particular cube I. It still remains to be shown that the functions which correspond to different cubes I can be thought of as restrictions to I of a single function f which verifies (2.7). But this is not hard to see since any two functions fi, X which correspond to cubes I, c 12, say, differ by a polynomial of degree d N on I, ,and consequently are actually (equivalent to) the 0 function in the space of functions which verify (2.7). Remark 2.3. The reader should compare the description of the dual of the Hardy spaces with the Lipschitz spaces introduced in Chapter VIII. This will be discussed further in 4.10-4.12.
3. TENT SPACES It is well known that the dual of the space of continuous functions on R:+' which vanish at infinity is the space of signed Bore1 measures on R:+'. It is therefore natural to consider whether the space of signed Carleson measures, i-e., those measures p on R;+' which verify
can be identified as the dual of some space of continuous functions on R:+'. For this purpose, and motivated by Theorem 1.1, let T = { f C(R:+'): ~ N ( f ) E L ( R " ) } ;endowed with the norm Ifl = IIN(f)11,, T becomes a Banach space. The triangle inequality is readily verified and the completeness follows without difficulty from the estimate (2.6) in Chapter
3. Tent Spaces
XIV,i.e., If(y,
379 t)l d
ct-"IIN(fllli = ct-"lfl. The statement we have in mind
is
Theorem 3.1. The dual of T is the space of (signed) Carleson measures in the following sense: if p is a Carleson measure, then
L(fl =
I
R:+'
f(Y, t ) M
(3.1)
Y , t)
-
is a bounded linear mapping on T with norm s c the Carleson constant of Ipl. Conversely, to every continuous linear functional L on T there corresponds a unique signed Carleson measure p so that (3.1) holds and the norm of L is comparable to the Carleson constant of p. Proof. The fact that every Carleson measure gives a bounded linear functional on T is contained in the inequality (1.1). The converse is not hard. That L must be given by a Bore1 measure p follows from the Riesz representation theorem. To show that p is actually a Carleson measure put f ( y , t) = ~ = ( ~ ) t); ( y fdoes , not belong to T but it is the limit, in the T norm, of functions in T. Since N ( f l = xB, by the continuity of L we get
Next, motivated by Proposition 1.2 we introduce the expression
where B runs over those balls which contain x, and define T" to be the class of g's for which C ( g )E L"(R"); the norm in this space is then lgl" = IlC(g)ll,. Can we identify T" as a dual Banach space? To answer this question we need one notation. Let T p = {f:S(f)E L P ( R " ) } 0 , < p c 00; the norm in Tpis Ifl, = IlS(fl11,. We then have
Theorem 3.2. Suppose f E T', g E T".Then
Thus each g E T" induces a continuous linear functional on T'. Proof. Let T h ( x )= {(y, t ) E R:+': Ix - yl < t < h } denote the cone with vertex at x truncated at height h, and set
XV. Carleson Measures
380
Note that S h ( f )increases with h and S " ( f ) = S(f).For g E T" we define the "stopping-time" h ( x ) as h ( x ) = sup{h > 0: S h ( g ) ( x ) M C ( g ) ( x ) } . Here M is a large dimensional constant to be chosen shortly. First, observe that, if B = B(x, h ) , then for some dimensional constants cl, c 3 1, we have
This is not hard to check; indeed, the left-hand side of (3.3) equals
as anticipated. Now, from this estimate it readily follows that if M is sufficiently large, then
I?: h ( z ) 2 h}l 3 lBl/2, all B. (3.4) = {z E B : h ( z ) < h} and observe that for z E Eh we have
l{z E
To see this let E h automatically that
and consequently by (3.3)
Thus lEhl S ( c 1 / M 2 )lcBl and IB\Ehl 3 IB1/2 provided M is sufficiently large, which is precisely (3.4). Finally, on account of (3.4), Fubini's theorem and Holder's inequality we get that
3. Tent Spaces
381 Sh(x’(fl(x)Sh(’”’(g)(x)dx zs c
I,.
S(f)(x)C(g)(x) dx,
(3.2) holds, and we have finished.
To complete the discussion of the duality of T’, as in the case of the Hardy spaces, we consider the notion of a TI atom. This is a function a(x, t ) supported in T ( B ) for some ball B c R “ so that dt JTiB/a(y,t)12 d q - = C < C O .
-
If we normalize a by setting
where the infimum is taken over all balls B for which supp a E T ( B ) ,then it follows at once that lal, = IIS(a)lll s c J Q J ,where c is a dimensional constant independent of a. Moreover, the following holds
Theorem 3.3. Every element f E T’ can be written as f = C j aj, where the aj’s are T’ atoms, and there is a constant c independent o f f so that Cjlajl
clfll.
Proof. The sketch of the proof follows. Let Ek = { S ( f l > 2k} and o;, = { M ( x E t )> y } , where 0 < y < 1 is chosen so that suppfE Uk T(ok). Furthermore, let { Q k j } be a Whitney decomposition of and for some large constant c let Bkj denote the ball concentric with Qkj that is c times its diameter. Then we can write T (t?k+l)\T( 4) as a disjoint union U jA, j , where Akj = T ( B k j )n ( Q k j x [ O , C O ) ) n (T(Ok)\T(Ok+l)), provided the constant c is sufficiently large. Now put a k j ( y , t ) = f(y, t ) X A k J ( Y ,t). It is clear that the asj’s are T’ atoms and that akj =f: To complete the proof we must then estimate I = Clakjl and show that it
xkj
and the proof is complete.
XV. Carleson Measures
382 Theorems 3.2 and 3.3 combine to give
Theorem 3.4. Suppose f E T' and g E T", then the pairing (f,g ) + jRI+, f ( y , t ) g ( y , t ) / t d y dt realizes T' as equivalent to the Banach space dual of T', with equivalence in norms. Proof. That every g in T'induces a continuous linear functional on T' by the pairing described in the statement of the theorem follows at once from (3.2). Conversely, let L be a bounded linear functional on T'. Notice that whenever f E L2(R:+') is supported in a compact K c R:+' , then Ifll d cllfl12, where c = c K .Thus L induces a bounded linear functional on L 2 ( K ) and as such it may be represented by a function g = gK E L 2 ( K ) . Taking an increasing family of compact subsets K with K = R:+' we thus obtain a function g defined on R:+', which is locally in L2(R:+'), and so that L ( f ) = jR:+' f ( y , t ) g ( y , t ) / t dy dt, whenever f E T' and f has compact support. That g E T' and lglm 6 c norm of L follows at once by evaluating L over all possible T' atoms. H
u
e
Clearly there is a close connection between the Hardy spaces H P ( R " ) and the tent spaces Tp,0 < p s 1. Suppose g E H p ( R " ) ,0 < p d 1, and let f ( x , t ) = g * &Ax), where 4 is an appropriate Little-Paley function. Then the mapping g + f is bounded R") into Tp.On the other hand, Calderh's representation formula, from HP( Proposition 1.9 in Chapter XIV, gives that, if &,(x) = t ( d / d t ) P , ( x ) ,then there is a C r ( R " )function supported in the unit ball and with an arbitrary number of vanishing moments so that
+
It is therefore of interest to consider the integral in (3.5) for arbitrary f in Tp.More precisely, for J, as in (3.5) we consider the operator K ( f ) defined on T p by
This operator is initially defined on the dense subspace of T P consisting of those functions f with compact support on R:+'. It is readily seen that in this case K ( f ) is well defined and we have
383
4. Notes; Further Results and Problems
Proposition 3.5. K ( f ) extends to a bounded linear operator from T P to L P ( R " )if 1 < p < m, from T' into H ' ( R " ) and from F into BMO(R"). Proof. We consider the case 1 < p < 00 first. It suffices to bound I = for g E LP'(R"),l / p l / p ' = 1. Let ~ ( x=)$(-x). Then I equals j R : + l f ( x , t)g * ~ , ( x ) / t d x d t which , as we observed in S ( f ) ( x ) S ( g* T , ) ( x )dx. Thus 111 S Theorem 3.2 in turn is bounded by IlS(f)ll,IIS(g * T t ) l l p ~ C l f l p l l g l l , , and I I K ( f ) I I P S 4 f l P as we wanted to prove. To do the case p = 1, it suffices to show that K maps a T' atom a ( y , t ) into an H ' ( R " ) atom K ( a ) ( x )and IK(a) (S cia(,where c i s independent of a. Suppose supp a c T ( B ) .Since I,!I is supported in the unit ball it follows from the definition of K ( a ) that supp K ( a ) G 2B and that j R n K ( a ) ( x )dx = 0 since $ ( x ) dx = 0. Moreover, by the first part of the proof,
+
I,.K ( f ) ( x ) g ( x )dx
I,.
which is precisely what we wanted to check. To complete our discussion we consider the case p = 00. In this case it is enough to see that K ( f ) induces a linear functional on H ' ( R " ) . Let then g E H ' ( R " ) ; arguing as in Theorem 3.2 we get this time that K f ( x ) g ( x )dxl S c C ( f ) ( x ) S ( g* T ~ ) ( xdx) cIflmIIs(g * ~ t ) I l ls Clflmllgllwl, and we have finished. We point out an immediate application of Proposition 3.5, to wit, the atomic decomposition of H ' ( R " ) . For, let g E H ' ( R " ) and note that by t dt, where f ( y , t ) = t(a/at)g * PAY) E T'. Now (3.51, g = j~o,m)f ( t ) * apply the atomic decomposition of T' to f and observe that the atomic decomposition of K ( f ) = g is obtained as in the proof of the proposition. a ,
4. NOTES; FURTHER RESULTS AND PROBLEMS
The notion of Carleson measure is central to the solution of many important problems in complex analysis; a full description of this can be found in Garnett's book [1981]. Our interest in this concept stems from Fefferman's observation that it provides a link in identifying the dual of H ' ( R " ) with the class BMO(R"). Fefferman's original proof of this fact follows along the lines of Theorem 3.2. The identification of the dual of H P ( R " ) ,0 < p < 1, is due to Duren, Romberg, and Shields [1969]. The tent spaces were introduced by Coifman, Meyer, and Stein [ 19831 as a class
X K Carleson Measures
384
of functions especially adapted to the study of singular integral operators; our presentation follows their work. Further Results and Problems Suppose 4 is a smooth function, 1 near the origin, with nonvanishing integral. Then Theorem 1.1 also holds for convolutions:
4.1
j
R:+'
If*4 t ( X ) l P d d X ,t ) c l l N f * 4t)IlL
0 < P < 0,
if and only if p is a Carleson measure. 4.2 Supposef( t ) Cree a,eintis in H'.Show that Paley's inequality holds; S cllfll'H~. namely, if {A,} is an Hadamard sequence, then C:=olaAn12 (Hint: Use duality; 6.18 in Chapter VIII is relevant here.) 4.3 It is well known that for f~ BMO(R"), IVf* Pt(x)l dxdt is not necessarily a Carleson measure; in fact, Rudin gave an example of this even for f E L"(R"). Following Amar and Bonami [1979], we construct the following example: let 4 be a rapidly decreasing, continuous function with +(O) = 1. Given f E BMO( T ) , f c,eint, we define its extension F to R+ x T by means of F(x, t ) = C c,4(nx)ei"'. When $ ( x ) = e-'"', F coincides, upon changing x into e-", with the harmonic extension off into the unit disk. We show next that, in general, IVF(x, t)l dx dt is not a Carleson measure in R+ x T; more precisely there are functions f in BMO( T) such that J[O,l]xT1VF(X,t)l d x d t = co. It suffices to consider functions f C:=o ~ , e ' ~which, " ~ by Paley's theorem in 4.2, belong to BMO( T) if and < 00. Now since the Lp norms of Hadamard series are only if C~=olcn12 equivalent,
-
-
-
I
- F ( x t ) dx dt j T iO,l]l:r
-
LO,']
(CIC,~"+(~"X)(~)'/~ dx.
and it suffices to take {c,} so that Clcnl= co and Clcn12< co. On the other hand it is not hard to show that, if Clc.1 < co, then IVF(x, t)l d x d t is a C , , ~ ' ~ " ~ t) )X, ~ ( Carleson measure. Also, by considering the functionf( t ) = (1 we have the following: there is a compactly supported functionfin B M O ( R ) such that if 4 E Y ( R ) ,J, + ( y ) dy = 1, the extension F(x, t ) = f * & ( x ) of f to R+ x R verifies ~ ~ o , l l x ~ o , l l ~t)lVdx F (dtx ,= 00.
385
4. Notes; Further Results and Problems
Suppose g E B M O ( R ” )and f E H P ( R “ ) 0, < p < 00. If C$ is a smooth function and is a Littlewood-Paley function, then
4.4
+
How does c depend on g ? Given a nonnegative Bore1 measure p in R:+’ and x
4.5
E
R“, let
where B runs over those open balls in R” which contain x. Suppose C ( p ) ( x ) is not identically 00 and let 0 s E < 1. Show that C ( p ) ( x ) ‘E A , . (Hint: For simplicity we do the case n = 1. We begin by showing that C ( p ) is of weak-type ( 1 , l ) . To each x in the open set 0, = { C ( p )> A} associate an open interval I, containing x such that (l/II,l) dp(y,t ) > A. Then 0,c I, and by passing to a disjoint sequence of intervals, (4)say, with the property that O,,E U24, the weak-type assertion follows. X )s~c inf, C ( p ) ‘ ,where Fix now I; we must show that (1/111) I,C ( ~ ) ( dx c is independent of I. To do this for each x in Z divide those open intervals Q containing x into two families by setting = {Q:IQI S 1211) and $2 = { Q :1 91> 1211) and proceed as in Proposition 3.3 in Chapter IX. This observation is due to Deng [1984].) 4.6 The following extension of Theorem 3.2 holds: given f defined in R:+’, let
IT(,,)
uxsoA
Then
+
where l/p l / p ’ = 1, 1 c p s 00, and c is independent of f and g. (Hint: We do the case n = 1, p < a.Let Ek = { A p ( f > ) 2k} = Qj,k, where the Q’S are disjoint, open intervals and 0 k = { M ( x E k )> 41 = Uj 4,k, where the Z’s are also disjoint open intervals. Observe first that
uj
c
J
C(lglP’)(x)”P‘dx s c
J
C(lglP’)(x)’’P’ dx, Ek
where c is independent of k. This follows immediately from the chain of
386
XV. Carleson Measures
inequalities
here we used the fact that C(lgl”)(x)””‘EA , . Let now %j,k = T ( z j , k ) \ u m T (z m , k + l ) , q , k = 4,k\U,,, J m . k + ’ . Then by Holder’s inequality we have
say. Furthermore, since
and
we also have
This result is also from Deng’s work [1984], and it can be used to give the following interesting extension of (1.1). Let t,h be a Littlewood-Paley function and suppose g E B M O ( R ) .Then by Corollary 1.3, lg * t,h,(x)I’/tdxdt
387
4. Notes; Further Results and Problems
is a Carleson measure for q Z 2, and A2(f* & ) ( x ) = S(f* A ) ( X verifies ) S cllfllp, 1 < p < co. Thus for 1 < p < 2 we have IIA2(f*
provided that 277/(2 - p ) 3 2, Le., 77 2 2 - p ; clearly, (4.1) holds also for p 3 2, 7 3 0. In particular if 7 = 1 we get (4.2)
which is not a consequence of (l.l),since as we have seen in Problem 4.3 lg * t,bt(x)1/ t dx dt is not necessarily a Carleson measure. Can (4.2) be extended to the case 0 < p S 1 ?) 4.7 Coifman and Weiss [19771 observed that HI( R") is a dual space; more precisely, it is the dual of VMO(R") in the sense that each continuous linear functional L on VMO(R") has the form L ( f ) = J R n f ( x ) g ( xdx, ) f~ Co(R")n VMO(R"),g E H ' ( R " ) and the norm of L ((g1IH1. 4.8 A Carleson measure p with the property that limlBl+op( T(B))/IB= ( 0, is called a vanishing Carleson measure. If the mapping f + f * PI is compact from L P ( R " )into LP,(R:+'), 1 < p < 00, then p is a vanishing Carleson measure. How about a converse? (Hint: Suppose not. Then there exist E > 0 and a sequence {&} such that l&l+ 0 and p ( T ( & ) ) / l & l Z E. By Proposition 3.2 in Chapter I1 we can find a subsequence, which we denote by {Bk}again, and f E L P ( R " )so that ( & - l ' P X B k converges weakly to f in L P ( R" )We . claim that f = 0 a.e. Indeed, let EA = {f> A} and set g = X E , ; since f~ L P ( R " )it is easy to see that g E Lp'(R"),l / p + l/p' = 1. Thus, on the one hand,
-
lim ~ ~ " 1 4 i " ' x B k ( X ) g (dx x )= j R n f ( x ) g ( xdx )
k-tm
and on the other hand
as k + 00. Consequently j { f > A ) f ( xdx) = 0 for each A and f = 0 a.e. Since P , ( y ) E LP'(R"), we also get that limk+oolBk(-l'P,yB, * P t ( x ) = 0 everywhere, and by the compactness assumption I((&l-''pxBk * ptllP+ o as k + 00; this contradicts the fact that p ( T (&))/ I Bkl 5 E. The result, as well as the answer concerning the converse, is in the work of Power [1980].)
XV. Carleson Measures
388
4.9 Theorem 2.1 establishes that, given f E BMO( R"), we can find n + 1 bounded functions fo, fl ,. . . ,fn so that f = fo - x,n=l Rjfi. In this direction Uchiyama [1983] has proved the following result: Given O , ( [ ' ) , . . . ,en([') E C"(H), let ( K j f ) * ( 5 )= 8j(S/l&l)f(S),1 S j S n. It is well known, and not hard to see, that there are n scalars aj and smooth functions Ckj homogeneous of degree 0 such that
whenever f~ L P ( R " ) ,1 < p < 00, say. For f E BMO(R") the definition must be modified as in Theorem 7.1 in Chapter XI. If
then for any f E B M O ( R " ) with compact support there exist g l , . . . ,g, L"(R") so that
c m
f=
E
rn
K,gj
(modulo constants),
j=1
and
c l l g j l ( m=S cllfll*, j=1
where c depends on the 8's but is independent of J: Since
Uchiyama's result includes the assertion of Theorem 2.1 alluded to in problem 4.9. By duality arguments one can also show l l f l l ~ 1 C,?,lIKjflll. 4.10 We say that a measure p in R:+' is a Carleson measure of order p2lif
-
p ( T ( 6 ) )6 clOlp,
all open sets 6 = R".
(4.3)
A simple argument, using a Whitney decomposition, gives that it is sufficient to check (4.3) for cubes. For 0 < p < 1, let m 5 1 be the smallest integer >n[l/p - 11. Then for harmonic u, u + limt+ojRnu ( x , t ) g ( x ) dx gives a continuous linear functional on H P ( R " ) provided that d p ( x , t) = It"(a/at)"'(g * P , ) ( x ) l * / t d x d t is a Carleson measure of order p. (Hint: The expression in question equals
I =c R:+'
t m ( $ ) r n u ( ~t,) t r n ( $ ) r n ( g * P , ) ( x ) dx-.dt
t'
from this point on the proof proceeds along the lines of Theorem 2.1. I can
4. Notes; Further Results and Problems
389
also be estimated by making use of 6.11 in Chapter XIV if one assumes instead that I t"(a/dt)"(g * P , ) ( x ) (S c t " ( l / P -.)l ) if 4.11 Let 0 s a,k = [a].We say that f~ ' i P q ( R " )=
Ifla,¶ = sup( t-"-'lq inf PEP,,
I
I f ( y ) - P ( y , x, t)lqdy)'lg < 00,
Ix-ylsr
where the sup is taken over x 6 R", t > 0, and Pkis the class of polynomials of degree s k This expression is a seminorm in $"*¶ and Iflm,¶ = 0 when f is a polynomial of degree s k; becomes a Banach space when such polynomials are identified. We also say that a harmonic function is in H".¶(R:+') = H a 7 4 if
then where the sup is taken over (x, t ) E R:+'. Prove that if f~ and I u ~ , , ~ S clfla,¶. Conversely, if u E u ( x , t ) = f * P t ( x )E f = limt+ou( t ) exists, it is in 8"*¶and verifies Ifla.,¶s C ( U [ , , ~ .When q = 2 we are dealing with Carleson measures of order p 3 0. These "trace" results where considered by Fabes and Johnson and Neri [1976] and Ortiz and Torchinsky [ 19771. 4.12 In Theorem 2.2 we may use (p, q, N ) atoms, 1 < q < a,instead of ( p , 2, N ) atoms. This gives automatically an equivalence of norms in the spirit of Theorem 5.1 in Chapter VIII. 4.13 Theorem 3.3 holds for T p = {f:I f l , = IIS(f)llp
where the infimum is taken over all balls B containing the support of u, then also cjlajlpS CIA;. 4.14 K ( f ) defined by (3.6) extends to a bounded linear operator from T p into H P ( R " ) ,0 < p < 1. 4.15 Fefferman and Stein [1971] gave a simple proof of the following result of Carleson [1962]: Given f~ LlOc(R), let Mf(x, t ) = sup(l/lZl) f,lf(y)I dy, where the sup is taken over those intervals Z which contain x and have diameter at least t. Then
XV. Carleson Measures
390
if and only if p is a Carleson measure. This result includes the HardyLittlewood maximal theorem ( d p ( x , t) = &). The proof given by Fefferman and Stein establishes the weak-type (1,l) estimate for Mf(x, t ) first, and (4.4) follows by interpolation, They also showed that Mf(x, t) is bounded from LP,(R), d v ( x ) = v(x) dx, into LP,(R:) provided that C ( v ) ( x )G c u ( x ) a.e. Ruiz [ 19851 and Ruiz-Torrea [1985al have proved the following results: we say that p verifies the Cp(u)condition, and denote this by p E C p ( u )if
where the sup is taken over all open cubes I of R". Similarly, p satisfies the C,(u) condition if C ( p ) ( x ) cu(x) a.e. and the C,(u) condition if p ( T ( I ) )c cv(l), all I in R". The following relations are readily verified: if 1 s p G q G 00 and p E C p ( u ) ,then also p E Cq(u).Moreover, if u E A", then the classes Cp(u ) and Cq(u ) coincide for p G q, and p E Cp(u ) implies p E Cp-,(v), some E > 0. We then have that, if p E C m ( v ) , then p ( { M f ( x ,t ) > A}) G c1 jIMf,c2A) u ( x ) dx. This result in particular implies that for u E A", 1 < p < 00, then p E C,(u) if and only if j R : + l Mf(x, t)" d p ( x , t ) G c jRnlf(x)Ipd v ( x ) . As for the general weak-type result, they show that Mf(x, t ) maps LP,(R")into wk-LP,(R:+'), 1 G p < 00, if and only if p E Cp(u).When d p ( x ) = w ( x ) dx, this statement coincides with statement (7.3) in Chapter IX. To state the strong-type results we need one more notation: we say that p satisfies the F,( v ) condition, 1 < p < 00, and write p E Fp(u ) provided that
M(V'-"'XI)(X,t ) , dp(x, t ) s c
I,
v(x)-"("-') dx < 00,
for all open cubes I. Then for 1 < p < 00 the following holds: Mf(x, t) maps LP,(R") continuously into LP,(R:+') if and only if p E Fp(u).The proof follows along the lines of Theorem 4.1 in Chapter IX. 4.16 It is also possible to establish weighted and vector-valued inequalities in this context. We describe briefly a couple of examples from the work of Ruiz-Torrea [1985b].Consider then the maximal function Mf(x, t ) of 4.15 and the fractional maximal function M,,f(x, t) given by
where the sup is taken over those cubes I centered at x of sidelength at least t. The vector-valued estimates that hold are of the type
11 11 TfjlllrllLq(R:+l) cII ~
~ ~ ~ ~ ! r ~ ~ L p ~ R n (4.5) )
391
4. Notes; Further Results and Problems
and P({llTJlll~> A})
cA-¶Il
II~II1'114L~R").
(4.6)
In case Tf(x, t) = Mf(x, t ) , (4.5) holds with 1 < p = q < co, and (4.6) with q = 1, provided p is a Carleson measure. In case Tf(x, t ) = M,f(x, t ) and p = s(1 - v / n ) 3 1, (4.5) holds for l/p = v / n + s(1 - v / n ) / q ,s < q < a, and (4.6) with q = s, provided p is a Carleson measure of order p. 4.17 Suppose that a E BMO(R"), i,b is a smooth Littlewood-Paley function, and w E A2. Then d p ( x , t ) = la * i,bt(x)12w(x)d x d t l t is a Carleson measure in C,(w) with constant Sclla11;, where c depends on $ and w but is independent in A2. (Hint: Repeat the proof of Proposition 1.2 carefully; this result is due to JournC [19831.) 4.18 Assume that d v ( x ) = u ( x ) dx, u E Ap,1 < p < co,and 4, $ are smooth functions with I,. $ ( x ) dx = 0. Show that the operator Tf = (Ilo,oo)lf* 4,l21a* $#t d t ) ' I 2 is bounded in LP,(R").(Hint: Suppose p = 2 first; 4.17 gives at once that T is bounded in L$(R")with constant independent in A2. The general result follows by theorem 7.6 in Chapter IX. This observation is also due to JournC.)
CHAPTER
XVI Cauchy Integrals on Lipschitz Curves
1. CAUCHY INTEGRALS ON LIPSCHITZ CURVES
Suppose r is a curve in the complex plane C given by z ( x ) = x + i+(x), x E R ; our only assumption is that +‘ E L“(R). As in Section 3 of Chapter X we are interested in the following question: given a continuous, bounded function f on r, does there exist a function F ( z ) , analytic in C\r, so that lim,,o+ F ( z ( x ) + i q ) - F ( z ( x ) - i v ) = f ( z ( x ) ) ,x E R? Our first approach is to consider the Cauchy integral off on r, that is to say the function
Suppose first 77 > 0, we then have
=Z+J,
say. Now a straightforward computation using residues gives
392
1. Cauchy Integrals on Lipschitz Curves
393
and consequently 1irnq+, J = f ( z ( x ) ) / 2 On . the other hand, formally at least,
A similar argument works for 7 < 0 as well. It becomes thus apparent that it is imporant to study the operator
i.e., the singular integral with kernel k,(x, y) = ( l / ( ( x- y ) + i ( 4 ( x )d ( y ) ) ) ;the factor 1 + i+'(y) may be omitted since 4' E L". So, before discussing the various properties of F ( z ) we introduce the singular integral operator
C,f(X)
= P.".
J
k,(x, Y ) f ( Y ) dY,
fE C3R).
(1.1)
R
Then we consider, as we did for the case 4(x) = x, i.e., the Hilbert transform, the questions of pointwise and norm convergence and continuity of CJ in the various Lp(R ) spaces. Although these problems are easily formulated, they are rather difficult to solve. A way to go about this is to suppose that 4 has Lipschitz constant <1 and consider the expansion of k , ( x , y ) in terms of kernels of the form n = 091,. . .. (1.2) (44x1 - 4 ( Y ) ) " / ( X - Y)"+l, When n = 0 this is the kernel of the Hilbert transform, an operator we can handle. But examine the case (qb(x) - c $ ( y ) ) / ( x - Y ) ~where , n = 1, which is known as the kernel of Calder6n's first commutator and which corresponds to the operator - ( d / d x ) [ H , M,] + M,.H, where [ H , M,] is the commutator of the Hilbert transform H and the multiplication operator M+ by 4. This is already quite difficult to handle. To deal with these operators, we begin with some preliminary results. Let D denote the closed, self-adjoint, densely defined operator ( - i ) d / d x on the Hilbert space L 2 ( R ) . Associated with D and the parameter t E R, we introduce the following families of operators on L 2 ( R ) : Ql = tD(I + t2D2)-', PI = (I + t2D2)-'= I - tQ,D, and R, = P, - iQ, = ( I + itD)-'. One word about the meaning of these operators. Since D corresponds to multiplication by 6 on the Fourier transform side, another way to define Q,, P,, and R, is to consider the operators with symbol mo,(t) = t [ ( 1 + ( te)2)-', mp,( 6 ) = ( 1 + ( t6)2)-' and mR,(5)= (1 + itt)-', respectively. In this way it is immediate that they are bounded in L 2 ( R ) and that l)Q,)l = norm of Q, as a bounded mapping in L z ( R ) = supSIrnq,(t)l = i, ))PIJJ = suprlmp,(t))= 1 and ) ) R , )= ) suprlrn,,(t)) = 1, for all t f 0.
X U . Cauchy Integrals on Lipschitz Curves
394
Another immediate application of this approach is the Littlewood-Paley type identity (1.3)
Indeed, the left-hand side in (1.3) equals
and the innermost integral above is f as a change of variables readily shows. To study the continuity properties of these operators in the L P ( R )spaces, p # 2, it is convenient to have their integral representation at hand. This requires the computation of the corresponding kernels. From the results in Section 3 of Chapter X concerning the Poisson kernel it follows immediately that, if k ( x ) = &-Ix1, then the kernel of PI, given by the Fourier inverse ~ t ~of ) , Q, = tDP, is transform of rn,,(t),is actually k,,,(x)= ~ r ~ - l k ( x / that ( - i ) t ( d / d x ) k I l l ( x= ) i(sgn x)(sgn r)kll,(x),and that of R , = PI - iQ, is 2 ( l / l t l ) k ( x / t ) when (sgn x)(sgn t ) = 1 and 0 otherwise. This implies, in particular, that P , f ( x ) = k l I l ( x- y ) f ( y )dy, and consequently for 1 S p s IIPtfll, < ~ ~ k ~ t l =~ Ilfll, ~ ,l ~ t~Zf 0. ~A \ psimilar estimate holds for Q, since its kernel q(x, t ) verifies 1q(x, t)l = k,,,(x).As for R,, its kernel r(x, t) is r(x, t ) dx = 1 , t # 0. In short, for nonnegative and has the property that 1 s p s 00 and t # 0, we have that
I,
I,
IIPtfllP,
IIQtfllP,
IIRtfllP s
Ilfll,.
(1.4)
Also, the following stronger statement is true.
Lemma 1.1. The functions P d Qf, defined for t > 0, verify N(PJ?(x),
N(Qf)(x)
CMfb).
(1.5)
Proof. By the above remarks it suffices to prove (1.5) for P d where f is a y w ) S eklIl(x- w ) whenever Ix nonnegative function. Now, since k l I l ( y J< t, it follows at once that P J ( y ) s e P f ( x ) for ( y , t ) E T ( x ) . Thus N ( P J ? ( x ) s e sup,,o P t f ( x ) ,which, by an argument similar to Proposition 2.3 in Chapter IV, in turn is bounded by c M f ( x ) .
We pass now to study some of the p.v. integral operators that P,, Q,, and R , generate; integrals of operators are always taken in the strong sense of convergence. Consider for instance one of the simplest cases, namely, p.v.jR R , / t d t . Since PI is even, as is its kernel kll,(x), it follows that
1. Cauchy Integrals on Lipschitz Curves P.V.
I,
395
P , / t dt = 0. Also, since Q1is odd we see that
Thus dt R, - = lim -2i R
f
I
tD(z
dt + tZDZ)-’ 7 = -2i
sgn D.
E
E - 4
In other words, the symbol of p.v. I, Rr/ t dt is a multiple of sgn 5, and this operator is essentially the Hilbert transform. We can also get this fact by looking directly at the kernel
To evaluate this expression, suppose first x > 0; then we also have and the integral in (1.6) is
f
> 0,
A similar argument gives the same conclusion for x < 0. Thus the kernel of the operator coincides with a multiple of l / x , x # 0 , and the operator itself is a multiple of the Hilbert transform. We will use this representation to show that the Hilbert transform is bounded in L 2 ( R ) . We begin by deriving a very useful identity.
Lemma 1.2.
a
Or = SO: - tG(Or(Z
t
- 2Pr)),
+ 0.
(1.7)
P m f . We show that the multiplier corresponding to the operator on the right-hand side of (1.7)is actually mot(&).This reduces to a simple computation using that t ( a / d t ) g (re) = t&g’(tt). Indeed, since the multiplier corresponding to Qr(Z - 2Pr)is rno,(t)(l - 2rnp,(5)),we observe that
+
t dt ” L 1( l - t2 &))
=I”(--dt
1
- --( t 3 + -
and (1.7) follows immediately.
(1
+ t2 1 + t 2 t)
2+---
+t )
8t3
(1
+
3
- 1 + t2 -f
t2)3
+8(&2)
3
XVI. Cauchy Integrals on Lipschitz Curves
396
We can now prove Proposition 1.3. Suppose f E L2(R), then
Proof. By the above remarks it suffices to show (1.8) with p.v. 2 Ilo,oo) QJ/t dt in the left-hand side there. By Lemma 1.2 this expression equals -(Qt(I - 2P1)j) dt
16 p.v.
=
A + B,
say. Now, by the Lebesgue dominated convergence theorm it readily follows that for f in L 2 ( R )
vz [ y f l t l + E21flz)-11.?(~)l)2 d f
= 0,
and the same is true with E replaced by 1 / in ~ the integral above. Thus B = 2 lim,-,o Qt(I - 2Pr)flL/"= 0, where the limit is taken in the L 2 ( R ) sense. To estimate A we observe first that a minor variant of (1.3) gives that also Ilo,,,IQ:g(x)lZ/tdtdx s iIlgJIi.Let n o w f c L Z ( R )and 0 < to < tl < 00. Then
I,
= SUPII [flO.fl)
1,
Q J ( x ) Q : g ( x ) d x ;dt( ,
where the sup is taken over those g's with llg112 = 1. Now, by Holder's inequality we get that for fixed to, tl the integral above does not exceed
which on account of (1.3) tends to 0 as to, tl + 0 and as to, tl + 00. So, lim,,oJ Q : f / t d t exists in L 2 ( R )and has norm less than or equal to (1IJZI~SlO,,)IIQfll:/t dt)1/2= fllsllzE,I/E)
397
1. Cauchy Integrals on Lipschitz Curves
The next question we consider is what other operators can be represented by means of such p.v. integrals and can be thus handled as in Proposition 1.3. Let J, E L m ( R ) and put K+ = p.v. jRR,M+R,/ t dt. Since PrM& and QtM,,,Q, are even it readily follows that actually
Furthermore, since these terms are the adjoint of each other, we may restrict our attention to either term, the first one, say. Once again we begin by discussing an identity.
Proof. We assume first that JI and f are smooth, in Y ( R ) say, and check that (1.9) holds in this case. It is not hard then to pass to the limit and obtain the validity of (1.9) for those +'s and f s for which both sides of the equality make sense. These functions certainly include the +'s and f's in the statement of our result. First observe that by scaling it suffices to verify (1.9) for t = 1. The Fourier transform of the left-hand side of that formula is readily seen to equal ([/( 1 + & I - T ) ( 1/( 1 + v2))f( 7 )dv. As for the right-hand side, its Fourier transform is
e2))
That (1.9) holds follows now immediately from the identity --5
1+
(5- 77)
e2 - 1 + ( 5 - T I 2
577(6-77) + ( 5 - 77)2)
-
(1 + 5')(1
71
+
(1 + t2)(1 + ( 5 - 77)2)'
for all 5, 77 in R. We are now ready to prove Proposition 1.5. Suppose
+ E Lm(R ) and f
E
L2(R). Then (1.10)
where c is a constant independent of J:
XVZ. Cauchy Integrals on Lipschitz Curves
398
Proof. By the above remarks, and since Q,M& is odd, it suffices to show Q,M+P,/tdt in the left-hand side there. Motivated by (1.10) with p.v. j[o,m) Proposition 1.3 we begin by showing that (1.11) This is not hard; indeed, by Lemma 1.4, the integral in (1.11) does not exceed a multiple of
+
I
dt llpl((Pl$)(QA)ll~~ = A + B + C,
COP)
say. C is handled easily; by estimates (1.4) and (1.3) it is bounded by
dt t
ll$Ilk
j
dt
IlQdll:,
1
s jllllrlltll
[OF)
l fl :,
which is of the right order. The estimate for B follows in an identical fashion. The estimate for A requires a different approach since P,f is not the convolution o f f with a Littlewood-Paley function. First, note that since $ E L“(R), by Proposition 1.2 in Chapter XV, it follows that 1 Qz$(x)I2/t dx dt is a Carieson measure with constant I($ 11 g c )I 1) L. Thus by Theorem 1.1 in Chapter XV,
-
+
which in turn by Lemma 1.1 is bounded by cll$lltllMfll: s c [ [ $ ~ ~ , $ , ~ ~ f ~ ~ and (1.11) holds. Now the proof follows along the lines of Proposition 1.3. By Lemma 1.2, Q,M,PJ = 8Q:M,PJt [ ( a / a t ) ( Q , ( I- 2PI))](M,PJ9 and P-V.
I
Q,M+PJ-
dt t
lo, m)
-p.v.I l0.m)
= 8 P.V.
I
dt Q:M#tJt
[O,W)
[2(Ql(Z-2Pl)) at
1
(M+PAdt=E-F,
1. Cauchy Integrals on Lipschitz Curves
399
say. Since the estimate ( 1 . 1 1 ) is available, E is bounded exactly as the A term in Proposition 1.3, with a bound of the right order. On the other hand, F requires a further argument. First, observe that the integrand there equals (a/at)(Q,(I - 2P,)M,PJ) - Q t ( I - 2PI)M,(a/at)(PJ), and consequently
a dt Q , ( I - 2Pt)M,t-PJ-at t
F = lim Q,(I - 2P,)M,PJ1;'" - p.v. E+O
= Fl - F2,
say. Fl is 0. As for F2 note that t ( a / a t ) ( P J ? = - Q : i and by estimate (1.4),
From this point on the estimate for F2 proceeds as that for E; observe that the argument works because the string of operators which appears in the integrand of F2 contains Q, at least twice.
As for the concrete form of the operator K,, it is obtained as a particular case of the following remarkable representation formula. Proposition 1.6. (McIntosh). Suppose 4 is a Lipschitz function on R, 4' = $ E L"(R). Then the (distributional) kernel of the operator p.v. R,(M,R,)"/tdt is ( 4 ( x )- 4 ( y ) ) " / ( x- y)"+', the kernel of Caldercin's nth commutator.
Proof. We find first the kernel of the operator R,( M,R,)"; a simple computation shows that it is given by the n-interated integral
--
r ( x - x l , t ) $ ( x l ) r ( x ,- x2, t ) $ ( x 2 )*
*
- r(x, - y , t ) dx, -
* *
dx,. (1.12)
To evaluate this integral we distinguish the cases t > 0 and t < 0. If t > 0 the domain of integration D ( x , y, t ) c R" of the integral (1.12) is restricted > x, > y and we have to x > x1 >
- -
r ( x - XI, t )
* *
r(x, - y, t ) = Jtj-"r(x- y, t )
(1.13)
there. If on the other hand t < 0, then D ( x , y , t ) becomes x < x1 < . * < x, < y, and the identity (1.13) still holds. Whence, in either case (1.12)equals
I tl-"r(x - y , t )
I
D( X.Y, 1)
$(x,)
. . $(x,,) dx, . . dx,. *
*
(1.14)
XVI. Cauchy Integrals on Lipschitz Curves
400
To compute the integral in (1.14), we observe first that if I is the interval (min(x, y), max(x,y)), then D(x, y, t ) c I x - x I. Furthermore, for u E S,,, the permutation group on the set of n elements, the sets u(D(x, y, t ) ) form a measurable partition of I x * x I, where u acts on R" by exchanging the coordinates. Therefore the integral in question verifies
-
+
--
n!j
+(XI)* * * +(Xn) dx1. * * dxn D(x,w)
=
(I,
+(XI)dx,)
* * *
(I,
+(Xn) dxn)
= (sgn(x - Y))"(4(X) - 4(Y))",
and the kernel of R,(M,R,)" is then (l/n!)(sgn(x - Y ) ) " ( ~ ( x-) 4(y))"ltl-"r(x, y, t). It is now easy to complete our proof, for we must only evaluate
and we are done. W Proposition 1.5 asserts, then, that the mapping
is bounded in L2(R). To establish the continuity of Calder6n's commutators of higher order, we pass to consider the other ingredients in the proof of Propositions 1.3 and 1.5. We begin by introducing the Littlewood-Paley
function
and prove a preliminary result that will enable us to estimate the dependence of IIGJII, on n.
Lemma 1.7.
For each t > 0, I(MqJ',)"f(X)Js. 11+1(2Mf(x),c indep. of n.
-
Proof. Clearly I(M,P,)"f(x)( s (($(lL(k,* . * k , ) * (fl(x). Now, k is positive, even, decreasing in [0, m), and has integral 1, and the same is true of 9
1. Cauchy Integrals on Lipschitz Curves
k*
+
- * k. Thus by Proposition 2.3 in
( k*. *
*
Chapter IV, (k,*
* k ) , * I f l ( x ) s c M f ( x ) ,and we have finished.
40 1
-
* *
* k,)* Ifl(x) =
We can now prove
Proposition 1.8. Suppose
+
E
L"(R"), 11 +llmG 1. Then (1.15)
where c is independent of n,
+, and$
Proof. The case n = 0 of (1.15) is (1.3) and the case n = 1 is inequality (l. l l ) , which was proved by combining (1.3) and Lemma 1.4; this suggests that an induction argument along those lines might work. Suppose then that (1.15) holds for 0 s k S n, and consider G,+,J: Putf.,, = (M,P,)"fand observe that G , + , f ( x ) = (jIo,m)l Q,M,P,Jn,,(x)12/tdt)"'. We invoke Lemma 1.4 for each fixed t and then Minkowski's inequality and we see at once that
) l , by say. To estimate A we observe first that, if F ( x ) = ~ u p , , ~ l f ~ . , ( xthen Lemma 1.7, F ( x ) < , M f ( x ) and consequently llF211s cllfl12,with c independent of n and J: Furthermore, since IP,J,,,(y)Js , P , F ( x ) for ( y , t ) E T ( x ) , we also have N ( P J n . , ) ( x ) s , M F ( x )and by Theorem 1.1 in Chapter XV, A s cll$llrnllN(l',f,,,)ll, s cllMF112 s cUl12, with c independent of n and J: A similar argument works for B as well. Indeed, by (1.4) and since 1q(x, t)l = kl,l(x), it readily follows that
again with c independent of n and$ It only remains to estimate C, but this is easy since on account of (1.4), applied twice, and the induction hypothesis it readily follows that
XVZ. Cauchy Integrals on Lipschitz Curves
402
where c is an absolute constant. Whence adding the bounds for A, B, and C we get IIGn+lfl12 c(n + 1)llfIl2 + cllfl12 C c(n + 2)Ilfl(2, and the proof is complete. We are now ready to prove one of the basic results in this chapter, namely, the boundedness of Calderh's commutators of higher order, with an appropriate control on the norms.
Theorem 1.9. Suppose 4 is a Lipschitz function on R, f c C Z R ) Put
Il+'lloo~1, and for
Then there is a constant c, independent of n, 4, and f, so that IICJII2
(1.16)
s c(n + 1)"llfI12.
Proof. Let JI = 4'. By Proposition 1.6 it suffices to prove (1.16) with p.v. j R R , ( M , R , ) " / t f d t in the left-hand side there. To study this operator M,(P, - iQ,) into we expand first R,(M,R,)" = ( P , - iQ,)M,(P, - iQ,) 2"+' terms of the form ToM,T, * * * M,T,, where is either P, or -iQ,, 0 =sj c n. Among these terms there is exactly one with = P,for allj, and since P, is even its p.v. is 0. In addition there are (n + 1) terms where Q, appears exactly once, and in the remaining terms Q, appears at least twice. We discuss first those terms where Q, appears at least twice. There are n terms where To= -iQ, and there are also those terms where -iQ, appears for the first time in place of Tk and for the last time in place of T,, 1 s k < rn C n. Because both cases are handled in a similar fashion, we only discuss the latter situation here. The typical expression we consider, then, is given by the string
---
P,(M,P,)~-'M,Q,(M,R,)"-~-'M,Q,(M,P,)"-". (1.17) First observe that the p.v. integral corresponding to (1.17) can be written jectc1,& + lim&+o j-lle<,<-E, and that both integrals are essentially as the same; we discuss only the first one. That the limit exists as E + 0 follows as in Proposition 1.3. To estimate the L2 norm of the limit let g E L 2 ( R ) , llgllz s 1, and observe that A
=
II R
=
dt
P,(M,P,)k--'M,Q,(M,R,)m-k-'M,Q,(M,~,)"-mf(x) dx
(&,I/E)
J(c,l/e) [ R
dt Q,M,-(P,M,-)k - l Ptg(x) (M,R,) - k--l M,Q, ( M,P, "- " f ( X ) dx -. t
1. Cauchy Integrals on Lipschitz Curves
403
Whence
=
AlA2,
say. By Proposition 1.8, A, (1.4) and Proposition 1.8,
S
c ( k + 1)llg112 c c ( k + 1). Also by estimate
Combining these bounds we can dominate the contribution of all terms of this form by c(
c
( k + l)(n - m
+ 1))lIfIl'~
c(
t
( m+ 11% - m + 1))llfll'
m=l
lrkcmsn
c ( n + l)"llfll*, which is of the right order. Finally, we consider those terms where Qr appears exactly once. The k - l0~S k d integrand of a typical such term is P r ( M , P r ) k M , g r ( M ~ P r ) " -for n - 1. Now, since Qr is odd the p.v. in question can be replaced by 2 jE
I
P r (MqPi )kM+Q:( M,Pi)
dt n-k-l-f~
(&.I/ e)
say. In A, Qf appears at least twice and by the estimate obtained above for these terms it follows at once that IIAIL
c ( k + l ) ( n + 1 - k)llfll2.
(1.18)
To bound B we first integrate by parts in the t variable. This gives two terms (corresponding to the integrated part) with operator norm s.I-4each,
XVI. Cauchy Integrals on Lipschitz Curves
404
and n terms where (a/at)S,is replaced by S, and one of the P,’s is replaced by (a/dt)P,= -2Q:/t. Therefore, Q,appears at least twice in the string, once in place of Tk+,and once in place of T,,j # k 1. Thus by an estimate quite similar to the one obtained above we get
+
c k
s
+ c(
1 1 ~ 1 1 2 11fl12
j=1
( j + l)(n - k
+ 1) +
i:
(k+
- j +~ ) ) I I ~ I I ~
j=k+l
(1.19) s c ( ( k + l)’(n - k + 1))llfl12. Finally, combining (1.18) and (1.19), and summing over k to cover all cases, we get that the contribution of these terms is of order c(CL=,(k + 1)2(n - k + l))llfl12d c(n + 1)411f112,as anticipated. The proof is thus complete. H An important application of Theorem 1.9 is to the study of the Cauchy integral on a Lipschitz curve. The Cauchy kernel associated to a Lipschitz curve r is defined by (1/27ri)l/(z(y) - z ( x ) ) where z(x) = x + i + ( x ) is an arc length parametrization of r and 4 is a real valued, Lipschitz function. For a function f defined on R we also denote by f the function induced on r by f ( z ( x ) ) = f ( x ) , and vice versa. The stage is now set for
Theorem 1.10 (Calder6n). Let r be a curve in the complex plane given by z ( x ) = x + @ ( x ) , where 4 is a real valued, Lipschitz function such that I ~ ( x ) - +(y)l s MIX- yl, all x # y in R, and let
Then for each function f in L2, lim,,o C+,E f = CJ also belongs to Lz and there is a constant c, indpendent of 4 and f, so that IIC+”fll2 4 1 + M)’llfll*.
(1.21)
Furthermore, the mappingf -j C*,f = sup&IC+,J is of weak-type (1,l) and bounded in Lp, 1 < p < 00, with constants which depend on M, but are otherwise independent of 4. Also limE+oC+,+ f exists pointwise a.e. for f € LP(R), 1 s p < 00.
Proof. We consider first the case when 4 is infinitely differentiable and has compact support and show that the estimate (1.21) holds. Once this is established the desired result follows by applying what are by now wellknown limiting techniques. We take first f in C , “ ( R )and observe that the integral in (1.20) converges at x if f ( x ) = 0 or f is constant near x and + ’ ( x ) exists. From this we conclude that the limit exists everywhere. A simple change of variables gives that this limit actually is
1. Cauchy Integrals on Lipschitz Curves
405
Suppose next that M = 77 < 1. By scaling we note that the estimate (1.16) in Theorem 1.9 may be rewritten Whence
or in other words, the singular integral operator with kernel l/( ( x - y ) + (+(x) - +(y))) is bounded in L2 with norm s c ( 1 - I ) - ~c, independent of 4. With all the preliminaries out of the way we are ready to prove (1.21); for this purpose put +(x) = ( - M 2 x + i+(x))(l + M 2 ) - ’ and observe that ll+’ll$ = II-M’+ i+’ll$(l+ M ~ ) < - ~( M ~ +M ~ ) ( I M ~ ) = - ~1 - ( 1 + M2)-’ = v2< 1. Now, since x +(x) = (x + i d ( x ) ) ( l + M 2 ) - ’ , the kernel of (1.22) can be written as (1 + $’(y))/(x - y +(x) - +(y))(l M 2 ) and consequently by the first part of the argument, the norm of the is bounded by function in (1.22), and also that of C,J 111 + i4’llm(l + MZ)-’c(l - ~, 1 )-’llf11~. Furthermore, since 1 - v 2 = (1 - 1)(1 + 7 )= (1 + M2)-’ and 111 + k$’Ilm s (1 + M’)”’, this expression S c ( l + M2)5-1/211f112 s c(1 + M)911f112, and (1.21) holds. Next we show that C, is bounded in Lp for 1 < p < 00; because the techniques we use are familiar we merely outline the arguments. First recall that Ilf/z’llp s Il f l , s (1 + M2)1/211f/~’llp,0 < p < 00, and consequently (1.21) is equivalent to IIC,(f/z’)l12 s cllfl12, where c is a constant which depends only on M. Let now f be a function with vanishing integral, supported in an interval Z centered at x,. From (1.22) it readily follows IC,(f/z’)(x)l s cIx - xII-211fl11 whenever x E R\2Z, and that jR,2z1C,(f/~’)(~)Idx S cllflll, where c depends only on M. By Theorem 1.1 in Chapter XI we conclude that
+
IIC.$(f/Z’)llpzs cllfllp,
+
+
1 < P < 2,
+
(1.24)
with a constant c which depends only on M and p; we also obtain that C,(f/z‘)E w k - L(R) when f is integrable. By duality (with respect to dz(y)), (1.24) also holds for 2 < p < 00, and C, is bounded in Lp, 1 < p < 00. To prove the same conclusion for Cg, it clearly suffices to show that for an arbitrary, positive, measurable function E (x), the mapping
is of weak-type ( 1 , l ) and type (p, p) for 1 < p < 00. For this purpose let ~ ( y be ) an even, nonnegative, C:(R) function which is 1 for lyl < $ and
XVI. Cauchy Integrals on Lipschitz Curves
406
vanishes for lyl
==
1, and put
It is easy to see that 16(x)1
-
E(x).
Furthermore, let
TJis a smoothing of C + ( f / z ’ and ) verifies the same integrability properties, to wit,
II Tlfll,
cllfllp,
1
< 00,
(1.25)
where c depends only on M and p. To see this note that
I TIf(X)l
c sup E
E
J
I C + ( ~ / Z ’ ) ( ~ ) dy I
s c~(c+(f/Z’))(x),
Ix-yl<e
which gives (1.25) immediately. This operator is important in our context since it satisfies
Ic+,E(x,(f/z’)(x) - T , f ( x ) ls c M f ( x ) ,
x E R-
(1.26)
(1.26) implies, in particular, that C + , e ( x ) ( f / z ’ ) ( x is) bounded in Lp(R), 1 < p < 00. Now, to check (1.26) observe that
say. We claim that
IMx, y)l
c E ( x ) I ( d x ) z+ ( x - Y ) z ) ,
(1.27)
and in this case (1.26) follows. To estimate l(k, x, y)l we distinguish three cases, namely, 6 ) Ix - YI a M X ) , (ii) E ( X ) c Ix - yI < ~ E ( x )and , (iii) Ix - yl s E ( x ) .
1. Cauchy Integrals on Lipschitz Curves
407
In case (i) we have x ( l x - yI > E ( x ) ) = 1 and Iy - U I 3 J x- y1/2 for those u's for which the integrand in the integral defining k does not vanish. Whence
1
'(h) x-u)
Ix-ul
C 4 X )
du s ( x - y)2' which is of the right order. If, on the other hand, case (ii) holds, we still have x(lx - yI > E ( x ) )= 1, and s c-
&(X) IR
-a
Y 1. - XI ly
I
( x ) - ' T ( U ) lim 4 X )
0-0
- UI
1
a
z ( y )- z ( u )
=A-B-C,
dz(u) (1.28)
say. Clearly IAl = O(Ix - yl-'), which is of the right order. Also C = 0 since ~ ( (-xY ) / E ( x ) ) = 0. As for IB(,it is dominated by
and this term is also of the right order. Finally, we consider case (iii). Since Ix - yl S E ( X ) we have, with the notation of (1.28), that A = 0. The estimate for B is carried out as in case (ii) except that now we dominate C E ( X ) - ' s C E ( X ) / ( ( X - y)'+ ~ ( x ) ' )which , is of the right order. Only C is left. Since the factor in front of the p.v. integral is S C E ( X ) - ' , it suffices to show that the p.v. integral itself is bounded. Let In w denote the logarithm function, analytic in the complex w plane with the slit {w = iy: y < 0 ) removed. Then for 0 < a < ~ E ( x ) , 1
!aslx-ul<2&(x)
=
Z ( Y ) - z(u)
W U )
I,x+%x+2&(x)) d ln(z(y) - z ( u ) )
+I
(x-2e(x),x-a]
d W ( Y )- z(u))
XVI. Cauchy Integrals on Lipschitz Curves
408
Whence the p.v. integral in question is bounded by
since Ix - yl S E(x). Thus (1.27), and consequently also (1.26), hold, and the discussion of the boundedness in L P ( R ) ,1 < p < 00, is complete. The wk-type ( 1 , l ) estimate requires a further argument. For this purpose let
Then the following inequalities are readily verified: I.
(1.29)
provided thatf is a function with vanishing integral supported in the interval I, and IC.$,&(X)(f/Z’)(X) - T2fCX)l
(1.30)
CW(X).
On account of (1.30) and (1.26) we obtain at once that T2 is bounded in L P ( R ) ,1 < p < 00. This in turn, together with the estimate (1.29), implies that the assumptions of Theorem 1.1 in Chapter XI hold, and consquently T2is of wk-type (1,l). That C,+E(x)(f/z’)(x)is also of wk-type (1, 1) follows immediately from estimate (1.30). So far we have assumed that 4 E C,“(R),but since all preceding estimates depend on M only and are otherwise independent of 4, a passage to the limit shows that the same results and estimates hold for operators involving < 00. Finally, to prove the pointwise general functions 4 with ll~$’ll~ existence of lirna+,, C,,,f; we recall that this limit exists a.e. for f E C r ( R ) ; for general f the same conclusion follows from the fact that C*,is of wk-type (1,1) and type (P,P), 1 < P < 00. 2. RELATED OPERATORS
As deep and interesting as the results discussed in the previous section are, their importance lies in their extensions and applications. We discuss the application to the solution of the Dirichlet and Neumann problems in C’ domains in the next chapter. As for the extensions an appropriate place to start is Theorem 2.1 (Coifman-McIntosh-Meyer).
Suppose A,,
. . . ,A,
are n
2. Related Operators
409
Lipschitz functions on R, and let k,,(x,y ) denote the singular kernel
Then the operator T, defined by T J ( x ) = p.v. I, k,(x, y)f(y) dy is bounded in L Z ( R )and it verifies
I I ~ J l l s2 cllALll
* * *
IIAZll(n + 1~"1lflI2,
(2.1)
where c is an absolute constant independent of n, the Aj's, and J The proof follows along the lines of Theorem 1.9 with minor changes. First there is the representation formula, it now reads: suppose uj = A;, 1 S j s n, and put
Then
where the sum is extended over all (T E S,,, the permutation group on the set of n elements. Next there are the relevant Littlewood-Paley functions, namely,
The reader should have no difficulty in completing the details. An interesting application of this result is
Theorem 2.2. Let F( z) = I:='= c,zn , be an analytic function in the disk1.1 < 11 and let A be a (complex valued) Lipschitz function on R with llA'lla < 11. Let B denote another Lipschitz function on R and let N ( x , y ) denote the singular kernel
Then the operator T defined by T j ( x )= p.v. I, N ( x , y)f(y) dy is well defined a.e., is bounded in L'(R), and it satisfies
II TfIh CII~'IIaIISll29
(2.3)
where c is a constant which depends on llA'llm and F but is otherwise independent of .A, B, and f:
XVI. Cauchy Integrals on Lipschitz Curves
410
Proof. First observe that by the previous theorem the operator
is bounded in Lz with norm s c ~ ~ B ’ ~ ~ m + ~l)4. ~ Furthermore, A ’ ~ ~ ~ ( nsince ))A’J< J , 7 also ~ ~ = o l l A ’ l 1n 2+( 1)‘1cnl converges, and consequently T f ( x ) = I:=’=c,,TJ(x) , is given by a convergent sum in L2 whenever f E Lz, and verifies (2.3). From the fact that the above sum converges in L2 it follows that for some sequence nk -* 00, “k
lim k+m
1 ,,=o
a.e., = T ~ X exists )
C,,~,J(X)
and the proof is complete. We also have Theorem 2.3. With N ( x , y ) as in (2.2), let
T*f(X) = sup e>O
II,
N X , Y l f ( Y ) dYl.
X-Y~>E
Then T* is bounded in L P ( R ) ,1 < p < 00, and its norm depends only on IlA’llm and JIB’JJm. The proof follows essentially along the lines of Theorem 1.10 and is therefore omitted. Remark 2.4. The dependence of the norm of T* on llA’ll, and IIB’llm is important in applications. From estimate (2.3) and the proof of the BenedekCalder6n-Panzone principle, it follows that the norm goes to 0 with IIB‘llm. Also, if F ( 0 ) = 0 it is not hard to see that the norm goes to 0 with llA’llm.
We also point out an n-dimensional result. Theorem 2.5. Let A, B be (complex valued) Lipschitz functions on R“, and let M ( x , y ) denote the singular kernel
Furthermore, let T , f ( x ) = jlx-y,,e M ( x , y)f(y) dy, and put T * f ( x ) = supe,,,lTJ(x)I. Then T* is bounded in L P ( R ” ) 1 , < p < 00, and satisfies IIT*fll, s cllfllp, where c depends on the Lipschitz constants of A and B and p but is otherwise independent of A, B, and f:
2. Related Operators
41 1
Proof. We invoke the method of rotations, Theorem 3.1 in Chapter X. First observe that
[
( M ( x ,x + Y l f ( X 2 lYl>E which in polar coordinates becomes T&f(X)=
2
P
I
+ y ) + M ( x , x - Ylf(X
( M ( x ,x + uy')f(x
- y ) ) dy,
+ UY')
( E P )
+ M ( x , x - uy')f(x - uy'))u"-'
du dy'
say. Write now x in R" (uniquely) as x = w + ty', where y' is a fixed vector in X, t E R and w E the hyperplane orthogonal to y' which passes through the origin. With this notation we have
T&,ff(X) =
TE,ff(W
+ tY')
=
I
M(w + ty', w + uy')Jt
IU--II>E
- uJ"-'f(w
+ uy') du.
It is clear that in our case
+ ty', w + uy')lt - u y - B( w + ty') - B( w + uy')
M(w
( t - u)'
A( w + ty') - A( w + UY')
'
))
--(n+1)/2
' which for each fixed y' E Z and w E R" is one of the operators covered by there. By that result it follows Theorem 2.3 with F ( z ) = 1/(1 z')("+')/' that for 1 < p < 00, t-u
+
where c is a constant which depends solely on the Lipschitz norm of A and Byand p. Thus,by Minkowski's inequality and Fubini's theorem, we finally get
XVI. Cauchy Integrals on Lipschitz Curves
412
3. THE T1 THEOREM For many operators in analysis an important question is to decide whether they are bounded in L2. In this section we discuss a simple criteria for this to occur. Suppose T is a linear operator, which is continuous from the Schwartz class Y ( R " )into Y'(R").As in 8.12 in Chapter XI, we assume that there are a kernel k(x, y ) defined for x # y in R" and constants c and 0 < 6 S 1 such that the following three properties hold: (i) I@, Y)l C I X - Yl-", (ii) for all xo, xy y in R" such that Jxo; XI < Ix - y)/2, J k ( x oy, ) -("+a) k(x, u)l + M Y , xo) - k(YY x)l 4x0 - X I S I X - Yl (iii) for each pair f, 9, of disjointly supported, C,"(R")functions, the evaluation of the distribution Tf on the test function 4 is given by Tf(4 ) = .fRn J R n y ) f ( y ) 4 ( x )dy dx* 9
k(x3
As in Chapter XI, T is called a Calder6n-Zygmund operator if it can be extended to a bounded operator in L2(R"). It is clear that the adjoint T* of T, defined by T * f ( + ) = T4(f),is associated with a kernel h(x, y) which verifies the same properties as k; in fact, h(x, y) = k ( y , x ) . Observe that it is possible to define T1, the image of the function identically 1 under T; T1 will be a distribution on those test functions in C:(R") with vanishing integral. In fact, let f~ L m ( R " )n C"(R") and 4 E CF(R")have integral 0; we want to define Tf(+).Let fl be a C:(R") function which coincides with f on the support of 4, and put f2 = f - fi . T'(4) is well defined, and in analogy with (iii) above we give a meaning to T f , ( 4 )= J R " J R n k ( x , y ) f i ( y ) 4 ( x )dy dx. Let xo E supp 4, and note that since $C has integral 0, by integrating first with respect to x we obtain
where c depends on 4. Whence
and Tf,(4) makes sense. Since it is clear that Tfl( 4 ) + 7''.4 ) is independent of the choice of the decomposition fl +f2 off, we define T f ( 4 )to be this value.
3. The TI Theorem
413
In order to state the desired result we need a couple of observations. T1 E BMO means that for all 4 E CF( R") with integral 0 we have I T1(4)1S cII 4 11 where the constant c is independent of 4. Also if for a function $ on R" we let $:(x) = t-"t+h((x - z ) / t ) ,then we say that T has the weak boundedness property if for any bounded set B c C r ( R " )there exists a constant c which depends only on B so that for all 4, t+h in B, x in R" and t > 0, IT$:( +:)I s ct-". We are now ready for Theorem 3.1 (David-JournB). Let T be a linear operator which is continuous from Y ( R " ) into Y'(R"),and assume that it verifies properties (i)-(iii). Then T can be extended to a Calder6n-Zygmund operator (bounded in L Z ( R " ) )if and only if the following three conditions are satisfied:
T1 E BMO T*l
E
(3.1)
BMO
(3.2)
T has the weak boundedness property
(3.3)
Proof. That the conditions (3.1) and (3.2) are necessary follows immediately from 8.14 and 8.15 in Chapter XI and (3.3) follows from Holder's inequality. To show that the conditions are also sufficient we first describe a (weak) representation formula for Tf for smooth f s , and then proceed along the lines of Proposition 1.5. Let 4 be an even, nonnegative, C r ( R " )function with integral 1, and to conform with the usual notation, let P, denote the operator convolution i.e., P J ( x ) = f * &(x). Let f E CF(R") and observe that since with
+,,
-(P:TP:) a = (&P:) TP:+ P : T ( $ P : ) , at
then Tf = -1im P : T P : f l f / " = -1im
I .+' E+O
=
-1im
I
'+'
(E,l/E)
a
dt ( P :TP:f)at t
t-
t ( i P : ) T P : f dt y
(E,l/E)
say. This is the representation formula alluded to above. Since the expressions A and B correspond to operators which are the adjoint of one
414
XVZ. Cauchy Zntegrals on Lipschitz Curves
another, it suffices to estimate one of them, A say. We begin by taking a closer look at t((a/at)P:). First observe that
= 2( j = 1
j,ctt)Gj(tt))s^tn,
say. Note that according to our assumptions on 4, Jj(0) = Gj(0) = 0 , l S j S n. Thus if and q denote the vectors (+l,. . ,+,,) and ( T ~. ., . ,T,), respectively, and Q+,ry d Q,,, dentte the vector valued operators defined by (Q+,tg)( 6 ) = t X E ) + ( f & ) , (Q,,tg) (5) = g ( 5 ) 6 ( t S ) , then t((alat)P:)g = 2Q+,,* Q,,rg. Returning to our representation, and with the notation M, = Q,,,TP,, we study the operator given by
+
.
To estimate (3.4) it is convenient to have the integral representation of M,g at hand; as is easily seen it is given by J R n K ( x , y, t ) g ( y ) dy, where K ( x , y, t ) is the n-vector with components pj(x,y, t) = P(qj);(r#4), 1 S j S n. Now, from properties (ii) and (3.3) it readily follows that for some 0 < 8’ < S and l s j s n , (3.5) where c is an absolute constant which depends only on 4 and q. Estimate (3.5) allows us to compute M,1; indeed it is the n-vector given by the absolutely convergent integrals
I,”
pj(x, Y, t ) dY = T*(qj);(l) = Tl((qj);)
*
= ( T l ) ( V ~ ) ~ ( X ) ,1 d j
n.
(3.6)
In particular, since by (3.1) T1 E BMO and the qi’s are Littlewood-Paley functions, IM, 1 1/ t) dx dt is a Carleson measure with constant S c 11 T1 I(* . This is all we need to know about M,.
r(
3. The T1 Theorem
415
Inspired by Lemma 1.4, we put M,P,f = (P,j')M,l + (M,Pt-f- (P,f)M,l) and rewrite (3.4) as
say. To estimate Al observe that, as in Proposition 1.3, it is enough to show that
where c is a constant independent of$ Let then g E C r ( R " ) ,llg1I2S 1, and bound
= A3 *
Ad, say. That A4 s c follows at once from the Littlewood-Paley theory. To bound A3 we invoke Theorem 1.1 in Chapter XV and note that it does not exceed cII T1 II*IIN(P,f)II,s cII T1 11*llf12. This implies that the limit defining A, exists and that its L2 norm is less than of equal to cllfl12, which is an estimate of the right order. Finally to bound A2, once again we let g E C;(R"), llg1I2 S 1, and observe that
say. As before, ASS c. To estimate A6 it clearly suffices to bound each of the integrals
XVZ. Cauchy Integrals on Lipschitz Curves
416
But this is not hard; indeed, from Holder's inequality and (3.5) it readily follows that for each j the above expression does not exceed
Furthermore, since
r
we get that if 0 < a < S',
This gives immediately that the limit defining A2 exists and that its L2 norm ccllfl12, which is precisely what we wanted to show.
4. NOTES; FURTHER RESULTS AND PROBLEMS The topics discussed in this chapter have their origin in the theory of linear partial differential equations. As Calder6n [19781 explains it, the question is one of constructing an algebra, under composition, of differential, or more generally, pseudo-differential, operators. The problem of proving that the composition of two such operators is another operator of the same kind can be reduced to the following problem: let M adenote, in the one variable case, the operator multiplication by the Lipschitz function a, and show that HM, is an operator of the same type. Since HMO = MaH + [El,Ma], it is sufficient to show that [H, M a ] D is bounded in Lp, 1 < p < a.This Calder6n did in 1965 with the aid of the theory of analytic functions. The idea goes as follows: without great difficulty the problem H D ] is bounded in Lp, and this operator can reduces to showing that [Ma, be represented by
4. Notes; Further Results and Problems
417
that is, the so-called first commutator. This integral, as well as that representing the higher order commutators, are special cases of
where F is analytic in a neighborhood of IzI =ssup(la(x) - a ( y ) l / l x - y l ) . Several classical integrals, including the Cauchy integral along a curve r, are also special cases of the integral. After a change of variables, and with z(A) = x + iAa(x) and w(A) = y + iAa(y), we are reduced to consider
For A = 0 this operator coincides with H. Also differentiating with respect to A, we get the operator
whose analogy with Calder6n's first commutator is clear. Calder6n [ 1977al succeeded in using the ,mehods of the first commutator together with a weighted L2 estimate for the Lusin function and obtained (d/dA)llA(A)llS IIB(A)ll s c ( l + IIA(A))))2, where the norms are the operator norms in L2 and c is a constant which depends on the Lipschitz constant of a. From this differential inequality, and the fact that IIA(0)ll equals the norm of the Hilbert transform H, it follows that llA(1)ll c < a,provided that Ila'll.. S M, some finite constant. David [1982], [1984] removed this unnecessary restiction on M by means of a bootstrap argument. The proof given here, though, is a real variable one and is due to Coifman, McIntosh, and Meyer [1982a]. It is based on some ideas of Coifman and Meyer [1975], [1978], who settled in 1975 the case of the second commutator and soon afterwards extended their results to commutators of arbitrary order; the results of C. P. Calder6n [1975], [1979] are relevant here. The proof of Proposition 1.6 is from the work of Coifman, Meyer, and Stein [ 19833 and that of Theorem 3.1 is from the work of David and JournC [1984] and Coifman and Meyer [ 19851. Further Results and Problems Assume k ( x , y ) verifies the assumptions of 8.12 in Chapter XI, and k(x, y ) f ( y )dy denote the Calder6n-Zygmund operator let K f ( x ) = p.v. associated with it. Furthermore, let a E BMO( R " ) and consider the commutator T f ( x ) = [ M a ,K ] f ( x ) of multiplication by a and K. Show that T is 4.1
I,.
418
XVI. Cauchy Integrals on Lipschitz Curves
bounded in L P ( R n ) ,1 < p < oo, with 'norm s clla ll*. (Hint: The desired conclusion follows immediately from the pointwise estimate ( ~ f ) # ( xG) c l l a l l * ( ( M ( I ~ f l ' ) ( x ) "+~M ( [flS)(x)'/",1 < r, s < a. Fix a cube I, then, and note that T f ( x ) = [Ma-,,, K ]f ( x ) = ( a ( x ) - a I ) K f ( x )- K ( ( a a , ) f ~ ~ ~) (Kx( )( a - a I ) f ~ R n \ 2 1 ) (= x )A + B + C, say. To estimate the average of I A ( over I observe that
The average of IBI over I
provided that qu = s. To bound C, let x, = center of I and note that for x in I,
4. Notes; Further Results and Problems
419
The result is from Coifman, Rochberg, and Weiss [1976], the above proof is due to Stromberg. In fact the following converse also holds: if [Ma, Rj] is bounded in some LP(Rn), 1 < p < co, and 1 s j s n, then a is in BMO(Rn) and Ilall* s c Cj(norm in LP of [Ma, Rj]). Uchiyama [I9781 has shown that T is compact from LP(Rn)into itself, 1 < p < a , if and only if a is in the BMO(Rn) closure of C:(Rn).) 4.2 The following extension of the results of 4.1 is due to Janson [1978]: Let 1 < p < co, and let 4 and be nondecreasing, positive functions on [O,W) connected by the relation 4 ( t ) = tn/q+-l(t-n), or equivalently I+-'(t) = t1'P4(t-'/n). We assume that I+ is convex, $(O) = 0 and +(2t) s cI+(t). If K is a homogeneous Calder6n-Zygmund operator, then a belongs to BMO,(Rn) if and only if [Ma, K ] maps LP(Rn)boundedly into L,(Rn). 4 3 Let
+
denote the Riesz potential of order a of f; and consider Tf(x) = [Ma, I,] f(x), the commutator of multiplication by the BMO(Rn) function a and I,. Show that T maps LP(Rn)into Lq(Rn),where l / q = I/p - a / n and 1 < p < n l a . (Hint: The proof follows along the lines of 4.1. The estimate for the A term involves the maximal function M, introduced in (2.16) in Chapter VI, but is otherwise similar to the A term in 4.1. The bound for the B term requires some care with the indices and uses the fact that the Riesz potentials I, map LP(Rn)into Lq(Rn), l / q = l / p - a l n . Finally it is readily seen that the C term is less than or equal to
The result is due to Chanillo [1982], who also discusses a converse.) 4.4 The following fact about operators is used repeatedly in Section 1 (cf. Proposition 1.3 for instance): suppose T,, Z,, and St are bounded, linear operators on a Hilbert space H, depending continuously (in the strong topology) on t. Suppose IISth 112 dt)
IlS(-,ll = SUP(! C0.m)
< a,
XVI. Cauchy Integrals on Lipschitz Curves
420
where the sup is taken over h E H with llhll = 1, and similarly for 11 T,.,II. Then j[,,,, s T z , ~ , d trepresents a bounded operator on H with norm ~sup,,,llZ,ll IlS,.,ll 11 T,.,II. Furthermore, if Z, = I and S, = T,, then Iljro,m, STS, dt 11 = Ilsc.,l12.This property, as well as an interesting discussion of the "Hilbert space methods" required for the proof of Calder6n's theorem, is in the work of Coifman, McIntosh, and Meyer [1982b]. 4.5 Let m E L m ( R ) be an even function and consider the variant of the Hilbert transform defined by Hm = p.v. R , m ( t ) / tdt. The techniques of Section 1 can be used to show that Hm is bounded in L 2 ( R ) .The kernel k,(x - y ) of Hm is obtained from the odd function k m ( x )whose restriction to ( 0 , ~is)k , ( x ) = e - x u m ( l / u )du. Given n complex valued, Lipschitz functions, A , , . . . ,A,, say, let k,,,(x) be a singular integral kernel defined by n ! k , , , ( x , y ) = ( A , ( x )- A I ( Y ) ) . . - A n ( y ) ) D n k m (-x Y ) . Show that the norm in L 2 ( R ) of the operator with kernel k,,,(x, y ) is less than or equal to c ( l + n)411m11m11~;llm. IIA'n((OT. A variant of, actually a corollary to, this result states that a similar conclusion holds for the principal value operator with kernel
I,
where k is now the odd function whose restriction to ( 0 , W ) is given by e - x u m ( u y )du. An immediate consequence of this observation is the following: let K be a compact, convex subset of the complex plan, F an analytic function on a neighborhood of K, and A a complex-valued, Lipschitz function such that if x # y, ( A ( x )- A ( y ) ) / ( x- y ) E K . Then for an odd kernel k as above, the singular kernel F ( ( A ( x )- A ( y ) ) / ( xy ) ) k ( x - y ) defines a bounded operator in L 2 ( ~ These ). results are from the work of Coifman, McIntosh, and Meyer [1982a]. 4.6 Coifman and Meyer [I9781 developed a method of dealing with commutators by reducing them to certain multilinear operators. In the bilinear case, where th: t$chniques they use are already apparent, the result reads as follows: Let 4, be C F ( R n )functions so that at least one of them vanishes in a neighborhood of the origin, and let
jlo.m,
+
where m ( t ) is a bounded function. Then
+.
6
6
where c depends only on 4 and (Hint: Suppose first both and vanish near the origin, and let 7; be a compactly supported, even function,
42 1
4. Notes; Further Results and Problems
which is 1 in a neighborhood of the support of h E C,"(Rn),
6 and
$.
Then for
R"
say. Since a E B M O ( R n ) ,la * ~ , h , ( x ) l ~ ( ldxdt / r ) is a Carleson measure and A cllall * llh1I2. Also B s 11 fl12, and we have finished in this case. The general result follows readily from this; the above proof is from Calderon dxdt is a [1978]. Since by 4.17 in Chapter XV also la * cCr,(x)12w(x)(l/r) Carleson measure for w in A,, with constant independent in A,, the reader is invited to consider the general weighted version of (4.1).) 4.7 There is a weighted version of Theorem 1.10. Corresponding to the operator in (1.22), let
and C*(+, f ) ( x ) = sup,lC,(A f ) ( x ) l . Then there are constants, k , , k2 such that for all 1 < p < the following inequality holds:
)~2 where c is independent of f, d p ( x ) = ( M ( ( 1+ ~ $ ( 4 ' ) ) ~ l ) ( xand M r g ( x ) = s u p ( ( l / l I l )S,lg(x) - g,Iq dx)'Iq, where the sup is taken over all open cubes containing x. This result is due to Krikeles [1983]. 4.8 These are some examples of operators T which verify the weak boundedness property, ( 1 ) Let k be a standard C Z kernel so that k ( x , y ) = -k(-y, x ) , x # y in Rn. Then T f ( g ) = lim,,, ~ l x - y l , , k ( x , y ) f ( y ) g ( x )dy dx defines an operator from Y ( R n )into Y ' ( R n ) with the weak boundedness property. Indeed, using the antisymmetry of the kernel we have
Tf ( g ) = lim -
422
XVI. Cauchy Integrals on Lipschitz Curues
Thus the smoothness o f f and g compensates for the singularity of k and the limit is easily seen to exist and to verify the desired properties. (2) Suppose $ is a smooth function with 0 integral and let Q,g denote the operator convolution with $,, i.e., Q,g = g * $,. If
where the L,'s are uniformly bounded operators on L'(R"), then T has the weak boundedness property. Indeed, T is well defined from Y ( R n )into Y ' ( R n ) by T f ( g ) = J I o . , , ( ~ & Q,g) ( l l t ) dt in the first case and by J r o . m , ( ~L&T ~ () l l t ) dt in the second case. These examples are from the work of David and JournC [1984]. 4.9 Suppose k is a CZ kernel which verifies the assumptions of 8.12 in Chapter XI with index 0 < S S 1 and let Tf denote the p.v. operator associated to k If T*l = 0, then T extends to a continuous operator from H P ( R n )into itself, n / ( n + 6) < p s 1. (Hint: By 6.6 in Chapter XIV it sufficesto show that T maps atoms into appropriate molecules. Let then a be a ( p , q, N) atom, supp a G B, where B is a ball centered at x and radius r; we show that Ta is a ( p , q, a ) molecule based at B(x, 2r). Since T is ~ ' ~the '. bounded in L q ( R n )we have that 11 Ta 11; S clla 11; S ~ l a 1 ~ r ~ " -On other hand
and
say. To estimate each A, observe that
this estimate replaced in each A, allows us to sum that expression and to
4. Notes; Further Results and Problems
423
conclude that it is of the right order as well. Finally, it only remains to check that property (iii) of molecules holds, namely, Ta(y) dy = 0. But observe that 0 = T * l ( a ) = Ta(1) = Ta(y) dy. This result, which is due to Alvarez and Milman [1985], can be extended in several directions. The above mentioned authors consider, for instance, operators analogous to those intoduced in 8.17 in Chapter XII.)
5,.
I,.
CHAPTER
XVII Boundary Value Problems on C’-Domains
1. THE DOUBLE AND SINGLE LAYER POTENTIALS ON A C’-DOMAIN
We say that a tempered distribution T is a fundamental solution for the Laplacian A in R” if AT = 6, the Dirac delta at 0. Fundamental solutions are useful for u = T * f solves A u = f: It is not hard to findAT explicitly. Suppose first n > 2 and note that since AT = 6, also - 151’T(5) = 1, and consequently, at least formally,
General considerations show that T (x) coincides with a function homogeneous of degree - ( n - 2) in R”\(O), but since the constants involved are important we compute them. For tMs purpose recall that
which substituted into (1.1) gives T ( x )= -
I
[o,m)
t
1
IRn
e-rlcle’x.t & d t =
(2~)”
-
I
tP(x, t ) dt,
[0,4
where P ( x , t) denotes the Poisson kernel of R:+’. Whence by the results in Chapter X,
424
1. Double,and Single Layer Potentials on a c ' - ~ o m a i n %
425
where wn is the surface area of the unit ball in Rn.Also T ( x )= ( 1 1 2 ~lnlxl, ) n = 2. We now turn to the boundary value problems. We restrict ourselves to C' domains D in Rn, the precise definition will be given below, and denote points there with capital letters, X, Y, . . . if they lie in the interior of D and P, Q if they lie on the boundary dD of D. Let also dQ denote the surface area element on aD. If u is a harmonic function in a bounded domain D, differentiable up to the boundary, then Green's identity (4.5) in Chapter VII and a limiting argument give
where (d/aNQ)denotes the derivative along the inward normal NQ into D. A quick verification of (1.2) goes as follows: Since for X, Y in D, u ( Y ) A T ( X - Y ) - T ( X - Y ) A u ( Y )= u ( Y ) S ( X - Y ) , the left-hand side of Green's identity is u( Y ) 6 ( X - Y ) d Y = u ( X ) ,and the right-hand side is that of (1.2), as claimed. Identity (1.2) is the starting point for the solution of the Dirichlet and Neumann problems in a bounded domain D. The method we use here, called that of double- and single-layer potentials, involves properties of integral equations on the boundary aD, covered by the Fredholm theory. The first term in (1.2) is the single-layer potential of ( a / a N Q ) yand since the singularity of T is of degree lower than the dimension of the boundary this potential is continuous on D and its closure. The second term in (1.2) is the double-layer potential of u and since the singularity of the kernel (d/aNQ)Tis of order n - 1, some care is needed as this singularity is only integrable if the domain is C1+", E > 0. As in 6.10 in Chapter VII the Dirichlet problem on D is stated as follows: Given f E LP(aD),find a function u so that Au = 0 in D and ulaD= J: To solve this problem we form the double-layer potential v off and observe that if f and aD are smooth enough, the boundary values of v equal (fI+ K ) f , where K is a compact linear mapping when D is C'. Methods from the Fredholm theory of integral operators yield the invertibility of f I + K, and the harmonic function u given by the double-layer potential of (;I + K ) - ' f then solves the Dirichlet problem. To do the Neumann problem, i.e., to find a function u so that Au = 0 in D and (a/aNQ)uldD = g, we use the single layer potential instead. To make all these statements precise we need some preliminary results. Throughout, D denotes an open, connected, bounded subset of R n such that R"\D is also connected.
ID
426
XVII. Boundary Value Problems on C1-~omains
Definition 1.1. We say that D is a C1 domain, and by this we really mean that D is a smooth n-manifold so that its boundary a D is a C1(n - 1)-manifold without boundary, if the following properties hold: to each Q in a D there corresponds a local coordinate system ( UQ, 4Q)such that
(i) UQ is an open neighborhood of Q and 4Qis a real-valued, compactly supported C'(Rn-') function defined on UQ. (ii) In the local Euclidean coordinates we may assume that Q = (0,4(0)). (iii) 4(O) = 0 and ( a / a ~ ~ ) 4 ( x )= l ~0.= ~ (iv) D n UQ = { ( x , t ) : x ~Rn-l, t ~ R and 4 ( x ) < t ) n UQ. (v) a D n UQ = {(x, t): x E R"-', t E R and +(x) = t ) n UQ. Remark 1.2. On account of the compactness of a D and property (iii) above it readily follows that given E > 0 we can find a finite number of coordinate systems, { ( q , 4j))z1 say, so that a D G U;=, q, (i)-(v) above hold, and IIV4,Illm E, all j. Remark 1.3. If 4 is any of the 4 Q ' above, ~ it is clear that there exists a sequence {4j) of C,"(Rn-') functions so that on the support of 4, (i) +j converges uniformly to 4, as j + oo, (ii) V+j converges uniformly to V4, as j + m. Moreover, since 4 is compactly supported, the +j's may be explicitly constructed as a sequence of mollifiers of 4, and consequently also IIV+jlII, S c, all j. The first step is to make use of the local coordinates to find the Euclidean expression of the layer potentials and to study them, as well as the traces on the boundary a D itself, as operators on LP. First observe that since
the double-layer potential off is given by
As for the boundary, or trace, double-layer potential it is defined as follows: for P E a D let
1. Double and Single Layer Potentials on a C'-Domain
427
and, when it makes sense,
Similarly, the single-layer potential off is given by
and since the singularity of ( P - Q12-" is integrable, the corresponding trace is
To obtain the Euclidean expression of the operator in (1.4) we localize as follows: Let { V,}be a finite cover of aD obtained as in Remark 1.2, say, and let { q m }be a nonnegative, smooth, finite partition of unity subordinate to the y's. Clearly,
and it suffices to consider each summand separately. Also by collecting all summands that correspond to each q.we may assume that we are working , we denote simply by with a fixed local coordinate system (V,, c $ ~ )which (U,9).Next if we change in U the variables Q into (y, + ( y ) ) , and put P = (x, 4(x)) and 4!lE = {y E R"-': Ix - y12 + (4(x) - 4 ( y ) ) ' > s2},since NQdQ = (-V4(y), 1) dy, the resulting expression in (1.4) equals (1/wn) k(x, Y)(C,, vrn,(y, ~ ( Y ) ) M~Y( ,Y I d ) ~where ,
I,,
Note that if 4 E C2(R"-'),then Ik(x, y)l zs cIx - yl-n+2 and the kernel is locally integrable; in this case most of the complicated arguments we give for the case when 4 is merely C' are unnecessary. At any rate, and with an obvious abuse of notation, it is clear that the Lp continuity properties of the operator in (1.4) follow from those of the Euclidean operator (1.9)
As a first approximation to study (1.9) we consider (1.10)
428
XVII. Boundary Value Problems on C1-Domains
We then have Theorem 1.4. Assume 4 is a Lipschitz function in R"-' such that IIV411m = r) < CO. Let k be the kernel in (1.8) and kJ the operator defined in (1.10). Then the mapping k * f ( x ) = ~up~,~IkJ(x)Iis bounded in LP(R"-'),1 < p < 00, with norm which goes to 0 with r). Furthermore k&x) = k f ( x ) exists pointwise a.e. and in Lp, and k is compact in LP(R"-').
Prmf. Write
k(x7Y ,
=
(Ix - yI2 n
-
4 ( x ) - 44Y) (+(x) - 4(y))2)n'2 (alayj ) 4 ( Y ) (xj - yj)
+
j=1
say, and put k i f ( x ) = ~lx-y,,B k,(x, y ) f ( y ) dy, 0 s j s n. Thus
and consequently, with a self-explanatory notation, (1.11)
That each of the k'*'sis bounded in LP(R"-'),1 < p < 00, follows immediately from Proposition 2.5 in Chapter XVI. When j = 0 we apply that result with A(x) = B ( x ) = # ( x ) , and in the remaining cases we put A ( x ) = + ( x ) and B(x) = xj, 1 S j d n, respectively. We also get that the norm c,, of ko* goes to 0 with llVBllm = IlVc$llrn = 77 and that the norm of the remaining depends only on r). Whence from (1.11) it readily follows that
zi*'s
(co + ndcllfllp, and the continuity assertion concerning I?* holds. Next, to prove that lim.,o k J ( x ) exists pointwise a.e. and in L p ( R " - ' ) , consider the sequence {4j}introduced in Remark 1.3 above, let (1.12)
and put kj,ef(X) =Jlx--yl,E &(x, y)f(y) dy. As before, it is readily seen that k ? f ( x > = SU~,,~~K~,J(X)I is bounded in Lp, 1 < p < 00; we claim that also
1. Double and Single Layer Potentials on a C'-Domain
429
limEdokj,,f(x) exists pointwise a.e. for f in LP(Rn-').Indeed, since each kj verifies Ikj(x, y)l s CIX - Y ( - " + ~where , c depends on j , we see at once that 1,.-11x - yl-n+21f(y)ldy < co a.e., and our claim is a simple consequence of this. Suppose now that f is real valued and let (1.13) L(X) = lim sup kEf(x)- lim inf XJ(X). 6-0
E+O
We want to show that L(x) = 0 a.e. First note that Rf(x)=
J;
(k(x, Y ) - &(x,Y ) ) ~ ( Ydy ) + kj,zf(x)
X-yI>€
=~
,J(x+ ) kj,.J(x),
(1.14)
say, where the kernel of Hj,, is given by an expression similar to (1.12) but is bounded in with C#J~ replaced by 4 - 4j there. Thus ~up,>~~H~,,f(x)I LP(Rn-'),1 < p < 00, with norm cj which goes to 0 with IlV(4 - 4j)llm. This is all we need to know; indeed, from (1.13) and (1.14) we get L(x) = lim sup q,,f(x) - lim inf q , f ( x ) E+O
E+O
s 2 sup l&.€f(X)l. E>O
Therefore, for each A > 0 and j, A P J { L > A}! S AP({sup,IHj,,I > A/2}( S 2P~jP(lf((g + 0 as j + co. Thus [ { L> A}l = 0 for each A > 0, L(x) = 0 a.e., and lim,+o k,f(x) = kf(x) exists a.e. That the convergence is also in LP(Rn-'),1 < p < co,follows at once from this last result, the boundedness of k* in LP(Rn-'),and the Lebesgue domjnated convergence theorem. Finally, we show that for each 1 < p < co, K is compact on LP(R"-').It is well known, and readily verified, that it is sufficient to exhibit a sequence of compact operators which convtrge to k in norm. As observed in the preceding paragraph limj+ml[k- Kill = 0, where 11 TI1 denote? the norm of T as a mapping on LP(Rn-').Next we show that also lim,+ollKj - kj,,II = 0. By a partition of unity argument we may restrict our attention to L P ( B ) , B = unit ball of Rn-'. In this case, and with a constant c that depends on j,
XVII. Boundary Value Problems on C'-Domains
430
where l / p + l/p' = 1. Thus, jBlkjf(x) - kj,&f(x)IPdx =s c ~ ~ ' ~ ' ~ ~ l f (dy, y)(~ and Ilkj - Zj,&IId C E " ~ ' + 0 with E. To check that each kj,& is compact, we must show that given a bounded sequence {f,} in L P ( B ) ,i.e., llfrnllP s M, all m, there exists a subsequence {f,,} such that <,Jmk converges in Lp(B) as mk + 00. But this is not hard; by Proposition 3.2 in Chapter I1 there exists an Lp function f; Ilfll, d M, such that f,, converges weakly to f: Furthermore, since for each x (in B) k(x, y ) ~ l ~ - , , l is > ~bounded as a function of y and consequently is in LP'(B),it readily follows that kj,&f(x)= lim,,,, kj,&fmk(x). Moreover, since also ~ l k j , ElIkj,&fmk f ~ ~ p1, , cM, where c depends on E but is otherwise independent of the functions involved, by the Lebesgue dominated convergence theorem we obtain that 11 Kj,& fKj,& fmk 1, + 0 as mk + 00, and we are done. We turn now to the study of the trace of the double-layer potential.
Theorem 1.5. Let K , f ( P ) be the truncated trace double layer potential corresponding to a C' domain given by (1.4). Then the mapping K * f ( P) = sup,>,lK,f(P)I is bounded in LP(dD),1 < p < 00, limE+oK , f ( P ) = Kf(P) exists pointwise a.e. and in LP(dD),and K is compact in L P ( d D ) . Proof. By means of a partition of unity argument and by passing to local coordinates, the Lp boundedness of K * f ( P ) is readily seen to follow from the corresponding statement for the Euclidean operator K*f(x) = s ~ p , > ~ I K ~ f ( xwhere ) I , KEf(x)is defined in (1.9). We begin by showing that SUP)KJ(X)- kJ(x)l
S
cM~(x),
x
E
R"-',
(1.15)
&SO
where kJ(x) is the operator in (1.10) and c is an absolute constant which depends only on the Lipschitz constant 77 of 4. Since we work in local coordinates we may assume that x = 0, +(x) = 4(0)= 0, and V+(O) = 0; also the fact that 4 is C' means that I4(y)I = o(ly)) and )V4(y)l = o(ly1) as IyI + 0. Let then %& = {Iy12+ 4 ( y ) 2> E ~ } and observe that since B(0, ~ / ( 1 +q2)"*) E R"\%& c B(0, E ) we have x%,(y) = ~ ' V I , ( Y ) X B ( O , E ) ( Y+ ) XR"\B(O,&)(Y)* Thus
&f(O)
=
+
jRn-,W ,
Y ) ~ ~ . ( Y ) ~ ~ c o , & dy , ( Y ~ ~(1.16) (Y)
and consequently
y)l Furthermore, since (k(0,
d
271yl'-", the expression on the right-hand
431
1 . Double and Single Layer Potentials on a C'-Domain
side of (1.17) does not exceed 2r](l+ . 1 2 ) ' " - 1 ) % p A I E>O
E
If(y)I d y s CMf(O), IYlSE
and (1.15) follows. In turn, (1.15) gives K * f ( x ) S k * f ( x ) + cMf(x) , and consequently by Theorem 1.4 IIK*fII, s cllfll,, 1 < p < a,as we wanted to show. To prove the existence of the p.v. integral K f ( P ) assume first that f E C'(dD) and observe that
say. Since IAl s c jaDIP - QIz-"dQ < 00, the limit of this term is readily seen to exist as E + 0. As for B, let D E ( P )= {X E D :IX - PI > E } and note - Q ) dQ = 0. Whence that by 6.11 in Chapter VII, jdDe(P)(d/dNQ)T(P
and this last integral is readily seen to tend to 5 as E + 0 at each point P where the plane tangent to D is well defined. This proves the everywhere existence of the p.v. integral Kf(P ) when f is smooth. That this p.v. integral exists a.e. and in Lp(dD)for,an arbitrary f in Lp(dD),1 < p < 00, follows by a by now familiar argument which is left to the reader. Finally, we show that for each 1 < p < 00, K is compact on LP(dD);the assumption that D is a C' domain is needed here. Again through the use of a partition of unity argument, and on account of Theorem 1.4, our conclusion will follow from the qualitative version of (1.15), namely, K ~ ( x= ) @(x)
a.e.
(1.18)
In fact, (1.18) holds for those x's for which either side, and consequently the other side also, is well defined. Suppose x = 0 is such a point and observe that it suffices to show that the integral in (1.16) goes to 0 with E. But this is not hard; indeed, since 4 E C', Jk(0,y)l o ( ~ Y ~ ) / as ~ YI Y ~~ "+ 0, and the integral does not exceed
s co(l)Mf(O)
=
o(1) as
E
+ 0.
XVII. Boundary Value Problems on C'-Domains
432
Next we consider the behavior of the double layer potential Kf(X)given by (1.3) for X near the boundary d D of D. Since the notion of nontangential convergence is appropriate here we begin by defining cones interior to D. Cones in R" with vertex at 0 are given by {x = (x,, . . . ,x,):Ixl< fixn, p > l}, and this definition reads in our setting as follows: given 0 a < 1 and P E aD, the (inner) cone T,(P) with vertex at P and opening a is
-=
T,(P)
={X E
D : JX- PJ< S
and
a J X- PI < X - P . N p } . (1.19)
The constant 6 in the definition depends on a and D but is independent of P, and N p denotes as usual the inward normal at P. Similarly, the outer cone Tz(P) with the vertex at P and opening a is defined as
I'E(P) = { X E R"\D: IX - PI < S
and
alX - PI < - ( X - P ) . N p } . ( 1.20)
Given 0 < a < 1, P E dD and a function u ( X ) in D, we say that the nontangential limit (of order a ) of u ( X ) as X approaches P is L provided u ( X ) = L. Also the nontangential maximal function that limx-,p,xE~~(p) N,u(P)is N,U(P)= sup (U(X)I. (1.21) xcr,(p)
We then have Theorem 1.6. Let K f ( X ) be the double layer potential corresponding to a
1. Double and Single Layer Potentials on a C'-Domain
433
C' domain D given by (1.3). Then iff E LP(dD),1 < p < 00, and 0 < a < 1, there is a number S which depends only on a and D, so that for this choice of 6 in definition (1.19), ( 1.22)
where c depends only on p and 6. Furthermore K f ( X )converges nontangentially of order a a.e. on aD, and limx+RxGra(p)K f ( X ) = g(P)+ K f ( P ) , a.e. on dD, where K f ( P ) is the trace double layer potential in (1.5).
u ,;
Proof. Let dD E Bj, where each of the balls Bj = B ( < , aj) corre~ ~ ~to ) l V 4 ~ ( sponds to a coordinate system (Bj, c,bj) so that ~ ~ p ~ ( ~ ~S, A/6; obtain this covering apply Remark 1.2. Now let S = min(6, ,. . . ,6,) be the value in the definition (1.19) of the cones r , ( P ) . For P in dD we want to estimate N,(Kf)(P).By a partition of unity argument we may assume that suppf c Bj, some j. We consider two cases, to wit, (i) P E B(4,36,.) (nearby points) and (ii) P & B ( 4 , 3 ~ 3(far ~ ) away points). Case (ii) is easily handled. Since we are interested in estimating K f ( X ) for X in T , ( P ) and suppf E Bj, we must bound the integral in (1.3) when ( X - PI s 6,lpj - QI s 6j and ( P - $1 z-3Sj. Then also IX - QI Sj and
In other words Na(Kf)(p)xBCP,~S,)(p)
cllfllp-
(1.23)
Case (i) requires some work. First note that, if x E r , ( P ) , then IX - pl.1 s 4Sj, and consequently passing to the local coordinates given by + j 7 which we denote by #J from now on, we have IIVc$llm s a/6. Thus identifying Q = (y, 4 ( y ) ) , X = (x, t ) and P = (xo, +(x0)), the consideration of N,(Kf)(P)reduces to the study of tr I ( 1.24) where (1.25)
subject to
XVII. Boundary Value Problems on C1-Domains
434 and
(1.27) is readily seen to imply
+ To estimate (1.24) we break up the integral there in two parts, IJl y -l d sMI J~ly-xol,MJ = I J, say where M = max(3)x- x,l, t - +(xo)).To estimate I, observe that by (1.28) M t - +(xo) and lk(x, t, y)l S c(lt - O(y)l + I X - yl)'-" in the integral. Since as is readily seen (1.28) also implies that ( 4 / 5 ) ( t- +(xo))s It - c#~(y)l+ (a/6)ly - X I , we immediately get
+
-
If(Y)I dy s cMf(x0).
I s c(t - +(x,))l-"
(1.29)
Next we estimate
say. Clearly, 53 = ~
i M (x0)I f
i * f( ~ 0 ) .
As for J, note that Ik(x, t, y ) - k(xo, t, y)l S clx - xol/ly - xoln, whenever J y- x,J > 31x - xol. This estimate follows easily from the mean value theorem. Thus by Proposition 2.3 in Chapter IV, Jl s c
I
Ix - xol If(Y)I dY s cMf(xo). l ~ - x o l ~ 3 l x - I~ Y l - xol
(1.31)
Similarly, since Ik(xo, t, y ) - k(x0, +(x0),Y ) I s c ( t - ~ ( x o ) ) / ~ Yxol" whenever ly - xol > t - +(x,), we also have J2 s cMf (x,).
(1.32)
43 5
1. Double and Single Layer Potentials on a C 1 - ~ o m a i n
Whence adding estimates c(K*f(xo)+ ~ f ( x o ) )and ,
11 Tf [ I p
d
(1.29)-(1.32)
cIIK*fIIp + IIMfIIp
cIIf IIp,
we
get
that
1
Tf (xo) (1-33)
The first part of our conclusion, namely, estimate (1.22) follows immediately from (1.23) and (1.33). To discuss the nontangential boundary values of Kf ( X )we consider first the case when f E C 1 ( a ~ We ) . then have Kf ( X ) = -
( f ( Q )- f ( P ) ) dQ X - Q . NQ
dQ = A + B, say.
Since I f ( Q ) - f(P)I a clQ - PI, the integrand of A has a summable singularity and the limit exists. An argument along the lines of the B term in Theorem 1.5 gives that the limit actually is K f ( P ) - $(P). Also by Green's theorem it readily follows that B = f ( P ) whenever X E D, and consequently the limit in this case is K f ( P ) - $ ( P ) + f ( P ) = K f ( P ) + $(P), as we wanted to show. To show that the same is true for an arbitrary g in LP(aD), assume first that g is real valued and observe that for f in C 1 ( a D ) lim sup K g ( X ) - lim inf K g ( x ) x+P,xE~,(P) X+P,XEI-,(P) = lim sup K ( g - f ) ( X ) - lim inf K ( g - f ) ( X )
Lg(P) =
x-+P,xE~,(P)
x+P,xE~.(P)
2Na(K(g - f ) ) ( P ) . Thus for each A > 0, API{Lg > A}( d 2PIIN a ( K ( g-f))llP, cllK(g - f ) l l P p cllg - f [I;, where the last term above is as small as we want. Consequently, I{Lg > A)l = 0 for each A > 0, and Lg(P) = 0 a.e. This is equivalent to the second part of the theorem and we have finished. Similar techniques may be used to study the regularity of the double-layer potential Kf when f is regular; we state the results without proofs. First we need a definition: for 1 < p < m, L f ( a D ) denotes the space of functions f in LP(aD)with the property that for any covering { q ) of dD described in Definition 1.1 and for any C 1function $ supported in some U,, the function $(x, c $ ~ ( xf )(x, ) C $ j ( ~ ) )has (distributional) partial derivatives in L ~ ( R " - ' ) . If we fix a covering { q ) and a partition of unity, say, of aD subordinate to this cover we can define
IIf
I I L ~ ~ J D= )
I I f I L P ( ~ D+, CIIv(+jf)II L P ( R ~ - ~ ) ,
and different coverings give rise to equivalent norms.
436
XVII. Boundary Value Problems on C '-Domains
Theorem 1.7. For a C' domain D and 1 < p < co, the operator Kf given by (1.5) is continuous, and compact on LT(aD). Furthermore, given 0 < a < 1 there is 6 which depends only on a and D so that for this 6 in definition (1.19), the gradient VKf(X) of the double layer potential given by (1.3) verifies IINa(lVKfl)llp ~ l l f l I L ~ ( a D ) . We turn now to the study of the single-layer potential. We begin with some definitions: for P E aD let
and, when it makes sense, K 'f( P) = p.v. -
f ( Q ) dQ = lim K y ( P ) .
(1.35)
E-0
The relevant Euclidean integral operator in this case has kernel (1.36)
and represents essentially the adjoint of the operator with kernel k ( x , y ) defined by (1.8). A statement similar (with almost identical proof) to Theorem 1.4 holds and can be used to prove Theorem 1.8. Let K Y ( P ) be the potential corresponding to a C' domain defined by (1.34). Then the mapping ( K ' ) * f ( P )= sup,,,lKY(P)I is bounded in LP(aD),1 < p < 00, lime+oK Y ( P ) = K ' f ( P )exists pointwise a.e. and in Lp(aD),and K ' is compact in Lp(aD). The proof of this result, being analogous to that of Theorem 1.5 is omitted. In fact, that K ' is compact follows from the fact that its adjoint K is compact on each LP(dD),1 < p < 00. Theorem 1.9. For f in LP(dD),1 < p < co, and X dD, let u ( X ) be the single-layer potential off given by (1.6). Then given 0 < a < 1, there is a number 6 which depends only on a and 0, so that for this choice of 6 in definitions (1.19) and (1.20), N,(IVul)(P) and N:(IVul)(P) = Supx,r:(P,(VU(X)( belong to Lp(aD)and there is a constant c whichdepends only on p and 6 so that II~a(lVUl)llp9
II~:(lvul)llp
cllfllp.
(1.37)
Furthermore, limx~P,XEr,(P)(a/dNP)u(X) = limx+p,xEr,(p~vu(X) * NP = 2 ( P ) - K ' f ( P ) and l i m x - , P , x , r ~ ~ p ~ ( ~ / ~ N=pg) (uP( X) +) K ' f ( P ) , exist pointwise for almost every P in aD. Here K ' is the operator in (1.35).
1. Double and Single Layer Potentials on a C'-Domain
437
Q12-")
= ( l / w n ) ( X-
Proof. Observe that since V ( ( - l / ( n - 2 ) w J X Q/IX - QI"),
-
(1.38)
The proof of estimates (1.37) follow along the lines of Theorem 1.6 and is therefore omitted. As for the nontangential convergence it suffices to prove the existence of the pointwise limit for almost every P in aD when f~ C'(aD).We consider only the case of the interior nontangential limit, i.e., X E D, the exterior limit being handled analogously. By (1.38)
=I+J+K, say. Observe that J = f(P). 1 = f(P). Also sincef limx+p,xera(p)I exists and equals
E
C'(aD) it is clear that
Now consider K . N p is a continuous function on aD and hence there is a belonging to C'(aD)such that sequence of (vector-valued) functions yip, Nip +. N p , uniformly in aD. The integral in K then equals
say. At this time we make use of the following observation: let
XVII. Boundary Value Problems on C1-Domains
438
and put A * f ( P ) = S U ~ , , ~ J A , ~ ( PThen ) J . as we saw in Theorem 1.4, A* is bounded in Lp(aD),1 < p < 00, and A f ( P ) = limE+oA , f ( P ) exists pointwise a.e. in d o . Moreover, along the lines of Theorem 1.6,we also have that
is bounded in Lp(aD),1 < p < 00. From this last remark it follows that for 1
and consequently there is a subsequence j , , which we denote by j again, so that
In other words, M3 = 0. As for M2it is clear that lim
lim
j+m X+P,XeT.(P)
M 2= p.v.-
1
wn
I,,
P
- Q . Np
- NQ
IP - 91"
dQ.
Clearly limj+mMl = 0. Summing up, we have shown that the nontangential limit exists and it equals
= @ ( P ) - K'f(P).
2. THE DIRICHLET AND NEUMANN PROBLEMS To solve the Dirichlet and Neumann problems on a C' domain we make use of the Fredholm alternative concerning compact operators from a normed space X into itself. We begin with a brief discussion of the Fredholm theory; we are only concerned with the case X = Lp, 1 < p < 00, here. Recall that a mapping T from X into itself is said to be compact if for each bounded sequence {x,,} c X we can find a subsequence {xnk}so that {Tx,,} converges. Also T is compact if and only if its adjoint operator T' is compact.
2. The Dirichlet and Neumann Problems
439
Proposition 2.1. Let T be a compact, linear operator from X into itself, and let A # 0 be a complex number. If A 1 - T is injective, then the range R(A1 - T) of A 1 - T is (strongly) closed.
Proof. Let y = lim,,+~y,,,where y,, = ( A 1 - T)x,, x, E X. If {x,} contains a bounded subsequence, there is yet another subsequence, {x,,} say, so that {Tx,,} converges. Since x,,, = (y,, + Tx,,)/h, then {x,,} itself converges to some element x and y = ( A 1 - T)x. If, on the other hand, {x,} contains no bounded subsequence, then IIx, 11 + m. Put z, = x,/ llx, 11 and note that ()z,II = 1 and lim,+@(AI- T ) z , = 0. Let {z,} be a subsequence so that { Tz,,} converges. Since z, - A-'Tz,, + 0 also { z n k }converges, to a limit z, say. Then 11.~11 = 1 and ( A 1 - T ) z = 0, contrary to the hypothesis that ( A 1 - T) is injective. I To complete our discussion we also need Proposition 2.2. Let M be a proper, closed subspace of X.Then for 0 < E < 1 we can find an element x, which is "nearly orthogonal" to M, i.e.,
dist(x,, M) 3 E. IlxEll= 1, Proof. Let x E X\M; since M is closed dist(x, M) = d > 0. So there exists y, E M such that Ilx - yEll s d/E, and letting x, = ( x - yE)/IIx -yell we have IIxE11 = 1 and for any y in M,
Proposition 2.3. Let T be a compact, linear operator on X, and suppose that for A # 0, A 1 - T is injective. Then R(A1 - T) = X,A 1 - T is invertible and
llxll 6 cll(A1 - T)Xll, where c is independent of x E X.
(2.1)
Proof. By Proposition 2.1 the sets Rj = ( A 1 - TYX,j = 1,2,. .. form a nonincreasing sequence of closed subspaces of X. Suppose that no two of these spaces coincide, then each is a proper subspace of its predecessor. Hence by Proposition 2.2 there exists a sequence {y,} c X such that y , E R,, llynll = 1 and dist(y,, R,,,) 3 f. Thus if n > my Tym- Ty, = ym + (-yn - ( A 1 - T)ym+ ( A 1 - T ) y , ) = ym - y for some y E R,+, . Hence 1) Tym- Ty. 11 2 5, contrary to the fact that T is compact. Therefore there is an integer k so that Rj = Rk for j 2 k Let y E X,then ( A I - T ) k yE Rk = Rk+',and consequently ( A 1 - T ) k y= ( A 1 - T ) k + ' ~for , some x E X. In other words, ( A 1 - T ) k ( y- ( A 1 - T ) x )= 0, and since the kernel N ( ( A 1 - T ) k )
XVII. Boundary Value Problems on C'-Domains
440
of (AI - T ) &is the same as N ( h I - T) = 0, it follows that y = (AI - T)x. Thus R(AI - T) = Rj = X , for allj, and AI - T is invertible. Next suppose that estimate (2.1) does not hold. Then we can find a sequence { z , } so that (AI - T ) z , + 0 and IIz,)( = 1 . Since T is compact there is a subsequence, {z,,} say, such that Tz,, + x E X . Furthermore, since Az,, = (AI - T)znk+ Tz,,, then Az,, also converges to x. It is then readily seen that x E N(AI - T ) , and consequently x = 0. But this contradicts the fact that ~ ~ z=, 1, . ~ ~ We begin discussing the Dirichlet problem.
Theorem 2.4. Assume D is a C' domain and R"\B is connected, and let K f ( P ) denote the trace double-layer potential defined by (1.5). Then $1+ K is invertible on LP(dD)for each 1 < p < 00. P w f . We show in fact that the adjoint of $I + namely $I + K', where K' is given by (1.35), is invertible on each Lp(aD), 1 < p < 00. Since, by Theorem 1.8, K' is compact in Lp(dD),by Proposition 2.3 it is enough to prove that 41 + K' is injective. First observe that if f E Lp(dD) and ($I K')f = 0, then actually f E Lq(dD)for every 1 < q < co. To see this let B = B(Po, 6 ) be a ball centered on dD and with radius 6 sufficiently small so that for the local coordinate system (B, 4) we have IlV+ )Im =z E, where E is a fixed, small, positive number. be C" functions supported in B so that 7 = 1 in Let, then, 7 and B(Po, S/3) and 0 in R"\B(Po, 26/3) and is identically 1 in B(Po,36/4). Notice that since is 1 on the support of 7, we have q+ = 7. Now, since ~ & 1 + K ' ) f = 0, we also have q + f + 27+Ktf - 2+(K17f) + 2+K17f = 0, or Vf + 2+K'+qf = -2+(qK' - K ' q ) f = g, say. The function
+
+ +
+
is readily seen to verify
where c depends on 6. By the Sobolev embedding theorem (cf. Theorem 2.1 in Chapter VI and Theorem 4.8 in Chapter X), we see that g E Lq(dD) where l / q = l/p - l / ( n - 1) > 0, or g E Lq(dD), 1 < q < 00 if l / p S 1 / ( n - 1). In either case, since the norm of +K'+ is small on Lq,we conclude that .If,and consequently f itself, belongs to Lq(dD),p < q. Iterating this process we get that f E Lq(aD),1 < q < 00, as anticipated. Let now u ( X ) denote the single layer potential of the function f over dD given by (1.7), and consider the integral I = jRm,DIVu(X)12 dX.
2. The Dirichlet and Neumann Problems
441
If a'D denotes the boundary of R"\D (it coincides with aD except for the orientation), then by Green's theorem div(Vu(X)) dX
a
=
u ( Q ) dQ,
(2.2)
where (a/aNb)indicates the derivative in the direction of the inward normal N', = -NO into a'D. The application of Green's theorem is justified since by Theorem 1.9 the last integral in (2.2) is absolutely convergent. Also by Theorem 1.9 ( a / a N b ) u ( Q )= - ($1+ K ' ) f ( Q ) = 0, Q a.e. in aD, and consequently 1 = 0. Therefore u(X) is constant on R"\D, and since limlxkmu(X) = 0 and R"\d is connected, then u(X) is identically 0 in R"\D. Furthermore, since u(X) is a continuous function on R" and u ( ,= ~ 0, by the uniqueness principle of harmonic functions, Proposition 4.3 in Chapter VII, we obtain that u(X) is identically 0 on R". From Theorem 1.9 it now follows that also (fZ K ' ) f ( Q )= 0 a.e. on aD, and consequently f(Q) = ($1 K 'If( Q ) + (fZ - K 'If( Q) = 0 a.e. on aD. In other words, fZ + K' is injective, and the proof is complete.
+
+
+
Corollary 2.5. $1 K is invertible on L:(aD), 1 < p < m. We are now ready to prove the existence and uniqueness of the solution to the Dirichlet problem.
Theorem 2.6. Suppose D is a C' domain and R"\D is connected. Given f E Lp(aD), 1 < p < m, there exists a unique harmonic function u(X) defined for X in D, such that for each 0 < a < 1, there exists a S > 0 which depends only on a and D, so that for this choice of 6 in definition (1.19), N,u belongs to Lp ( d o ) and IlNa~Ilp
(2.3)
~llfllp,
with c independent of$ Moreover, limx+.p,xcra(P)u(X)
= f(P)a.e.
on aD.
Proof. By Theorem 2.4 and Proposition 2.3, ;I + K has a continuous inverse in Lp(aD),1 < p < 00. Let u(X) be the double-layer potential u(X) = ( l / W n ) IjD((X - 0. N Q ) I ( I X- Ql"))(fZ + K ) - ' f ( Q ) dQ. BY Theorem 1-6 the nontangential limit of u(X) is f(P) a.e. on aD, and ~~IV,UI~~ S which is (2.3). cII(fZ + K)-'fll, s The proof of the uniqueness requires some work. For X, Y , in D and Q E aD, let F ( X , Q ) = (41 K)-'( I/lX - * I"-')( Q ) and consider the Green's function G(X, Y)defined by
+
XVII. Boundary Value Problems on C -Domains
442
Next, for fixed E > 0 consider the set D, = { Y E D : dist( Y , dD) s E } and s CEI"~, let $&(Y ) E C r ( D )satisfy0 s +bE s 1, = 1 on 0, and la"/dY"$&,,l where c depends only on a.For a fixed X in D, and for small E, by Green's identity we see that $E
U(x)=
U ( X ) $ k ( X )=
ID
G ( X , y ) A(u&k) ( y )d y
(2.4)
Moreover, if u is harmonic in D, integrating by parts (2.4) gives u(X) = -2
[
-
-
V&(X, Y ) Vt,be(Y ) u (Y ) d Y
JD
I,a x ,
Y ) A$&
Y )d Y
=A+B, say. We will show that under the additional assumption that the nontangential boundary values of u are 0, then A, B + 0 with E, and consequently u vanishes identically. Since the proofs for A and B are similar we only do A here. For this purpose let { $ j } be a finite family of nonnegative, C r ( R " ) functions, such that C $j( Y ) = 1 on { Y E R":dist( Y , d o ) S 6 ) and supp qj c B,, where (B,, 4,) is a local coordinate system for D. It clearly suffices to show that for each j , lj = j D l v y G ( X ,Y)IIV$&(Y)Ilu(Y)l$,(Y) dY, goes to 0 with E. Fixj, put 4 = I, $- = $, 4j = 4, and passing the variable Y to Euclidean coordinates note that I
S E
I I
l0,&lV&(X, Y, t + 4(Y))IlU(Y, t + 4(Y))l dtdY
lYl==C
b ( Y , t + 4J(Y))l dtdy. SUP IVYG(X, Y , s + 4J(Y))l e c lylee O S S S & E lo,&) Since G ( X , 0 )E Ll(aD) for each 1 < Q < 00, supoSsSelV&(X, y , s + 4 ( y ) ) l C N,(IV&()(y, 4 ( y ) ) E L 4 ( { y :lyl < c}). It is also easy to see that there is 0 < a < 1, so that ~ u p ~ . = ~ & (ty+, +(y))l d N,u(y, ~ ( J J ) )There. fore, if in addition to being harmonic, u verifies N,u(y, 4 ( y ) )E L p ( { y :Iyl e c}) and u(y, t + 4 J ( y ) )+. 0 as t + 0 for almost every lyl =sc, then IAl+ 0 with E, and the proof is complete.
Concerning the regularity properties of the solution to the Dirichlet problem we have Theorem 2.7. Suppose D is as in Theorem 2.6. Iff E Lf(dD),1 < p < 00, then the solution u ( X ) of the Dirichlet problem given by Theorem 2.6 has
2. The Dirichlet and Neumann Problems
443
the additional property that N,(lVul) E Lp(dD)and there is a constant c, independent off, so that
l l ~ ~ ( l V ~ l ) l lcpl l f l l ~ : ( a ~ ~ The proof of this result, being analogous to that of Theorem 2.6 is omitted; Theorem 1.7 is relevant here. Finally, we consider the Neumann problem; we begin by showing
Theorem 2.8. Suppose D is a bounded, connected, C' domain, and let K ' be the trace single layer potential defined by (1.35). Then for each 1 < p < 00, fI - K ' is invertible on the subspace of LP(dD)consisting of those functions f with I,, f(Q ) dQ = 0.
Prmf. Since by Theorem 1.8, K ' is compact, by Proposition 2.3 it is enough to prove that { I - K ' is injective. So assume that f = 2KLf and j , , f ( Q ) dQ = 0. As in Theorem 2.4 we conclude thatf E Lq(dD)for every 1 < q < 00. Let now u ( X ) denote the single layer potential o f f over dD defined by (1.7). Integrating by parts we get
Hence u ( X ) is constant in D. In R"\D, u ( X ) is harmonic and u ( X ) = 0. As noted ulaD= c, a constant. Since the maximum or limlxl+m minimum of u in R"\D are assumed on dD, then they both occur at every P in dD and the nontangential limit of ( d / d N , ) u ( X ) as X + P, X E R"\D is of constant sign. But by Theorem 1.9 the limit in our case is - g ( P ) KLf(P) = -f(P).Thus f is of constant sign, and since it has vanishing integral we must have f(P)= 0 on dD. W We are now ready to prove the existence and uniqueness of the solution to the Neumann problem.
Theorem 2.9. Suppose D is a bounded, connected, C' domain and R"\D is connected. Given g E Lp(dD),1 < p < 00, with I,, g ( Q ) dQ = 0, there exists a unique harmonic function u ( X ) defined for X in D such that for each 0 < a < 1, we can find a S > 0 which depends only on a and D, so that forthis choice of 6 in definition (1.19), Na(IVul)belongs to Lp(dD)and
IINal
(2.5)
XVII. Boundary Value Problems on C'-Domains
444
with c independent of g. Moreover
a -u(X) x+p,xEr,(p) aNp lim
= g(P)
a.e.on
dD.
Proof. By Theorem 2.8 and Proposition 2.3, fZ - K' has a continuous inverse in the subspace of L p ( a D )consisting of those functions with integral 0, 1 < p < 00. Let u ( X ) be the single layer potential
By Theorem 1.9 the nontangential limit of (d/dNp)u(x) is g ( P ) a.e. on dD, and IINa(lVul)llpc c11($1 - Kr)-'g\IpS cllgllp, which is (2.5). As for the uniqueness, for X, Y , in D and Q E aD, let
and consider the Neumann's function N(X,Y)defined by
N(X,Y)=
1
1 ( n - 2 ) ( -~ yInp2 ( n -
+
G(X,Q ) dQ.
Integrating by parts we get
a a?
N ( X , Y)-U( Y ) d Y
=
u ( X )+ C,
where cis a constant. However, if N,,(IVu()E LP(aD)and (a/aNp)u(X) +0 as X + P nontangentially, then the left-hand side above is 0 and u(X)is constant in D. 3. NOTES The method of layer potentials to solve boundary value problems in smooth domains is classical, and goes back to Giraud and Mikhlin. However, for C ' , and Lipschitz, domains D the techniques needed were not developed until the late 1970s. In 1977 Dahlberg, through a careful study of the Poisson kernel of D, solved the Dirichlet problem for the Laplacian in the case of C' domains for data in Lp(aD),1 < p < 00, and in the case of Lipschitz domains for data in LP(dD),2 - E d p < 00, where E depends on D. In 1978 Fabes, Jodeit Jr, and Rivisre were able to utilize Calder6n's theorem on the boundedness of the Cauchy integral on C' curves to extend the classical methods of layer potentials to C' domains; their presentation is the one we followed in this chapter.
3. Notes
445
The situation is different when dD is not smooth. For example, Fabes, Jodeit Jr, and Lewis [1977], showed that in the case of the Laplacian the double layer potential in the first quadrant leads to an integral equation which is not solvable for p = 5, but solvable for all other 1 < p < a.Corners and edges in dD determine the bad p’s; in particular an edge causes an interval of bad p’s, whereas isolated vertices yield isolated bad p’s. Fabes and Kenig [ 19811 have also studied the Hardy HI( D) and BMO( D) spaces and extended the results of this chapter to that setting.
Bibliography
Adams, D. R. [1973] A trace inequality for generalized potentials, Studia Math. 48, 99-105. [ 19751 A note on Riesz potentials, Duke Math. J. 42, 765-778. Aguilera, N., and Segovia, C. [1977] Weighted norm inequalities relating the gf and the area functions, Studia Math. 61, 293-303.
Alvarez, J., and Milman, M. [19851 H Pcontinuity of Calderbn-Zygmund type operators, preprint. Amar, E., and Bonami, A. [1979] Mesures de Carleson d’ordre a et solutions au bord d I’equation 2, BuZL Soc. Math. France 107,23-48. Andersen, K. F., and John, R. T. [19801 Weighted inequalities for vector-valued maximal functions and singular integrals, Studia Math. 69, 19-31. Axler, S., and Shields, A. [1982] Extreme points in VMO and BMO, Indiana Uniu. Math. J. 31, 1-6. Baernstein 11, A., and Sawyer, E. T. [1985] “Embedding and Multiplier Theorems for H P ( R “ ) , ”Mern. Arner. Math. Soc 318, Providence, RI. Baishanski, B. M., and Coifman, R. R. [1978] Pointwise estimates for commutator singular integrals, Studia Math. 62, 1-15. Benedek, A., Calderbn, A. P., and Panzone, R. [1962] Convolution operators on Banach space valued functions, Proc. Nut. Acad. Sci U.S.A. 48, 356-365. Bennett, C., DeVore, R A., and Sharpley, R. [1981] Weak-L” and BMO, Ann. ofMarh. 113, 601-611. Boas, R. P. [19671 “Integrability Theorems for Trigonometric Transforms,’’ Springer-Verlag, Berlin and New York. Brown, G. [19771 Construction of Fourier multipliers, BuZL AustraL Math. Soc. 16,463-472. Burkholder, D. L. [19731 Distribution function inequalities for martingales, Ann. Rob. 1, 19-42. 446
Bibliography
447
Burkholder, D. L., and Gundy, R. F. [19703 Extrapolation and interpolation of quasilinear operators on martingales, Acta Math. 124,249-304.
Distribution function inequalities for the area integral, Studia Math. 44, 527-544. Burkholder, D. L., Gundy, R. F., and Silverstein, M. L. [1971] A maximal function characterization of the class HP,Trans. Amer. Math. Soc 157, [1972]
137-153.
Calderh, A. P. [ 19601 “Integrales Singulares y sus Aplicaciones a Ecuaciones Diferenciales Hiperbblicas,” Cursos y Seminarios de Matematicas 3, Univ. de Buenos Aires. [1965] Commutators of singular integral operators, Roc. Nat. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 53,10921099. [1972]
[ 19761 [1977a] [1977b]
[ 19781
Calderh, [1978]
Estimates for singular integral operators in terms of maximal functions, Studia Math. 44, 563-582. Inequalities for the maximal function relative to a metric, Studia Math. 57,297-306. Cauchy integrals on Lipschitz curves and related operators, Roc. Nat. Acad Sci. U.S.A. 74, 1324-1327. An atomic decomposition of distributions in parabolic H P spaces, Advances in Math. 25, 216-225. Commutators, singular integrals on Lipschitz curves and applications, Roc. Z.M.S., Helsinki, Vol. I, 84-96. A. P., Calderbn, C. P., Fabes, E. B., Jodeit Jr., M.,Rivibre, N. Applications of the Cauchy integral on Lipschitz curves, Bull Amer. Math. Soc 84,287-290.
Calderh, A. P., and Capri, 0. N. [1984] On the convergence in L’ of singular integrals, Studia Math. 78, 321-327. Calderbn, A. P., and Scott, R. [1978] Sobolev type inequalities for p > 0, Studia Math. 62, 75-92. Calderh, A. P., and Torchinsky, A. [1975] Parabolic maximal functions associated with a distribution, Advances in Math. 16, 1-64. [ 19771 Parabolic maximal functions associated with a distribution, 11, Advances in Math. 24, 101-171. Calderbn, A. P., and Vaillancourt, R. [1971] On the boundedness of pseudo-differential operators, 1. Math. SOC.Japan 23, 374-378. Calderh, A. P., and Zygmund, A. [1952] On the existence of certain singular integrals, Acta Math. 88, 85-139. [1956] On singular integrals, Amer. J. Math. 78,289-309. [1957] Singular integral operators and differential equations, Amer. J. Math. 79, 801-821. [ 19781 O n singular integrals with variable kernel, Applicable A n a 7, 221-238. [1979] A note on singular integrals, Studia Math. 65, 77-87. Calderbn, C. P. [1975] On commutators of singular integrals, Studia Math. 53, 139-174. [1979] On a singular integral, Studia Math. 65,313-335. Carleson, L. [1962] Interpolation by bounded analytic functions and the corona problem, Ann. ofMath. 76, 547-559. [1966] On convergence and growth of partial sums of Fourier series, Acta Math. 116, 135-157.
448
Bibliography
Chang, S.-Y. A., and Fefferman, R. [1982] The Calderbn-Zygmund decomposition on product domains, Amer. J. Math. 104, 455-468. Chanillo, S. [1982] A note on commutators, Indiana Uniu. Math. 1.31, 7-16. Chanillo, S., and Wheeden, R. L. [1985] Weighted Poincart and Sobolev inequalities and estimates for weighted Peano maximal functions, Amer. J. Math. 107, 1191-1226. Chipot, M. [I9841 “Variational Inequalities and Flow in Porous Media,” Applied Math. Sci. 52, Springer-Verlag, Berlin and New York. Christ, M., and Fefferman, R. [1983] A note on weighted norm inequalities for the Hardy-Littlewood maximal operator, Proc. Amer. Math. SOC.87, 447-448. Cohen, G. M. [19821 Hardy Spaces: Atomic Decomposition, Area Functions and some New Spaces of Distributions, Thesis, The University of Chicago. Coifman, R. R. [1974] A real variable characterization of H P , Studia Math. 51, 269-274. Coifman, R. R., and Fefferman, C. [ 19741 Weighted norm inequalities for maximal functions and singular integrals, Studia Math. 51, 241-250. Coifman, R. R., Jones, P. W., and Rubio de Francia, J. L. [ 19831 Constructive decomposition of BMO functions and factorization of A , weights, Proc. Amer. Math. SOC.87, 665-666. Coifman, R. R., McIntosh, A., and Meyer, Y. [1982a] L‘integrale de Cauchy sur les courbes lipschitziennes, Ann. ofMath. 116,361-387. [1982b] The Hilbert transform on Lipschitz curves, Roc. Miniconj on Partial Dig Eqns., Centre for Math. Analysis, Australian Nat. Uniu., Canberra, Australia, 26-69. Coifman, R. R., and Meyer, Y. [19751 On commutators of singular integrals and bilinear singular integrals, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc 212, 315-331. [19781 “Au deli des Opirateurs Pseudo-difftrentiels,” Astkrisque 57, Socittt Math. de France, Paris. [19791 Fourier analysis of multilinear convolutions, Calder6n’s theorem and analysis on Lipschitz curves, Lecture Notes ~JIMath. 779, 104-122. Springer-Verlag, Berlin and New York. [1985] A simple proof of a theorem by G. David and J. L. Journt, preprint. Coifman, R. R., Meyer, Y., and Stein, E. [1983] Un nouvel espace fonctionnel adapte a I’ttude des op6ratCurs dtfinis par des inttgrales singulibres, Roc. Con$ on Harmonic Analysis, Cortona, Lecture Notes in Math. 992, 1-15. Springer-Verlag, Berlin and New York. [1985] Some new function spaces and their applications to harmonic analysis, preprint. Coifman, R. R., and Rochberg, R. [1980] Another characterization of BMO, Roc. Amer. Math. SOC.79, 249-254. Coifman, R. R., Rochberg, R., and Weiss, G. [1976] Factorization theorems for Hardy spaces in several variables, Ann. of Math. 103, 611-635. Coifman, R. R., and Weiss, G. [1977] Extensions of Hardy spaces and their use in analysis, Bull. Amer. Math. SOC.83, 569-645.
Bibliography
449
Cbrdoba, A. [1976] O n the Vitali covering properties of a differentiation basis, Studia Math. 57,91-95. Cbrdoba, A., and Fefferman, C. [1976] A weighted norm inequality for singular integrals, Studia Math. 57, 97-101. Cotlar, M., and Cignoli, R. [ 19741 “An Introduction to Functional Analysis,” North-Holland, Amsterdam and London. Cowling, M. G., and Fournier, J. F. [1976] Inclusions and non-inclusion of spaces of convolution operators, Trans. Amer. Math. SOC.221, 59-95. Dahlberg, B. E. J. [1979] O n the Poisson integral for Lipschitz and C’ domains, Studia Math. 66, 13-24. Daly, J. E. [1983] On the necessity of the Hormander condition for multipliers on H p ( R “ ) ,Roc. Amer. Math. SOC.88, 321-325. David, G. [19821 Commutateurs de Calderbn et Lemme de Cotlar, Sim d’ Analyse Harmonique, 1981-1982, Publ. Math., Orsay, 59-73. [1984] Op6rateurs int6graux singuliers sur certaines courbes du plan complexe, Ann. Sci Ecole Norm. Sup. 17, 157-189. David, G., and Joum6, J.-L. [19841 A boundedness criterion for generalized Calderbn-Zygmund operators, Ann. of Math. 120, 371-397. de Guzmin, M. [ 19811 “Real Variable Methods in Fourier Analysis,” Mathematics Studies 46, NorthHolland, Amsterdam, New York and Oxford. de Guzmin, M.,and Welland, G. V. [1971] On the differentiation of integrals, Rev. Un. Mat. Argentina 25, 253-276. deleeuw, K. [1965] On Lp multipliers, Ann. ofMath. 81, 364-370. Deng, D. G. [1984] O n a generalized Carleson inequality, Studia Math. 78, 245-251. Duren, P. L. El9701 “Theory of H P Spaces,” Academic Press, New York. Duren, P. L., Romberg, B. W.,and Shields, A. L. [1969] Linear functionals on H P spaces with 0 < p < 1, J. Reine Angew. Math. 238, 32-60. Edwards, R. E. [1967] “Fourier Series: a Modem Introduction,” Vols. I, 11, Holt, Rinehart and Winston, New York. Fabes, E. B., Jodeit Jr., M.,and Lewis, J. E. [ 19771 Double layer potentials for domains with comers and edges, Indiana Uniu. Math. J. 26, 95-114. Fabes, E. B., Jodeit Jr., M., and Rivitre, N. M. [1978] Potential techniques for boundary value problems on C’-domains, Acta Math. 141, 165-186. Fabes, E. B., Johnson, R. L., and Neri, U. [1976) Spaces of harmonic functions representable by Poisson integrals of functions in BMO and Lp,,, Indiana Univ. Math. J. 25, 159-170. Fabes, E. B., and Kenig, C. [1981] On the Hardy H’ space of a C’ domain, Ark. Mat. 19, 1-22.
450
Bibliography
Fabes, E. B., Kenig, C., and Serapioni, R. [19821 The local regularity of solutions of degenerate elliptic equations, Comm Partial Differential Equations 7, 77-116. Fefferman, C. [19701 Inequalities for strongly singular convolution operators, Acta Math. 124, 9-36. [1971] Characterizations of bounded mean oscillation, BulL Amer. Math. SOC.77,587-588. [1973] Pointwise convergence of Fourier series, Ann. ofMath. 98,551-571. Fefferman, C.,and Muckenhoupt, B. [1974] Two non-equivalent conditions for weight functions, Proc. Amer. Math. Soc 45, 99-104. Fefferman, C., and Stein, E. M. [1971] Some maximal inequalities, Amer. J. Math 93, 107-115. [1972] H P spaces of several variables, Acta Math. 129, 137-193. Fefferman, R. [1979] A note on singular integrals, Proc Amer. Math. SOC.74, 266-270. Figa-Talamanca, A. [1965] Translation invariant operators in Lp, Duke Math. J. 32, 495-502. Figa-Talamanca, A., and Gaudry, G. I. [1%7] Density and representation theorems for multipliersof type (p, q ) , J. AustraL Math. SOC.7, 1-6. Garcia-Cuerva, J. [1983] An extrapolation theorem in the theory of Ap weights, Froc.Amer. Math SOC87, 422-426. Gamett, J. B. [1981] “Bounded Analytic Functions,” Academic Press, New York. Gamett, J. B., and Jones, P. W. [1978] The distance in BMO to Lm,Ann. ofMath. 108,373-393. [1982] BMO from dyadic BMO, Pacifc Math J. 99,351-372. Gatto, A. E.,and GutiCrrez, C. E. [ 19831 On weighted norm inequalities for the maximal function, Studia Math. 76, 59-62. Gaudry, G. I. [19661 Quasimeasures and operators commuting with convolutions, Pacifc J. Math 18, 461-476. Gehring, F. W. [1973] The LP-integrability of the partial derivatives of a quasiconformal mapping, Acta Math 130,265-277. Gilbarg, D., and Trudinger, N. [19771 “Elliptic Partial Differential Equations of Second Order,” Springer-Verlag,Berlin and New York. Goldberg, D. [1979] A local version of real Hardy spaces, Duke Mark J. 46,27-42. Harboure, E. [1984] Two weighted Sobolev and PoincarC inequalities and some applications, preprint. Harboure, E., Macias, R. A., and Segovia, C. [1984a] Boundedness of fractional operators on Lp spaces with different weights, Trans. Amer. Math Soc. 285,629-647. [1984bl Extrapolation results for classes of weights, preprint. Hardy, G. H..and Littlewood, J. E. [1930] A maximal theorem with function-theoretic applications, Acta Math. 54, 81-116. Hayes, C. A. [1976] Derivation of the integrals of Lq-functions, Pacijc J. Marh 64, 173-180.
Bibliography
45 1
Hayman, W. K., and Kennedy, P. L. [19763 “Subharmonic Functions,” Academic Press, New York. Hedberg, L. [1972] On certain convolution inequalities, Proc Amer. Math. Soc 36, 505-510. Heinig, H. P. [ 19761 Weighted maximal inequalities for 1‘-valued functions, Canad. Math. Bull. 19, 445-453.
Hormander, L. [1960] Estimates for translation invariant operators in Lp spaces, Acta Math. 104,93-140. HruSEev, S. V. [ 19841 A description of weights satisfying the A , condition of Muckenhoupt, Proc Amer. Math. Soc. 90, 253-257. Hunt, R. A. [19681 “On the convergence of Fourier series, Orthogonal Expansions and their Continuous Analogues” (Proc. ConJ, Edwardsuille, Ill., 1967), Southern Illinois Univ. Press, Carbondale, pp. 235-255. [1972] An estimate for the conjugate functions, Studia Math. 44, 371-377. Hunt, R A., Kurtz, D. S. and Neugebauer, C. F. [1983] A note on the equivalence of A p and Sawyer’s condition for equal weights, Con$ in Harmonic Analysis in Honor of Antoni Zygmund, Chicago, Ill., 1981, Vol. I, 11, 156-158. Wadsworth Math. Ser., Belmont. Hunt, R. A., Muckenhoupt, B., and Wheeden, R. L. [19731 Weighted norm inequalities for the conjugate function and Hilbert transform, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc 176, 227-251. Hunt, R. A., and Young, W.4. [1974] A weighted norm inequality for Fourier series, Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 80,274-277. Janson, S. [1976] On functions with conditions on the mean oscillation, A r k Mat, 14, 189-196. [ 19781 Mean oscillation and commutators of singular integral operators, Ark. Mat. 263-270. Jawerth, B. [19841 Weighted inequalities for maximal operators: linearization, localization and factorization, preprint. Jawerth, B., and Torchinsky, A. [1985] Local sharp maximal functions, J. of App. Theory 43, 231-270. Jodeit Jr., M. [1971] A note on Fourier multipliers, Roc. Amer. Math. Soc. 27,423-424. Jodeit Jr., M., and Torchinsky, A. [ 19711 Inequalities for Fourier transforms, Studia Math. 37, 245-276. John, F. [19741 Quasi-isometric mappings, Sem Isrituto Nazionali di Alra Matematica, 1962-1963, pp. 462-473. John, F., and Nirenberg, L. [1961] O n functions of bounded mean oscillation, Comm. f i r e Appl. Math. 14,415-426. Jones, P. W. [1980a] Factorization of A p weights, Ann. ofMath. 111, 511-530. [198Ob] Carleson measures and the Fefferman-Stein decomposition of B M O ( R ” ) ,Ann. of Math. 111, 197-208. Journt, J.-L. [19831 “Calderh-Zygmund Operators, Pseudo-Differential Operators and the Cauchy Integral of Calderh,” Lecture Notes in Math. 994, Springer-Verlag, Berlin and New York.
Bibliography
452
Jurkat, W. B., and Sampson, G. [ 19791 The Lp mapping problem for well-behaved convolutions, Studia Math. 65,227-238. Kahane, J.-P. [ 19701 “Series de Fourier Absolutement Convergent,” Springer-Verlag, Berlin and New York. Katznelson, Y. [19681 “An Introduction to Harmonic Analysis,” Wiley, New York. Kenig, C. [1980] Weighted H P spaces on Lipschitz domains, Amer. J. Math. 102, 129-163. Kerman, R. A., and Sawyer, E. T. [ 19851 Weighted norm inequalities for potentials with applications to Schrodinger operators, the Fourier transform and Carleson measures, preprint. Kerman, R. A., and Torchinsky, A. [1982] Integral inequalities with weights for the Hardy maximal function, Studia Math. 71, 277-284.
Kinderlehrer, D., and Stampacchia, G. [19801 “An Introduction to Variational Inequalities and their Applications,” Academic Press, New York. Kolmogorov, A. [19251 Sur les fonctions harmoniques conjuguets et les sbries de Fourier, Fund. Math. 7, 23-28.
Koosis, P.
HP Spaces,” London Math. SOC.Lecture Note Series 40.Cambridge Univ. Press, London and New York. Krantz, S. G. [1982] Fractional integration on Hardy spaces, Studia Math. 73, 87-94. Krikeles, B. C. [1983] Weighted Lp estimates for the Cauchy integral operator, Michigan Math. J. 30, [19801 “Lectures on
231-244.
Kurtz, D. S . [19801 Littlewood-Paley and multiplier theorems on weighted Lp spaces, Trans. Amer. Math. SOC.259, 235-254. Larsen, R. [1971] “An Introduction to the Theory of Multipliers,” Springer-Verlag, Berlin and New York. Latter, R. H. [1978] A decomposition of H p ( R ” )in terms of atoms, Studia Math. 62, 92-101. Lofstrom, J. [ 19831 A non-existence theorem for translation invariant operators on weighted ,%,-spaces, Math. Scand 53, 88-96. Madych, W. R. [1974] On Littlewood-Paley functions, Studia Math. 50, 43-63. Marcinkiewicz, J., and Zygmund, A. [1939] Quelques intgalitts pour les optrations lintaries, Fund. Math. 32, 115-121. Merryfield, K. [ 19851 On the area integral, Carleson measures and H P in the polydisc, Indiana Uniu. Math. J. 34,663-686. Meyer, Y. [19791 Produits de Riesz gtntralists, Sim. d’Analyse Hannonique, 1978-1979, h b l . Math., Orsay, 38-48.
Bibliography
453
Meyers, N. G. [1964] Mean oscillation over cubes and Holder continuity, Roc. Amer. Math. Soc 15, 717-721. Miyachi, A. [1980] On some Fourier multipliers for H p ( R “ ) ,J. Fac Sci. Uniu. Tokyo 27, 157-179. Miyachi, A., and Yabuta, K. [1984] On good A-inequalities, Bull. Fac. Sci, Ibaraki Uniu., Math, No. 16, 1-11. Moser, J. [1971] On a pointwise estimate for parabolic differential equations, Comm. f i r e AppL Math. 24, 727-740. Muckenhoupt, B. [19721 Weighted norm inequalities for the Hardy maximal function, Trans. Amer. Math. SOC.165, 207-226. [1974] The equivalence of two conditions for weight functions, Srudia Math. 49, 101-106. [1983] On inequalities of Carleson and Hunt, Con$ in Harmonic Analysis in Honor of Anroni Zygmund, Chicago, Ill., 1981, Vol. I, 11. Muckenhoupt, B.,and Wheeden, R. L. [ 19741 Weighted norm inequalities for fractional integrals, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc 192, 261-274. Namazi, J. [19841 A singular integral, Thesis, Indiana University. Neri, U. [19771 Some properties of functions with bounded mean oscillation, Srudia Math. 61,63-75. Neugebauer, C. J. [19831 Inserting A, weights, Roc. Amer. Mark SOC.87, 644-648. O’Neil, R. [I9661 Les fonctions conjugtes et les inttgrales fractionnaires de la classe L(log L)’, C.R Acad. Sci. 263,463-466. [1968] Integral transforms and tensor products on Orlin spaces and L ( p , q ) spaces, J. D’AnaL Math. 21,4-276. Ortiz, J. A., and Torchinsky, A. [1977] On a mean value inequality, Indiana Math. J. 26, 555-566. Oswald, P. [1982] Fourier Series and conjugate functions in the classes &(L),Anal. Marh. 8,287-303. Peetre, J. [1966] On convolution operators leaving Lp*”spaces invariant, Ann. Mat. f i r a AppL 72, 295-304. [1969] On the theory of L,,” spaces, J. ofFuncr. AnaZysis 4, 71-87. [ 19753 On the trace of potentials, Ann. Scuola Norm. Sup. Pisa Sene ZV,Vol. 11, No. 1,33-43. Power, S. C. [1980] Vanishing Carleson measures, Bull. London Math. SOC.12, 207-210. Quek, T. S., and Yap, Y. H. [1983] Sharpness of Young’s inequality for convolution, Math. Scand. 53, 221-237. Riesz, F. [ 19323 Sur un thtorbme de maximum de M. M. Hardy et Littlewood, J. London Mark SOC.7, 10-13. Riesz, M. [1927] Sur les fonctions conjugees, Math. Z. 27, 218-244. Rivibre, N. M. [I9711 Singular integrals and multiplier operators, Ark Mat. 9, 243-278.
454
Bibliography
Rosenblum, M. [1962] Summability of Fourier series m LP(dp), Trans. Amer. Math. SOC.leS, 32-42. Rubio de Francia, J. L. [1980] Vector valued inequalities for operators in L p spaces, BulL London Math. Soc. 12, 211-215. [1981] Boundedness of maximal functions and singular integrals in weighted L p spaces, Proc. Amer. Math. SOC.83,673-679. [19821 Factorization and extrapolation of weights, BulL Amer. Math. SOC.7, 393-395. [1984] Factorization themy and A p weights, A w r . J. M a t h 106,533-547. Rubio de Francia, J. L., Ruiz, F. J., and Torrea, J. L. [19853 Calderh-Zygmund theory for operator-valued kernels, preprint. Rudin, W. [1958] Representation of functions by convolutions, J. Math. Mech. 7, 103-116. Ruiz, F. J. [1985] A unified approach to Carieson measures and A p weights, Pacific Math. 117, 397-404. Rub, F. J., and Torrea, J. L. [1985a] A unified approach to Carleson measures and A p weights, 11, Pa& J. Math. 120, 189-197. [1985b] Weighted and vector valued inequalities for potential operators, preprint. Sagher, Y. [1977] On the Fejkr-F. Riesz inequality in Lp, Studia Math. 61,269-278. Sarason, D. [1979] “Function Theory on the Unit Circle,” Virginia Poly. Inst. and State Univ., Blacksburg, Virginia. Sawyer, E. T. [19823 A characterization of a two weight norm inequality for maximal operators, Studia Math. 75, 1-11. Sawyer, S. A. [1966] Maximal inequalities of weak type, Ann. ofMath. 84, 157-174. Semmes, S. [19831 Another characterization of Hp, 0 < p < 03, with an application to interpolation, Roc. Con$ on Harmonic Analysis, Cortona, Lecture Notes in Math. 992, SpringerVerlag, Berlin and New York. Shi, X. [19851 Some remarks on singular integrals, preprint. Spanne, S. [1965] Some function spaces defined using the mean oscillation over cubes, Ann. Scuola Norm. Sup., Pisa 19,593-608. Stampacchia, G. [1964] L‘ps“)spaces and interpolation, Comm h r e Appl. Math. 17,293-306. Stegenga, D. A. [1976] Bounded Toeplitz operators on H’ and applications on the duality between H’ and the functions of bounded mean oscillation, Amer. J. Math. 98,573-589. Stein, E. M. [1969] Note on the class Llog L, Studia Math. 31,305-310. [19701 “Singular Integrals and Differentiability Properties of Functions,” Princeton Univ. Press, Princeton, New Jersey. Stein, E. M., and Weiss, G. [1960] On the theory of harmonic functions of several variables, Acta Math. 103, 26-62.
Bibliography
455
Stein, E. M., and Weiss, N. J. [1969] On the convergence of Poisson integrals, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 140, 34-54. Stromberg, J.-0. [1979a] Bounded mean oscillation with Orlin norms and duality of Hardy spaces, Indiana Uniu. Math. 1.28, 511-544. [1979b] Non-equivalence between two kinds of conditions on weight functions, Roc. Symp. f i r e Math., Vol. 35, Part I, Amer. Math. Soc., Providence, R.I., pp. 141-148. Stromberg, J.-O., and Torchinsky, A. [1980] Weights, sharp maximal functions and Hardy spaces, BUN. Amer. Math. SOC.3, 1053-1056. Taibleson, M. H., and Weiss, G. [19801 “The Molecular Characterization of Certain Hardy Spaces,” Astirisque 77, SocikC Math. de France, Paris, 67-149. Torchinsky, A. [1976] Interpolation of operations and Orlin classes, Studia Math. 59, 177-207. Torrea HernPndez, J. L. [1984) “Integrales Singulares Vectoriales,” INMABB-Conicet, Univ. Nac. del Sur, Bahia Blanca, Argentina. Triebel, H. [1983J “Theory of Function Spaces,” Birkhauser Verlag, Basel, Boston, and Stuttgart. Uchiyama, A. [1978] On the compactness of operators of Hankel types, T8hoku Math. J. 30, 163-171. El9821 A constructive proof of the Fefferman-Stein decomposition of B M O ( R “ ) , Acta Math. 148, 215-241. Uchiyama, A. and Wilson, J. M. [1983] Approximate identities and H ’ ( R ) , Roc. Amer. Math. SOC.88, 53-58. Varopoulous, N. [1977] BMO functions and the $-equation, Pacific J. Math. 71,221-273. Verchota, G. [1984] Layer potentials and regularity for the Dirichlet problem for Laplace’s equation in Lipschitz domains, 1. Funct. Anal. 59, 572-611. Welland, G. V. [1975] Weighted norm inequalities for fractional integrals, Roc Amer. Math. Soc. 51, 143-148. Wheeden, R. L. [1976] A boundary value characterization of weighted If’, L‘Enseign. Math. 22, 121-134. Wilson, J. M. C1985) On the atomic decomposition for Hardy spaces, Pacific J. Math. 116, 201-207. Yabuta, K. [19851 Generalizations of Calder6n-Zygmund operators, Studia Math. 82, 17-31. Young, R. M. [1980] “An Introduction to Nonharmonic Fourier Series,” Academic Press, New York. Young, W.3. [19821 Weighted norm inequalities for the Hardy-Littlewood maximal function, Roc. Amer. Math. Soc 85, 24-26. Zafran, M. [1975] Multiplier transformations of weak-type, Ann. of Math. 101,34-44. 26, F. [1976] A note on the approximation of the identity, Srudia Math. 55, 111-122. [1978] A note on approximation to the identity with iterated kernels, Anal. Math. 4, 153-1 58.
456
Bibliography
Zygmund, A. [1929] Sur les fonctions conjugubes, Fund. Math. 13, 284-303. [ 19561 On a theorem of Marcinkiewicz concerning interpolation of operators, J. Math. fires AppL 35,223-248. [1968] “Trigonometric Series,” 2nd Ed., Cambridge Univ. Press, London and New York.
Index
A
Benedek-Calderdn-Panzone principle, 280 Bernstein’s inequality, 47 BLO, 256 BMO, 200 and A, weights, 240,242 and Carleson measures, 373, 385, 391 and commutators, 417-419 completeness, 217 as dualofH’, 375-378 and fractional integrals, 221-222 and interpolation, 212 John-Nirenberg inequality, 202 and maximal functions, 204-207 pointwise multipliers, 220 and Poisson integrals, 218-219, 384 and singular integrals, 207, 294-295, 301, 302, 388 BMO,, 220 and commutators, 416 pointwise multipliers, 220 Burkholder-Gundy good X principle, 328 Burkholder-Gundy-Silverstein theorem, 185 358 Buseman-Feller differentiation basis, 249
A, weights, 226, 241
and BMO, 240, 242 constant, 226 and extrapolation, 246, 256 factorization of, 239 and fractional integrals, 258 independent in, 226 and maximal functions, 233 open ended property, 236 pairs of, 243, 254-255 reverse doubling, 236 reverse Holder, 236 and singular integrals, 330 A , weights, 226 for admissible operators, 239 constant, 226 and maximal functions, 228 pairs of, 243 reverse Holder, 230-232 and singular integrals, 334 A, weights, 250-251 Abet’s summation formula, 24 Almost orthogonality, 71, 107, 219, 253, 285 Atoms, 340, 368 molecules, 368 in tent spaces, 381, 389
C
(C, 1) summability, 28 of Fourier series, 31. 42 C domain, 426 Dirichlet problem, 440-443 double layer potential, 426 boundary or trace, 427 Neumann problem, 443-444
B Baire category theorem, 109 Banach continuity principle, 94 457
Index C' domain, (cont.) nontangential maximal function, 432 single layer potential, 427 boundary or trace, 427 Calder6n commutators, 393, 399, 402 Mclntosh representation formula, 399 Calder6n's representation lemma, 346 Calder6n-Zygmund decomposition at level A, 84-85, 232, 259 bad and good functions, 85 interval, 74-76 Calder6n-Zygmund (CZ) kernel, 300-301 homogeneous, 2%, 297 singular, 286-287 truncated singular, 287 Calder6n-Zygmund method of rotations, 269-270 Calderdn-Zygmund (CZ) operator, 300, 412 in LP,300 in L', 300 in L", 301 maximal, 300 pointwise limits. 301 T81 = 0, 422 weak boundedness property, 41 3, 421-422 Calderon-Zygmund (CZ) singular integral operators, 289 in L P . 289-290 in L 1 ,290-291, 298 in L m ,294-295 maximal, 291-293, 299 in Lp, 293 in L ' , 294 pointwise limits, 294 vector-valued, 309 Carleson measure, 372-373, 384, 389-390 and BMO, 373, 385, 391 constant, 373 as dual space, 379 and Hardy spaces, 373-378 of order R, 388 vanishing, 387 Cauchy integral on a Lipschitz curve, 392, 40448 related operators, 408-41 1, 420 Cauchy-Riemann equations in the sense of Stein-Weiss. 267 Cauchy-Riemann pair, 177 Commutators, 393 and BMO, 417-419 and BMO,, 416
Calderon, 393, 399, 402 and fractional integrals, 419 Mclntosh representation formula, 399 and multilinear operators, 420-421 and singular integrals, 417-419 and weights, 421 Conjugate harmonic functions, 177 systems in the sense of M. Riesz, 267 Conjugate mapping, 52 see also Hilbert transform integral representation, 62 Convex sequences, 55 Convolution, IS, 20, 263 Cotlar's lemma, 285, 299-300
deLeeuw's theorem, 265 Dini's criteria, 7 Dirichlet's kernel, 4-6 conjugate, 59 Distributions, 17 convergence in the sense of, 18 convolution, 20 derivative, 18 Fourier series, 18 of order m, 17 product with Cw functions, 18 support, 20 at 0, 22 tempered, 262 convolution with a function, 263 Fourier transform, 262 supported at 0, 262 Divergence equations, 274 Harnack's inequality, 278
Extrapolation of operators, 92 and exponential class, 124 of types @, p) and ( a , -1, 103 of weak-type @, p ) and type (a,a ) , 103 of weak-type (I, I) and type (-, ol), 91-93 of weak-types (1. I) and @, p). 122 of weak-types (1, q) and @, q,), 165 and Zygmund class, 91-93 Extrapolation and A, weights, %, 257 of weak-type, 256
Index
459 F
FejCr kernel, 30-31 conjugate, 60-61 FejCr’s theorem, 31 Fourier series, 2, 3 Abel summability, 170 Absolutely convergent, 69 of BV functions, 46 (C,1) summability, 42 of continuous functions, 34 divergent, 12 Dini’s test, 7 Dirichlet’s test, 45 of distributions, 18-20 Gibbs phenomenon, 26 in Hilbert spaces, 49 Jordan’s test, 25 of L functions, 40 divergent a.e., 46 of Lp functions, 38, 134 Hardy-Littlewood theorem, 143 Hausdorf-Young theorem, 145, 162 norm convergence, 5 1 Paley’s theorem, 144 of L’ functions, 51 see also Hilbert spaces Calderdn’s theorem, 98 convergence of lacunary series, 106 growth of partial sums, 106 of L In L functions, 149 Lebesgue summability, 16 of Lipschitz functions, 222 Marcinkiewicz criteria, 7 of measures, 40 partial sums, 2 Parseval’s relation, 134. 135 Plessner’s criteria, 107 Poisson summation formula, 26 projections, 53 Riemann-Lebesgue theorem, 4 Riemann localization principle, 45 Riemann summability, 16 sets of divergence, 105 Fourier transform, 260 inversion formula, 260-261 of tempered distributions, 262-263 Fractional integration, 150, 259 and BMO, 221-222 and commutators, 419 exponential estimates, 164
and good A inequalities, 163 Hpspaces, 371 Hardy-Littlewood, Sobolev theorem, 151 and Lipschitz classes, 222 and weights, 258 Welland’s theorem, 154 Fractional maximal function, 153 and fractional integrals, 154, 163 local, 272 and vector-valued inequalities, 390-391 and weights, 257
G Gehring’s inequality, 253 good A inequality, 163, 328 Green’s function, 196 Green’s theorem, 183
H Hardy Hp spaces, 180, 356 of analytic functions, 181
Burkholder-Gundy-Silverstein theorem, 185, 358 of several real variables, 356 atomic decomposition, 347, 368 and Carleson measures, 373-378, 385 completeness, 370 dual of Hp, 377, 389 dual of H’, 375 Hardy-Littlewood imbedding theorem, 369-370 interpolation, 365-366 Littlewood-Paley g function, 371 local, 370-371 Lusin function, 340 maximal functions, 369 molecules, 368 multipliers, 363, 370 nontangential maximal function, 350-356 norm, 347, 356 Paley’s inequality, 370 radial maximal function, 367-368 systems of conjugate functions, 356-358 tangential maximal function, 368 Hardy-Littlewood maximal function, 76, 223
460 Hardy-Littlewood maximal function, (cont.) see also maximal functions and A, weights, 233 and A , weights, 228 in Lpspaces, 91 in L’ space, 77 Stein’s theorem, 93 weighted, 223 Hardy-Littlewood, Sobolev theorem, 151 Harmonic functions, 176 in C’ domains, 425 Cauchy-Riemann pair, 177 conjugate, 177 Dirichlet problem, 193, 440-443 Hardy-Littlewood mean value inequality, 188-189 Harnack’s inequality, 187, 278 Harnack’s theorem, 1% majorant, 197 maximum principle, 182 mean value property, 181, 195 Neumann problem, 194,443-444 Poisson kernel, 171, 267-268 conjugate, 171, 268 Weyl’s lemma, 195 Helly’s theorem, 39 Herglotz theorem, 45 Hilbert’s inequality, 70 Hilbert space, 49 Bessel’s inequality, 50 best approximation, 49 Fourier series, 49 Kadec 114 theorem, 69 orthonormal system, 49 Paley-Wiener theorem, 69 Parseval’s identity, 51 Riesz-Fischer theorem, 50 Hilbert transform, 110, 266 Abel summability, 170 of BMO functions, 207 of L functions, 121, 133, 185-186 Kolmogorov’s theorem, 117 pointwise a.e. existence, 110 of Lp functions, 120 0 < p < 1 , 119, 133, 134 restricted type, 134 M. Riesz theorem, 117-118 of La functions, 135, 206 Zygmund’s theorem, 124-125 of Lipschitz functions, 214 maximal, 120
Index projection mapping, 53 truncated, 65, 116-1 17 and weights, 330-331 Hormander condition, 319 Hormander multiplier theorem, 321 I Interpolation of sublinear operations, 87 in Hardy spaces, 365-366 Marcinkiewicz theorem, 87-91, 104 and Young’s functions, 103, 147-149, 163
J Jensen’s inequality, 23 John-Nirenberg inequality, 202 K Kolmogorov’s inequality, 104 Kolmogorov’s theorem, 117 KoImogorov-Seliverstov theorem, 106-107 L L p spaces, 2 dual of, 36 Hardy’s inequality, 24 Holder’s inequality, 24 Minkowski’s inequality, 24 weak convergence, 35 LO”,2 L In L spaces, 92 Laplace transform, 163 Laplacian, 176, 424 fundamental solution, 424 Lebesgue constants, 8 Lebesgue differentiation theorem, 81 approximate identities, 84 Lebesgue points, 42 Linearizable operator, 323 Lipschitz spaces, 213-214 and Fourier series, 222 and Hardy spaces, 377-378, 389 Privalov’s theorem, 215-216 Littlewood-Paley function, 309 Littlewood-Paley g function, 312, 338 and Hardy spaces, 371
Index
46 1
Littlewood-Paley gt function, 317, 325,, 338 Lorentz L: spaces, 104 Lush area integral, 314, 338 and Hardy spaces, 340
sequence, 126 Steckin theorem, 140 translation invariant operators, 128, 264
N M Marcinkiewicz function, 114, 137, 322 Macinkiewicz interpolation theorem, 87-91, 104, 153 Marcinkiewicz multiplier theorem, 326, 327 Marcinkiewicz weak-L class, 77 sums of functions, 103 Maximal functions, 76 of BMO functions, 204 and coverings, 248-249 of Lp functions, 91 of L functions, 77 fractional, 153 linearization, 249 local sharp, 216-217 nontangential, 173, 350 radial, 173, 367 sharp, 199, 200 Stein’s theorem, 93 tangential, 368 weighted, 223 and weights, 228, 233, 249, 252 Measures, doubling, 224, 248 reverse doubling, 236 strongly doubling, 226 Mixing transformations, 108 Molecules, 368 Morrey spaces, 215 Multipliers, 126, 265 in H p spaces, 363, 370 Hirschman’s theorem, 127 Hormander’s condition, 319 Hormander’s theorem, 321 deleeuw’s theorem, 265 M I , 129 M2, 129, 265 M,, 129, 140 as a dual space, 130 K,156, 265 as a dual space, 158 166 M,,166 Marcinkiewicz’s theorem, 326, 327
M,
Nontangential convergence, 168 of series, 168 Nontangential maximal function, 173, 350, 367, 432 and atomic decomposition, 368 0
Oscillation of functions, 199 BLO, 256 BMO, 200 John-Nirenberg inequality, 202 K, and wk-Lp, 209 Lipschitz spaces, 213 local sharp maximal function, 216-217 Morrey spaces, 215 sharp maximal function, 199, 200 VMO, 221
P Paley’s inequality, 384 Paley’s theorem, 144, 370 Parseval’s relation, 51, 134, 135 Poincari’s inequality, 273-274 Poisson kernel, 171, 267-268 conjugate, 171, 268 Poisson summation formula, 26 Projection operator, 53 see also Hilbert transform Pseudo-type (1, l), 104
R Radial convergence, 168 Radial maximal function, 173 and nontangentid maximal function, 191, 367-368 Riemann localization principle, 45 Riesz potentials, 150, 259 LL spaces, 156 restrictions to lower dimensional manifolds, 154-156 F. Riesz rising sun lemma, 101-102
462
Index
Riesz system of conjugate functions, 356-358
Riesz transforms, 269 Rudin-Shapiro measures, 141 Rudin-Shapiro polynomials, 140
Trigonometric series, 1 completeness, 24, 34
U Uniform boundedness principle, 11
S
V
S, condition, 252 and maximal functions, 252-253 Sharp maximal function, 199, 200,272 local, 216-217 Singular integral operators Calderdn-Zygmund, 286 Hilbert transform, 110, 266 pointwise estimates, 217. 301 Riesz transforms, 269 strongly weakly, 302 vector valued, 307 Sobolev’s embedding theorem, 272 Sobolev’s lemma, 263-264 Subharmonic functions, 182 Littlewood’s subordination theorem, 197 mean value inequality, 190-191 Sublinear operators, 86 see also Extrapolation of operators
T Tl theorem, 413 Tent spaces, 378 and Hardy spaces, 382-383 T,, 379 T, atoms, 389 T I ,379
T,atoms, 381 Translation invariant operators, 128, 263-265
Vector-valued inequalities, 303 Marcinkiewicz-Zygmund theorem, 322 VMO, 221 and its dual, 387
W Weak-L space of Marcinkiewicz, 77 Weierstrass theorem, 32 Weights, see A , A , weights Whitney decomposition, 339 Wiener’s covering lemma, 248 Wiener’s theorem, 70
Y Young’s function, 23, 146 complementary, 146 and interpolation, 147, 165 Jensen’s inequality, 23 Young’s inequality, 23
2 6 ’ s theorem, 282. 297
and maximal functions, 282-284, 371 Zygmund class L In L, 92, 102 Zygmund class L In L, 92, 102